Vol. XVIII

January, 1942

No. 1

THE

Pan -Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in co-operation with

The California Academy of Sciences

CONTENTS

BLAISDELL AND VAN DYKE, RALPH HOPPING..... 1

LA RIVERS, NOTES ON STICTIELLA PULLA 4

TILDEN, TOPOTYPIC ERYNNIS LACUSTRA 8

FRISON, WESTERN STONEFLIES..._ 9

BLACKWELDER, ENTOMOLOGICAL WORK OF A. FENYES 17

mccracken, book notice 22

HARRIOT, NEW CALIFORNIA OTITIDAE 23

TILDEN AND MANSFIELD, LERODEA EUFALA AT LIGHT 26

LINSLEY AND MICHENER, HYMENOPTERA FROM MT. LASSEN 27

TILDEN, OCHLODES YUMA RECORD 29

BOHART, HABITS OF CALIFORNIA POLISTES 30

PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY-

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION 31

BY-LAWS 82

PROCEEDINGS FOR 1941 _... 38

San Francisco, California

1942

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. S. Ross R. L. Usinger E. C. Van Dykx

Assistant Editor Editor Associate Editdr

G. F. Ferris E. R. Leach E. G. Linsley

Treasurer

Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society

Proceedings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic

and biological phases of entomology are favored, including articles up

to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and

distribution.

Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should

be addressed to the editor, R. L. Usinger, University of California Col-

lege of Agriculture, Davis, California. All communications regarding

non-receipt of numbers, changes of address, requests for sample copies,

and all financial communications should be addressed to the assistant

editor, E. S. Ross, or the treasurer, E. R. Leach, at the California Acad-

emy of Sciences, San Francisco, California.

At least twenty-five “author’s extras” will be supplied free of charge.

Additional copies will be reprinted at cost of publication, if a request

is received when proof is returned.

Domestic and foreign subscriptions $2.50 per year in advance. Price

for single copies 75 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Ento-

mologist.”

INSECT BOXES

Standard size black insect box

with sides of box and cover

made of W redwood. The

top, bottom and shoulders

are of heavy cardboard.

Inside dimensions:

1 2%x8 : !4x2 /4 inches.

Prices:

60 cents each.

Lots of one dozen, 50 cents

each.

With Masonite bottom, 15

cents extra.

With glass top, 50 cents

extra.

Prices for larger quantities

on request.

Unit boxes also manufactured

Prices on application

RAISIN AND THIEBAUT BROS., LTD.

346 First Street, San Francisco, Calif.

Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the postoffice at

San Francisco, California, under Act of August 24, 1912.

RALPH HOPPING

1868 — 1941

The Pan -Pacific Entomologist

Vol. XVIII, No. 1

January, 1942

RALPH HOPPING"

1868 — 1941

Ralph Hopping, the son of George W. Hopping, an expert

accountant of New York, and Laura De Grasse Hopping, a direct

descendant of Admiral De Grasse, the commander of the French

Fleet at Yorktown, was born in New York City, April 8, 1868.

In April, 1891, he came to California with his father who joined

the Cooperative Kaweah Colony in Tulare County. In 1892, he

married Katherine Blanche Redstone and they settled down in

the colony until it disintegrated, when he formed a partnership

with John Broder. Under the firm name of Broder and Hopping,

they conducted a stage line which carried travelers from the rail-

road in the San Joaquin Valley into the lower part of the Sierras

where they were transferred to pack trains and so conducted into

the Giant Forest, the King’s and the Kern River Canyons. In

this way, Hopping met and formed intimate friendships with many

eminent people.

About 1905 after the death of John Broder, Ralph Hopping

entered the U. S. Forest Service and in 1912, was made Forest

Entomologist with headquarters in San Francisco. He had been

an amateur entomologist from boyhood and with the practical

experience of a frontiersman which he had gained since he came

to California, was well fitted for the position. This move com-

pelled the Hoppings to give up their old home in Kaweah and

move to Berkeley. From 1912 to 1919, Ralph carried on his

studies and control of the injurious forest insects, his work cov-

ering California, Oregon, New Mexico, Arizona and Colorado.

In 1919, he was offered a position in Canada and in December of

that year became Entomologist in Charge of the Vernon Forest

Insect Laboratory in British Columbia. His family followed him

to Canada where he remained until his death on October 29, 1941,

rising to the rank of Senior Agricultural Scientist, and retiring

on April 8, 1939.

In September, 1929, his wife died, her death hastened by the

shock of learning of the mauling which a son-in-law had received

from a grizzly bear in northern British Columbia. On May 12,

1939, Ralph Hopping married Mrs. Eltha Edwards who survives

him and lives in Vernon. He is also survived by two daughters,

Mrs. Parker Talbot of San Luis Obispo, California, and Mrs.

* Information and list of publications supplied by George W. Hopping.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

H. C. Hughes of Nelson, British Columbia, and by a son, George

R. Hopping, Entomologist in Charge of the Vernon Forest Insect

Laboratory.

Mr. Hopping received his early education in the East before

coming to California but as far as his scientific training went,

was self taught. From early youth, he collected and studied in-

sects, particularly the Coleoptera, and kept up an extensive cor-

respondence with other entomologists throughout his life. Many

of the interesting things which he discovered were at first de-

scribed by his friends als for instance, Henry C. Fall, but later on

he described many species himself. He built up a very large

collection of Coleoptera, particularly rich in the insects of the

forest. He was most interested in the Ceramhycidae and his best

known works are on the tribe Lepturini of that family. As a man,

he was rather small, but tough and wiry, hardened by his frontier

life. In disposition he was sociable and kindly, having a most

attractive smile. As a result, he had a host of friends and was

well liked by everyone with whom he came in contact. In his

passing, the West has lost one of its best-known entomologists

and a most worthy man. — Frank E. Blaisdell, Sr., and Edwin

C. Van Dyke.

List of Publications of Ralph Hopping

1899. Some Notes on Coleoptera Found on Species of Ceanothus.

Ent. News, 10 (6) : 162-165.

1915. The Entomological Aspect of Slash Disposal. Proc. Soc.

Am. Foresters, 10 (2) : 183-185.

1920. A New Species of the Genus Pissodes (Coleoptera). Can.

Ent. 52 (6) : 132-134. 1 fig.

1920. Some Winter Insect Life. Can. Ent., 52 (8) :217-218.

1921. The Control of Bark Beetle Outbreaks in British Columbia.

Dom. of Canada, Dept, of Agr. Circular No. 15.

1921. Depreciation by Forest Insects. Special Publication — Papers

Read at British Columbia Forestry Convention, B. C. Pro-

vincial Government, Victoria, B. C., pp. 24-26.

1922. A Review of the Genus Monochamus Serv. (Cerambycidae,

(1921) Coleoptera) Can. Ent., 53 (11) :252-258. 2 pi.

1922. Coniferous Hosts of the Ipidae of the Pacific Coast and

Rocky Mountain Regions. Can. Ent. 54 (6) : 128-134.

1922. New Species of the Old Genus Leptura and Allied Genera.

Can. Ent. 54 (7) :162-166.

1923. Forest Entomology. Proc. Ent. Soc., B. C., 17 and 19:183-187.

1924. Yellow Pine (Pinus ponderosa) as a Host in British Colum-

bia. Can. Ent., 56 (6) : 125-128.

1925. Juniperus Scopulorum as a Host. Can Ent., 57 (5) : 105-106.

1925. New Coleoptera from Western Canada. Can Ent., 57 (8) :

206-208.

JANUARY, 1942] RALPH HOPPING OBITUARY

1925. Relation Between Abnormality and Insect Attacks in West-

ern Yellow and Jeffrey Pine Stands. Journ. For. 23(11):

932-935.

1928. Some Notes on Examination of Types of Coleoptera in the

Le Conte and Casey Collections. Can. Ent., 69(1) : 6-8.

1928. (Swaine and Hopping) The Lepturini of America North of

Mexico. Part I. Nat. Mus. of Canada Bulletin 52, Biol. Ser.

No. 14. 97 pp., 13 pi.

1928. The Influence of Slash on Bark Beetle Outbreaks. Forestry

Chronicle, 4(2) : (7 pp. ; pages of journal not numbered).

1929. (Ralph and Geo. R. Hopping) New Coleoptera from Western

Canada. II. Can. Ent., 61 (11) :251-253.

1931. Two Very Common Mistakes of Entomological Writers.

Can. Ent., 63(3) : 72-73.

1931. Notes on Pogonocherus. Pan-Pac. Ent., 7(3) :105-106.

1931. New Coleoptera From Western Canada. III. Can Ent., 63

(10) : 233-238.

1932. A Synonymic Note. Can. Ent., 64(3) :72.

1932. A Taxonomic Note. Can. Ent., 64(8) :173.

1933. A New Buprestid From British Columbia, with Notes on

the Genus Buprestis. Pan-Pac. Ent., 9(2) : 84-88.

1933. New Coleoptera From Western Canada. IV. Can. Ent., 65

(12) : 281-286.

1934. A New Neobellamira (Coleop.). Can. Ent., 66(5) :115-116.

1934. (Ralph and Geo. R. Hopping) A Revision of the Genus

Cephaloon Newm. Pan-Pac. Ent., 10 (2) : 64-70.

1934. The Chief Forest Insect Problems of the Pacific Coast of

North America. Proceedings Fifth Pacific Science Con-

gress (1933). Vol. V, pp. 3385-3386. Univ. of Toronto Press.

1935. New Coleoptera from Western Canada. V. Can Ent., 67

(1) :8-9.

1935. Observations on Nomenclature and Taxonomy of Coleoptera.

Proc. Ent. Soc. British Columbia, No. 31, pp. 33-35.

1935. Revision of the Genus Mycterus Clairv. (Coleoptera, Pythi-

dae) . Pan-Pac. Ent., 11(2) :75-78.

1936. Revision of the Genus Macropogon. Pan-Pac. Ent., 12(1) :

45-48.

1937. The Lepturini of America North of Mexico. Part II. Na-

tional Mus. of Canada, Bull. 85, Biol. Ser. No. 22. 42 pp.,

6 pi.

1937. New Coleoptera from Western Canada. VI. Can Ent.,

69(4) : 89-91.

1939. A New Species of Malachius from California. Pan-Pac.

Ent., 15(2) : 61-62.

1939. A New Species of Ips (Coleoptera, Scolytidae). Can Ent.,

71(8) :168-169.

1940. New Lepturini (Coleoptera, Cerambvcidae). Pan-Pac. Ent.,

16(1) : 32-34.

1941. A New Species of Xylotrechus (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae) .

Pan-Pac. Ent., 17 (1) :29-30.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

NOTES ON THE BEMBICID, STICTIELLA PULLA

(HANDLIRSCH)

(Hymenoptera)

BY IRA LA RIVERS

Reno, Nevada

During the summer of 1939, the author was able to spend

some time in the cricket fields of northern Nevada, and to ob-

serve, among other things, some of the interesting behavior of

the small yellow-and-black burying bembicid, Stictiella pulla

(Handlirsch) - 1 It was while watching the large black cricket

wasp, Chlorion laeviventris (Cresson) 1 , that the small S. pulla

was first seen, and thereafter, as is usual in such cases, they were

seen quite commonly in the well-lighted, sand-loam, sagebrush

clearings. Like the larger wasps, pulla was busiest during the

early morning hours from 6:00 to 8:00, but many were still to

be found digging, stocking, and attending burrows until noon.

In general, however, they spent the cooler parts of each day —

early morning and late afternoon — at their labors, and rested

during the hot mid-day. Their behavior can be more specifically

related by considering the three most important nests individually.

Number 1. This wasp was first seen flying energetically about

a small clearing in which six large Chlorion laeviventris were

working. After examining the terrain in a series of confusingly

swift dashes, she alighted and gave the loose soil several quick,

experimental strokes, then abandoned the spot and made another

series of observations. She repeated this four times before

finally selecting a spot near the edge. Now, at 9:10 a.m., she pro-

ceeded to dig in earnest. Her mandibles worked the soil loose

when it refused to be torn away by the swiftly-moving forelegs,

and the latter scooped loose dirt backward, sometimes in a flow-

ing arc, beneath the body. If soil detritus had a tendency to pile

up, it was given added impetus by the middle and hind legs in

turn. At intervals, the wasp turned about and scattered the pile

of debris in all directions, sometimes using her mandibles as a

sort of bunting scoop, sometimes throwing it backwards beneath

her body, meanwhile pivoting swiftly about to scatter it thor-

oughly. She made rapid progress with the tunnel, for the soil

was easily worked, and soon she was spending the greater part

of her time in the burrow.

determined by Miss Grace Sandhouse.

JANUARY, 1942] LA RIVERS STICTIELLA

Each time the wasp backed into the open to clean the tunnel,

she rose into the air for a short observation flight, which gener-

ally consisted of flying directly up from the opening, hanging

motionless in the air for half a second, then dropping back to

disappear down the hole. However, this was only when every-

thing seemed secure. If disturbed during these forays, she showed

immediate concern and flew about in rapid jerks above the clear-

ing until the source of the disturbance had passed. She was sur-

prised several times by a C. laeviventris who was just finishing

her own burrow only a foot and a half away. Upon such occa-

sions, pulla refused to return to her tunnel until the larger wasp

was back at her own. Towards laeviventris, and the still larger

Mormon cricket, Anabrus simplex Haldeman, individuals of

whom consistently blundered over her tunnel, pulla showed no

direct animosity, merely keeping her distance until they had

gone, but to other interlopers more nearly her own size, she

showed her displeasure by darting at them in an effort to drive

them off. An unidentified halictid bee, slightly larger than pulla,

was thus pursued into an adjacent clearing.

At 10:27, one hour and 17 minutes later, the wasp had her

burrow apparently finished to her satisfaction. During the next

three minutes, she moved about over the ground at the entrance

of the tunnel, and repeatedly scattered dirt in all directions. She

alternated this with short trips into the nest, each time scratch-

ing in a little more dirt until she finally emerged and effectively

plugged the entrance. After two high observation flights, she

left the nest at 10:30.

At 10:54, pulla returned with a fly, which she clutched to her

abdominal surface between middle and hind legs while hurriedly

opening the tunnel with her forelegs, and disappeared within.

She finally emerged at 11:04 and left, after closing the tunnel.

At 12:45, she had not returned, and I was forced to conclude my

observations of the nest.

Number 2. This wasp had built her burrow before I came

upon her, and was busily engaged in tending the wants of the

grub which had, I learned later by digging up the nest, grown

to considerable proportions. I noticed the wasp as she was pre-

paring to re-open the nest and take in a fly. Emerging in four

minutes, she closed the burrow and rose for a brief observation

flight before disappearing. Fifteen minutes later, at 10:18 a.m.,

she returned with another fly, and deposited it in the burrow. I

noted that she closed the entrance behind her with loose dirt,

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

effectively blocking it while she was inside. When she had left

the second time, I dug the nest up, and found it to be 27 centi-

meters long, with a slight “U” turn, and a gradual gradient of

descent from entrance to end. Here I discovered the large grub

at the far end of the tunnel, among the customary debris of fly

wings and dried sclerites. The two flies just added to the burrow

proved to be the syrphid, Helophilus latifrons 0. S., 2 a common

species in the vicinity. Among the older victims was a nearly

intact Sarcophaga tuber osa Pand. (This sarcophagid is a con-

sistent parasite of the Mormon cricket, but because of the latter’s

persistent cannibalism, the usefulness of the fly as a natural

control is distinctly limited) . I subsequently found many indi-

viduals of tuberosa in S. pulla nests, indicating that they were

not uncommon.

Number 3. This individual, like No. 1, was first seen pre-

paring to dig her burrow. Her excavating behavior was, in gen-

eral, much like that of No. 1, but the two instances in which her

modus operandi differed are worthy of recording. While watch-

ing the wasp, I noticed a tiny shadow flitting about the tunnel

entrance in characteristic fashion. Locating the owner, I found

a very diminutive sarcophagid resting on the earth above the

burrow opening. I was already familiar with these little para-

sites, having watched them at work on the larger Chlorion laevi-

vsntris. There are two species, Eumacronychia elita Townsend

and Euaraba tergata (Coquillet), 3 which are indistinguishable in

the field, and, as indicated by collected specimens, apparently

equally common. Invariably, they were first brought to my at-

tention by the motion of their shadow across the ground; they

themselves are characteristically greyish and thus nearly per-

fectly camouflaged.

The fly flew up each time the wasp emerged from the tunnel,

but returned when she had gone back in. Apparently, during this

time, pulla was unaware of the presence of the parasite, for she

ignored it entirely. She came out of the burrow again, and busied

herself scattering debris. The fly flew off, staying longer than

usual, and then returned to a Gilia congesta flower six inches

from the working wasp. I had begun to wonder if pulla was as

totally oblivious to these flies as was C. laeviventris, and had

hoped that her smaller size might, in a manner of speaking,

make her eyesight sharper. Nor was I disappointed. As the fly

determined by C. L. Fluke,

determined by D. G. Hall.

JANUARY, 1942]

LA RIVERS STICTIELLA

alighted on the plant, her motion attracted the wasp. S. pulla

rose into the air above the nest, hovered for an instant, then

darted directly at the fly. The latter immediately flew up, then

attempted to alight on the flower again, but the wasp swooped at

her and drove her off. Beyond this bit of behavior, which I wit-

nessed in other individuals of pulla, I have no further knowledge

of the relationship between the two.

Tablei I. Summary of Data for Twenty-five! Nests of

STICTIELLA PULLA ( HAND'LLRSCH ) IN NEVADA.

Nest

No*

Approximate

Siss of Grub

Approximate

No. Victims

No. of S.

tuberosa

No. of H.

latifrons

Length of

Burrow in Cms.

medium

27.5

small

large

25.5

large

29.5

10.

small

27.5

11.

small

12.

large

12.

large

14.

large

26.5

15.

small

16.

medium

17.

medium

18.

small

19.

medium

20.

medium

28.5

21.

medium

22.

medium

22.

large

24.

large

26.5

25.

large

27.5

Aver-

sma 11-20$

4.4

0.4

0.8

ages

medium-22^

large -48$

10.0

15.08

1.25

1.08

2.25

4.0

Total Average

11.22

1.0

2.8

27. 52

In view of the fact that the wasp attends her growing larva

daily, and brings it food until pupation, it would be extremely

interesting to know just how the sarcophagids take advantage of

this. Their procedure must of necessity be quite different from

that employed in the parasitization of laeviventris, which is a

comparatively simple matter involving few obstacles. When suc-

cessful, they very probably enter the newly-completed burrow

just after pulla brings in the first victim, upon which she deposits

her egg. Euaraba and Eumacr onychia larviposit (ever conveni-

ent for a parasite) and the young sarcophagids would be able,

as in the case of laeviventris, to immediately destroy the host egg

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

and begin feeding on the supplied food. However, there are two

very interesting points in connection with this possible para-

sitization upon which I have no data, and upon which hinges the

entire success of the parasites.

(1) How do they get past the vigilant Stictiella pulla? Unlike

laeviventris, this wasp is careful to close the nest each time she

leaves, and there is not room for the fly to slide past her while

the owner is in the tunnel. And I doubt that the fly could gain

entrance while the wasp was clearing away debris from the open-

ing, and then hide at the end of the tunnel without being detected.

(2) Euaraba and Eumacr onychia always, in my knowledge

of their modus operandi when parasitizing the larger laeviventris,

deposited an average of 20 or more larvae upon or near the host

egg. To do this with Stictiella pulla would be to defeat their own

purpose, for it is not likely that this small wasp could feed that

many sarcophagid larvae in their middle and Last stages of growth.

If successful here at all, the parasites must of necessity limit

their larvae to one per nest. It would be relatively simple, from

the author’s knowledge of similar behavior in related wasps, to

imagine pulla being duped into feeding one sarcophagid larva,

but in the many established burrows which were dug up, nothing

but wasp larvae was found, showing, very probably, that the

vigilance of the wasp is a strong guarantee against this particu-

lar form of victimization.

Erynnis lacustra (Wright) from near the Type Locality

(Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae)

On May 24, 1938, the writer took several specimens of this

species, and saw others, about 14 miles from Middletown, Lake

County, California, on the road to St. Helena. The terrain was

mountainous and covered with a mixed forest. The insects were

taken at the side of the road, where water was seeping from the

road bank.

The type locality is given as Blue Lakes, Lake County, Cali-

fornia. While Middletown is quite a few miles from the Blue

Lakes, it is in the same general region. It is interesting to note

that practically all the specimens of this species that are found

in collections, have been taken in southern California. Mr.

Lowell Hulbirt of Glendora, California, has taken them in con-

siderable numbers in the Mohave region.

The specimens from Middletown represent the nearest ap-

proach to topotypical specimens that I have seen. — J. W. Tilden.

JANUARY, 1942]

FRISON STONEFLIES

DESCRIPTIONS, RECORDS AND SYSTEMATIC NOTES

CONCERNING WESTERN NORTH AMERICAN

STONEFLIES

(Plecoptera)

BY T. H. FRISON

Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana

Since the publication of my last paper on stoneflies (Frison,

1937), much material from western states has been studied. The

taxonomic and nomenclatorial results of part of my study are

hereby presented.

All holotypes, allotypes and some of the paratypes designated

in this article are deposited in the collection of the Illinois Natu-

ral History Survey. Paratypes of some of the species are de-

posited in other collections as noted.

Dr. Carl O. Mohr, Associate Entomologist with the Illinois

Natural History Survey, has made the drawings used to illustrate

this paper, and I am deeply grateful to him for this service.

In connection with the preparation of this paper, I am in-

debted to the following individuals and institutions for the loan

of material, permission to study typic specimens intimately and

other favors of a varied character: Professor Nathan Banks,

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.; Mr. E. T.

Cresson, Jr., Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Phila-

delphia, Pa.; Dr. Henry Dietrich, Cornell University, Ithaca,

N. Y.; Mr. S. G. Jewett, Jr., Portland, Ore.; Professor Trevor

Kincaid, University of Washington, Seattle, Wash.; Dr. G. F.

Knowlton, Utah State Agricultural College, Logan, Utah; Dr.

R. L. Post, Oregon State College, Corvallis, Ore.; and Dr. W. E.

Ricker, Indiana University, Bloomington, Ind.

Taeniopteryx PACIFICA Banks

Taeniopteryx pacifica Banks. 1900. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 26:244.

Taeniopteryx raynoria Claassen. 1937. Jour. Kan. Ent. Soc.

10(2) : 46. April. New synonymy.

Taeniopteryx kincaidi Hoppe. 1938. Univ. Wash. Pub. in Biol.

4(2) :164. Dec. New synonymy.

Recently, it has been my privilege to study the types of

Taeniopteryx raynoria Clsn. (1937), T. vunduzeea Clsn. (1937)

and T. kincaidi Hoppe (1938). As a result of these studies, and

comparisons with other material in the Illinois Natural History

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

Survey collection, I have come to the conclusion that T. raynoria

and T. hincaidi are synonyms of T. pacifca Banks (1900).

T. vanduzeea Clsn., however, is a valid species and differs

particularly from all other western species of this genus by

having a small lobe on the ninth sternite; in this respect resem-

bling the eastern T. contorta N. & C. (1925).

T. raynoria and T. hincaidi depart from typical pacifica in

minor details only. Studies of series of specimens of Taeni-

opteryx of various species show that minor variations in shape

and size of certain structures within a species are to be expected.

Hoppe (1938), in the key separating males of Taeniopteryx

accompanying her original description, separates pacifica from

hincaidi on the basis of the presence or absence of “two raised

rearward pointing appendages” on the tenth tergite. These raised,

flaplike appendages, although varying considerably in size, are a

characteristic of males of pacifica and are present in the holo-

typic and paratypic males of hincaidi.

Taeniopteryx nivalis (Fitch)

Nemoura nivalis Fitch. 1847. Am. Jour. Ag. and Sci. 5(13) :279.

May.

Since this common eastern North American species has not

been previously recorded from west of the Mississippi River, the

following records of specimens from Oregon are given: Corvallis,

Oak Creek (Biol. 113), 2$, 42, 5 exuviae; Jan. 24, 1935, R.

Prentiss, 5c?, 3 exuviae; Jan. 30, 1935, R. W. Prentiss, 2 $, 12,

1 nymph; Feb. 2, 1934, F. Hinman, 1 2 ; Jan. 30, 1934, in spider

web, 1 2 ; Jan. 31, 1934, 1 2 ; April 2, 1935, B. Crowell, 1 2 ;

Jan. 31, 1936, 2 2 ; Jan. 1, 1936, 5 2 ; Jan. 31, 1936, H. Eisen-

schmidt, 2 $ ; March 15, 1935, J. Schuh, 1 $ ; Jan. 10, 1935, 3

nymphs; March 6, 1936, S. G. Jewett, Jr., 22. Hillsboro, March

19, 1936, Gray & Schuh, 42. Portland, Johnson Creek at Errol

Station, Feb. 3, 1939, S. G. Jewett, Jr., 5$, 62; Feb. 3, 1939,

Johnson Creek at 82nd Street, S. G. Jewett, Jr., 6 6, 22. Co-

lumbia County, Beaver Creek, Feb. 19, 1939, S. G. Jewett, Jr.,

12. St. Helens, Columbia County, Milton Creek, Feb. 19, 1939,

S. G. Jewett, Jr., 22. Benton County, Marys River, Feb. 10,

1938, S. G. Jewett, Jr., 2 S : Feb. 10, 1938, Muddy Creek, S. G.

Jewett, Jr., $ $ , 2 2; Jan. 10, 1938, E. E. Crawford, 1 nymph;

Feb. 10, 1938, E. E. Crawford, 1 2.

A careful study of these Oregon specimens, including com-

parisons with material from other parts of the country, has failed

JANUARY, 1942]

FRISON STONEFLIES

to reveal any fundamental difference between eastern and west-

ern specimens. Some slight difference in the shading of areas in

the wings between Illinois and Oregon specimens was observed

but nothing to warrant separation into different taxonomic cate-

gories.

NemouRA PRODUCTA Claassen

Nemoura producta Claassen. 1923. Can. Ent. 55:286.

Nemoura produ-cta Ricker. 1939. Proc. Ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia,

35:21. Feb.

Nemoura tuberculata Frison. 1937. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bui.

21(3) :84.

The original description of Nemoura producta Claassen, with-

out locality data, contains a curious omission which led me in

1937 to redescribe this species under the name of N. tuberculata.

That tuberculata was a synonym of producta became known to

Ricker (1939) but through error this synonymy was published as

“N. producta Claassen (syn. N. tuberculifera Frison).” I have

never described any species by the name of tuberculifera and I

know from material and correspondence that tuberculata was

intended.

The troublesome omission in the original description of

Claassen was a lack of reference to the extraordinary tubercles on

the second, third and fourth abdominal tergites of the male

(Frison 1937, fig. 71), something unique in North American

Nemoura. How these structures came to be overlooked by Claas-

sen I do not understand, since they are present in the holotypic

male in the collection of Cornell University.

The present notes concerning this species are given here to

clarify the literature to date and to give a proper basis for

recognition of the new species which follows next.

Nemoura pseudoproducta Frison, new species

Figures la-lb

Male. Similar in most morphological features to Nemoura

producta Clsn. (1923) as redescribed under the name of N. tuber-

culata Frison (1937). It differs from producta (= tuberculata ) in

lacking the peculiar tubercles on the second, third and fourth ab-

dominal tergites, in having the subanal lobes, viewed from the side,

with their tips spear-point shaped (fig. la), and in having slight

differences in the supra-anal and subanal lobes, viewed from above,

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

Figures 1-4. Western North American Stoneflies,

JANUARY, 1942]

FRISON STONEFLIES

and best visualized by a study of fig. 71 of a previous paper

(Frison 1937) and fig. lb of the present study.

Holotype, male, Corvallis, Oregon, Oak Creek, April 4, 1937,

S. G. Jewett, Jr.

Paratypes: same data as for holotype, 15 ; Benton County,

Woods Creek, March 5, 1938, 1 5 ; Portland, Multnomah County,

Feb. 19, 1936, 15, and March 17, 1936, 3 5 ; Multnomah Falls,

Multnomah County, April 8, 1939, 15. All from Oregon and

collected by S. G. Jewett, Jr. Paratypes in collections of Illinois

Natural History Survey and S. G. Jewett, Jr.

In addition to the above males, I am certain I have the female

specimens of this new species but they are so similar to the

female of producta, as described by Frison (1937) under the

name tuberculata, that I consider it unwise at the present time to

include this sex in the typic series. Some of these females have

the same data associated with them as the males included in the

typic series.

Nemoura decepta Frison, new species

Figures 2a-2d

Male. Body and appendages essentially brown with paler inter-

segmental areas. No gill remnants.

Head much wider than pronotum; lateral ocelli about as far

apart as each is distant from compound eye, median ocellus located

slightly anterior to a line between front margin of compound eyes.

Pronotum broader than long. Wings uniformly hyaline.

Abdominal tergites without tubercles or special structures.

Anal cerci, figs. 2a, 2b and 2c, one-segnvented, bulbous and without

special structures. Supra- anal process visible from above; with

two inward pointing teeth or hooks at tip and two outward point-

ing hooks on sides, figs. 2b and 2c; ninth sternite much produced

behind like a subgenital plate and with a small lobe at base of

anterior margin, figs. 2a and 2d.

Length of body, 4.5 mm.; length to tip of wings, 6 mm.

Holotype, male, Estes Park, Rocky Mountain National Park,

Mill Creek, Colorado, June 11, 1937.

Paratypes: foot of Longs Peak, Colorado, June 13, 1937, 2 5 ;

Upper Peace River District, Red Bug Slough, north British Co-

lumbia, elevation 4,000 feet, August 5, 1932, J. de N. Henry, 1 5

(collection of Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia).

Associated with the paratypic males from the “Foot of Longs

Peak, Colorado,” is a female which I consider to be of this species.

I have not included it in the typic series or made it the allotype

because it is somewhat teneral.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

Megaleuctra Neave

Megaleuctra Neave. 1934. Can. Ent. 66:4.

This interesting genus was originally described from two

females collected in British Columbia and placed by its describer

(1934) in the family Nemouridae. A year later (1935), in com-

menting on the classification of North American stoneflies in

general, I placed this genus in the family Leuctridae and still

hold to this assignment.

The question of the number of species in the genus is trouble-

some because of lack of sufficient material in collections, lack of

association of males with proper females and lack of knowledge

concerning how the females in the species may be distinguished.

At the present time three specific names are standing in literature;

spectabilis Neave (genotype of Megaleuctra ) described from the

female, and the names of stigmata Banks (1900) and complicata

Claassen (1937) based upon males.

The species stigmata was placed in the genus Nemoura when

described but has been correctly shifted to Megaleuctra by Cla-

assen (1937). At this same time, however, Claassen made sev-

eral statements which require reappraisal. One of these state-

ments is that “A study of the male type of Nemoura stigmata

Banks shows that it is identical with Megaleuctra spectabilis

Neave which was described from female specimens” and he so

definitely synonymized them. The marked difference in mor-

phological structures between males and females is such that the

morphological characters held in common denote no more than

generic affinity. Claassen further attempts to support his pro-

posed synonymy by pointing out that Banks’ type came from

“Winnipeg, B. C.” and that Neave’s type came from the “Purcell

Range, B. C.” I have been unable to find a locality in British

Columbia named Winnipeg and suspect that it is incorrect to

assume both types are from the same general geographical area.

Banks, in the original description, gives the type locality of

stigmata as “Winnipeg, British America” and the type (M.C.Z.

No. 11360) has a label “Winnipeg, B. Col.” It is probable that

the type was collected at or near Winnipeg, Manitoba.

Regardless of whether or not the type of stigmata came from

British Columbia or Manitoba, the occurrence of both stigmata

and spectabilis in British Columbia would not prove they are

identical. Another species of Megaleuctra, distinct from stigmata,

and named complicata by Claassen, is known from Oregon, and

JANUARY, 1942]

FRISON STONEFLIES

an additional new species from the nearby state of Washington is

described in this paper. In other words, spectabilis may be a valid

species with its male unknown or it may be the female of com-

plicata, stigmata or the new species described in this paper.

Studies of the types of complicata (Cornell Univ. Coll.) and

stigmata (M.C.Z.) reveal they are valid and morphologically dis-

tinct species and in turn they are both different from the new

species of this genus described in this paper. Until incontestable

data are available, four species of Megaleuctra ( stigmata , spec-

tabilis, complicata and the following new one) must be recog-

nized. These four certainly represent three valid species because

of the markedly different genital structures presented by the males.

Priority of and synonymy of names, if any, depend upon the final

status of spectabilis. Whether Megaleuctra as a generic name

must give priority to Udamocercia Enderlein (1909) must await

a better understanding of the world fauna.

Megaleuctra kincaidi Frison, new species

Figures 3a-3c

Head, thorax, abdomen and appendages light to dark brown.

Head through compound eyes much wider than pronotum; three

ocelli forming a nearly equilateral triangle, lateral ocelli over twice

as far apart as each is distant from compound eye; maxillary

palpi large, about the same diameter as basal antennal segments.

Pronotum about as wide as long, margins light colored, central

area darker with indication of a wide, longitudinal, lighter median

stripe.

Legs with second tarsal segment much shorter than third, the

third much shorter than first, the first about as long as second and

third combined.

Ninth tergite, figs. 3a and 3b, with two sharply pointed tuber-

cles on middle area; tenth tergite, figs. 3a and 3b, at posterior

margin with a peculiar, highly sclerotized structure arising be-

tween and above the anal cerci and then bent forward again about

at right angles, this structure with its outer upper corners flared

out and with its middle area sunken to form a groove or channel in

which lies a long, recurved, subanal process originating between

subanal lobes; under this angled structure at its base on dorsal

area is a membranous, rearward-directed flap; anal cerci long,

single segmented; subanal process long, recurved over dorsal tip

of abdomen, resting in the groove of the process arising on the

tenth tergite, and originating between subanal lobes, head of this

process bulbous, viewed from the side; ninth sternite, fig. 3c, with

a short, stout, spurlike appendage in the middle area of its basal

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

part and a sub-genital-like plate on its posterior margin; subanal

lobes strongly sclerotized and forming basal area where subanal

process originates.

Wings with membrane essentially hyaline and veins dark brown;

pterostigmatic space in both forewings and hindwings with con-

spicuous marking, the area next to the subcosta hyaline, followed

in turn by a dark patch and then by a milky-white patch.

No gill remnants on any body area.

Length to tip of wings, 15 mm. ; length to tip of abdomen, 13 mm.

Holotype, male, Mount Rainier, Washington, Fryingpan Creek,

Elevation 5,000 feet, July 23, 1937, W. E. Ricker.

Paratypes: between St. Helens and Vernonia, Oregon, April

17, 1937, Gray & Schuh, 1 S ; Seattle, Wash., April 14, 1932, 1 $

(specimen recorded as M. stigmata Banks? by Hoppe (1936)).

The shape of the peculiar structure at the posterior margin

of the tenth tergite, on which the subanal process rests, will

readily separate this species from complicata Claassen and stig-

mata Banks. In order to further the identification of the species

of Megaleuctra, I am presenting here illustrations of a specimen

of complicata compared with the type (figs. 4a, 4b, 4c and 4d).

The great difference in length and shape of the structure on the

tenth tergite in kincaidi and complicata can be seen by compar-

ing figs. 3a and 4a. The type of stigmata has this same structure

long as in complicata but more narrowed on its apical portion,

the tubercules on the ninth tergite are quite different in shape,

and an additional flaplike structure extends from the anterior

margin of tergite back between the tubercles, something which is

lacking in both complicata and kincaidi.

The presence or absence of a stub of a vein at the point of

origin of the radial sector in the forewing is mentioned by Claas-

sen (1937) as having possible significance in separating the

species stigmata and complicata. This is a variable venational

character of no specific value as proved by a female of Mega>-

leuctra (species ? ) , in the Illinois Natural History Survey col-

lection, which has right and left wings variable in this respect.

Minor variations of wing venation are common in stoneflies, even

in the case of those species belonging to genera with restricted

wing venation such as Megaleuctra.

( To be continued in next number)

JANUARY, 1942] BLACKWELDER DR. A. FENYES

THE ENTOMOLOGICAL WORK OF ADALBERT FENYES

BY RICHARD E. BLACKWELDER

U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C . 1

The death on February 22, 1937, of Dr. Adalbert Fenyes

lessened by one the small number of taxonomists specializing in

the large beetle family Staphylinidae. Although Dr. Fenyes did

little work on his insects during the last twenty years, his publi-

cations are of importance particularly because of his studies on

the difficult subfamily Aleocharinae, on which he wrote volume

173 of the Genera Insectorum.

During the entomologically active part of his life, Dr. Fenyes

assembled a very fine collection of the Aleocharinae and an ex-

tensive library. It has been thought worth while to record in

detail the disposition of this collection and library as well as to

present a complete list of his publications. Notices appeared at

the time of Dr. Fenyes’ death in this journal, 2 but the data given

concerning his library and collection were incomplete and some-

what misleading. The following notes are intended to clear up

certain of these points and place on record the details of the

present disposition of the collection and library.

Prior to the death of Dr. Fenyes it was understood that he had

completed a very large manuscript on North American Aleo-

charinae but was unable to publish it. At one time he was be-

lieved to be willing to sell his collection and library for the

amount which would pay for the publication of the manuscript.

In December, 1935, a notice appeared in Entomological News

offering the collection and library for sale. Nothing had come of

this advertisement at the time of his death.

Shortly after the death of Dr. Fenyes his collection and

library were purchased by the California Academy of Sciences.

In addition to the specimens and books the Academy received

his notebooks and manuscripts. The notes consisted primarily of

about 35,000 5"x9" sheets bound into 73 loose leaf binders.

These notes include the preliminary work on the Genera Insec-

torum volume and other papers, a general bibliography of the

Aleocharinae, collecting and accession notes, tabulations of the

characters of the Aleocharinae genera, about 400 colored draw-

ings of Aleocharinae, and copied original descriptions of a large

Published with permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.

2 Pan-Pacific Ent., vol. 13, p. 144 ; Fall, H. C., Pan-Pacific Ent., vol. 13, pp. 145-147.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

percentage of the genera and species of Aleocharinae of the

world. At the time that these notebooks were received at the

California Academy, Mr. Van Duzee thought that they were the

large manuscript which Dr. Fenyes was supposed to have ready

for publication. It seems almost certain now that they are merely

Fenyes’ working notes, in part already published, and the manu-

script has been lost (or possibly was never actually prepared).

The entire entomological library of Dr. Fenyes was purchased

from the Academy jointly by Drs. E. G. Linsley and R. L. Usinger.

The large number of Staphylinid separates in the library was

then sold to the present writer together with a few books dealing

only with the Staphylinidae. A few additional items were sold to

the University of California and a few to individual entomol-

ogists in California and elsewhere, leaving the balance of the

library in the possession of Dr. Linsley and Dr. Usinger.

Dr. Fenyes’ own annotated copies of the basic Staphylinid

works are principally to be found in the library of the writer.

These include Erichson’s Kdfer der Mark Brandenburg and his

Staphylinorum, des Gozis’ Type species, numerous monographs

by Wasmann, Fauvel, Bernhauer, etc., Kraatz’ Naturgeschichte der

Insecten Deutschlands, Sharp’s Biologia Centrali- Americana, and

Fenyes’ part of the Genera Insectorum. The latter work contains

very numerous typographical errors, many of which are cor-

rected in Fenyes’ own hand.

The Fenyes collection is being adequately cared for at the

California Academy of Sciences. Its value lies not so much in its

size but in the remarkable completeness in certain respects. It

contains, for example, specimens of the genotypes of 85 per cent

of the Aleocharine genera and subgenera. Of the remaining

genera most are represented by several species, and it is notice-

able throughout that very small series are not the rule. There is

little type material in the collection, but in the Aleocharinae it is

the genotypes which will be of most importance in the near

future.

Entomological Publications of Dr. A. Fenyes

1. 1903. Palaeox&nus ( Cryptostoma ) dohrnii Horn. Ent. News,

14:20. [Notes with a definite California record.]

2. 1906. [Note.] Ent. News, 17:310. [Notes on validity of Poly-

stoma and Coenonica.]

3. 1907. The Aleocharinae by Casey. Ent. News, 18:60-61. [Cor-

rections to Casey’s paper of 1906. Proposes L&ptusa

caseyi, n.n. for L. tricolor Csy. (not Scriba) and Oxypoda

dubia, n.n. for O. ancilla C'sy. (not Sahlberg.)]

JANUARY, 1942] BLACK WELDER DR. A. FENYES

4. 1908. A preliminary arrangement of the Aleocharinae of the

United States and Canada. Ent. News, 19:56-65. [Sys-

tematic list and bibliography.]

5. 1908. Verbesserungen zu den Aleocharinae des neuen Cata-

logus Coleopterorum Europae, Caucasi et Armeniae Ros-

sicae. Deutsche. Ent. Ztschr., 1908, p. 60. [Notes and cor-

rections concerning Aleocharinae.]

6. 1909. Two new species of Aleocharinae from California. Proc.

Ent. Soc. Wash., 11:197-199. [Descriptions of Gnathusa

eva, n.gen. and n.sp., and Bolitochara unicolor, n.sp.]

7. 1909. A new Staphylinid genus from California. Canad. Ent.,

41:325-326. [Descriptions of Symbiochara lativentris,

n.gen. and n.sp.]

8. 1909. New Aleocharinae of the United States. Ent. News,

20:418-425. [Descriptions of Silusa densa, S. opaca,

Atheta ( Halobrecta ) algophila, A. ( Atheta ) hilaris, A.

( Dimetrota ) laetula, A. ( D .) neomexicana, A. (D.)

nigrita, A. (Metaxya) subpolaris, and Ocalea ( Ocalea )

fusca, n.spp.]

9. 1910. [Outline and keys to tribes and genera of Aleocharinae]

in Blatchley, W. S., Coleoptera of Indiana.

10: 1910. A new Staphylinid genus from Arizona. Ent. News, 21:

117-119. [Descriptions of Beyeria vespa, n.gen. and sp.]

11. 1912. Falagria Mannh. and its relatives. Jour. New York Ent.

Soc., 20:20-27. [Notes, synonymy, and distribution of

North American Falagriae, with designation of geno-

types and catalog of species.]

12. 1912. Remarks on Gnypeta Thoms. Canad. Ent., 44:105-112.

[Catalog, synonymy, notes, and key to North American

species; notes on Central and South American, and

European and Oriental species.]

13. 1912. Gyronycha Csy., a critical study. Ent. News, 23:123-125.

[Discussion of relationships of genera allied to Gy-

ronycha. ]

14. 1912. Aleocharinae from the Aleutian Islands. Proc. Pacific

Coast Ent. Soc., 1912, 4 pp. [Notes and systematic ar-

rangement.]

15. 1914. H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute. Aleocharinae. Archiv f.

Naturg., vol. 80', Abt. A, Heft 2, pp. 45-55. [Descriptions

of Myllaena insularis, Homalota opaca, Tachyusida lutei-

pennis, Schistogenia bicolor, S. dubia, Gnypeta inducta,

Atheta ( Acrotona ) vexans, Astilbus ocularis, Zyras

(Rhynchodonia) abbreviatus, Aleochara ( Aleochara ) in-

sularis, A. ( Euryodma ) antennalis, A. {Isochar a) cri-

brata, n.spp., with notes on other species.]

16. 1918. Genera Insectorum, fasc. 173A, pp. 1-110. [Historical

review, partial key to genera, list of genotypes, bibliog-

raphy, systematic arrangement with catalogs of species.

No new names.]

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

17. 1920. Genera Insectorum, fasc. 173B, pp. 111-414. [Systematic

arrangement with catalogs of species (cont.). New

names: Tachyusa solskyi for T. cavicollis Solsky (1871) ;

Atheta sericina for A. sericata Muls. & Rey (1875) ;

Atheta nova for A. impressicollis Bnhr. (1907) ; A.

catharinae for A. parallela Bnhr. (1908) ; A. poppiusi

for A. praticola Popp. (1908-09) ; A. vega for A. atri-

cornis Sahib. (1885); A. stercoris for A. columbica

Bnhr. (1907) ; A. maeklini for A. moesta Makl. (1852) ;

A. fauveli for A. acuticollis Fvl. (1907) ; A. duplicata for

A. unigrcdnosa Bnhr. (1909) ; A. pugnans for A. militaris

Csy. (1911) ; Zyras contristatus for Z. constritatus Per.

(1904) (emendation). New genus: Lypoglossa. New

subgenera: Disoporina and Hypatheta (of Atheta ) .]

18. 1921. Genera Insectorum, fasc. 173C, pp. 415-453, pis. 1-7.

[Systematic arrangement with catalog of species (con-

cluded) , index, plates. No new names.]

19. 1921. New Genera and species of Aleocharinae with a poly-

tomic synopsis of the tribes. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol.

65, No. 2, pp. 17-36. [Descriptions of Diglotta pacifica,

n.sp., Thaxteria insularis, n.gen. and sp., Cyphea wallisi,

n.sp., Strophogastra penicillatus, n.g. and sp., Mesaraeus

laevigatus, n.gen. and sp., Hydrosmectina macra, n.sp.,

Lipodonta veris, n.gen. and sp., Periergopus sculptus,

n.gen. and sp., Gnathusa tenuicornis, n.sp., Anocalea

thaxteri, n.gen. and sp., Hygropora americana, n.sp.,

Polylobus thaxteri, n.sp., Microglotta barberi, n.sp.,

Pseudoplandria laeta, n.gen and sp., and Aleochara ( Iso -

chara) perturbans, n.sp.; key to 27 tribes of Aleocha-

rinae (one of which is new.]

New Names of Coleoptera Proposed by Dr. A. Fenyes

[Acrotona vexans; see Atheta]

Aleochara antennalis, 15:54 (subg. Euryodma) Formosa

cribrata, 15:55 (subg. Isochara) Formosa

insularis, 15:53 (subg. Aleochara) Formosa

perturbans, 19:32 (subg. Isochara) Manitoba

Anocalea, 19:27 (genotype, A. thaxteri)

thaxteri, 19:27 Chile

Astilbus ocularis, 15:50 Formosa

Atheta algophila, 8:419 (subg. Halobrectha) California

catharinae, 17:187 (subg. Microdota)

(parallela Bnhr. 1908 =)

duplicata, 8:213 (subg. Atheta)

(unigranosa Bnhr. 1909 =)

fauveli, 17:205 (subg. Dimetrota)

(acuticollis Fvl. 1907 =)

hilaris, 8:420 (subg. Atheta) New Mexico

laetula, 8:421 (subg. Dimetrota) (U. S.)

JANUARY, 1942] BLACKWELDER DR. A. FENYES

Atheta maeklini, 17:205 (subg. Dimetrota)

(moesta Makl. 1852 =)

neomexicanus, 8:422 (subg. Dimetrota) New Mexico

nigrita, 8:423 (subg. Dimetrota) California

nova, 17:187 (subg. Microdota)

(impressicollis Bnhr. 1907 =)

poppiusi, 17:197 (subg. Metaxya)

(praticola Popp. 1908-09 =)

pugnans, 17:218 (subg. Traumoecia)

(militaris Csy. 1911 =)

sericina, 17:186 (subg. Microdota)

(sericata Muls. & Rey, 1875 =)

stercoris, 17:205 (subg. Dimetrota)

(columbica Bnhr. 1907 =)

subpolaris, 8:423 (subg. Metaxya) Arizona

vega, 17:198 (subg. Metaxya)

(atricornis Sahib. 1885 =)

vexans, 15:50 (subg. Acrotona) Formosa

Beyeria, n. gen., 10:118 (genotype, B. vespa)

vespa, 10:119 Arizona

Bolitochara unicolor, 6:198. California

Cyphea wallisi, 19:19 Manitoba

Diglotta pacifica, 19 : 17 California

[Dimetrota fauveli; see Atheta]

[ ” laetula; see Atheta]

[ ” maeklini; see Atheta]

[ ” neomexicana; see Atheta]

[ ” nigrita; see Atheta]

[ ” stercoris; see Atheta]

Disoporina, n. subg., 17:205 (genotype, D. ernestinae)

[Euryodma antennalis; see Aleochara]

Gnathusa, n. gen., 6:197 (genotype, G. eva)

eva, 6:198 California

tenuicornis, 19:26 Calif., B. C.

Gnypeta inducta, 15:49 Formosa

[Halobrectha algaphila; see Atheta]

Homalota opaca, 15:46 Formosa

Hydrosmectina macra, 19:23.. California

Hygropora americana, 19:28 Brit. Columbia

Hypatheta, n. subg., 17:206 (genotype, H. castanoptera)

[Isochara cribrata; see Aleochara]

[ ” perturbans; see Aleochara]

Leptusa casey i, 3:61

(tricolor Csy. 1906 =)

Lipodonta, n. gen., 19:24 (genotype L. veris)

veris, 19:24 California

Lypoglossa, n. gen., 17:239 (genotype, L. fenyesi)

Mesaraeus, n. gen., 19:21 (genotype, M. laevigatus)

laevigatus, 19:22

Argentina

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

[Metaxya poppiusi; see Atheta]

[ ” subpolaris; see Atheta]

[ ” vega; see Atheta]

[Microdota catharinae; see Atheta]

[ “ nova; see Atheta]

“ sericina; see Atheta]

Microglotta barberi, 19:30 Virginia

Myllaena insularis, 15:45 Formosa

Ocalea fusca, 8:424 (subg. Ocalea) Arizona

Periergopus, n. gen., 19:25 (genotype, P. sculptus)

sculptus, 19:25 Cameroons

Polylobus thaxteri, 19:29 Chile

Pseudoplandria, n. gen., 19:30 (genotype, P. laeta)

laeta, 19:31 Philippines

[Rhynchodonia abbreviatus; see Zyras]

Schistogenia bicolor, 15:47 Formosa

dubia, 15:48 Formosa

Silusa densa, 8:418 California

opaca, 8:418 California

Strophogastra, n. gen., 19:20 (genotype, S. penicillata)

penicillata, 19:20 Manitoba

Symbiochara, n. gen., 7:325 (genotype, S. lativentris)

lativentris, 7:326 California

Tachyusa solsltyi, 17:172 (subg. Tachyusa)

(cavicollis Solsky, 1871 =)

Tachyusida luteipennis, 15:47 Formosa

Thaxteria, n. gen., 19:17 (genotype, T. insularis)

insularis, 19:18 Grenada

[Traumoecia pugnans; see Atheta]

Zyras abbreviatus, 15:52 (subg. Rhynchodonia) Formosa

contristatus, 17:301 (emendation)

(constritatus Per. 1904 =)

Gall Insects

Plant Galls and Gall Makers, by Ephraim Porter Felt. Pages

viii 364, 344 figs, in text. Published by Comstock Publishing Co.,

May 1940. Price $4.00.

Dr. Felt has given us, in the words of his publisher, “ a greatly

extended and more comprehensive account of the author’s ‘Key to

American Insect Galls’, which was published in 1918. It includes

a selected bibliography of recent publications.” The text is divided

in two sections: I. Introduction. A discussion of types of galls,

gall producers, and of the development, distribution, collecting and

rearing of galls (35 pages). II. Keys to the galls of various plant

families, with concise discussions of host, family and gall char-

acteristics (331 pp.). The clear-cut illustrations will be a great

aid in identification work. Dr. Felt has given us an up-to-date

book on the subject which should do much to further the study

of gall insects and their work in the future. — I. McCracken.

JANUARY, 1942]

HARRIOT OTITIDAE

NEW SPECIES OF OTITIDAE FROM CALIFORNIA

(Diptera)

BY SAMUEL C. HARRIOT

I wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. C. H. Curran for

his helpful criticism in the preparation of this paper. The speci-

mens described are from the collections of Dr. Mont A. Cazier,

Mr. Bernard Brookman, and Dr. T. H. G. Aitken. The drawing is

by Miss Alice Gray.

The following key will help to separate the described species

of Tritoxa Loew.

Table of Species

1. All black species; posterior cross-vein almost perpendicular.

flexa Wiedemann

Brownish or reddish yellow species 2

2. Face with a red median longitudinal mark 4

-. Face without such a red mark; abdomen mostly black 3

3. Thoracic dorsum with two distinct, whitish, pollinose, longitu-

dinal stripes; third hyaline cross-band arcuated ..incurva Loew

-. Thoracic dorsum without distinct longitudinal stripes ; third

hyaline cross-band almost perpendicular and straight

. cuneata Loew

4. Posterior cross-vein with a spur in the middle.. ..ra, new species

Posterior cross-vein without such a spur pollinosa Cole

Tritoxa ra Harriot, new species

(Fig. 1)

A slender reddish yellow species. Length, 6 to 7 mm.

Male: Front opaque, reddish yellow except for a narrow

whitish pollinose strip along inner margin of eyes. Occiput shin-

ing reddish yellow, posterior orbits white pollinose extending to

the oral margin. Face yellowish, whitish in certain lights, a

reddish mark in the center extending from oral margin about

half way up the face; cheeks wholly brown below the eyes. Front

wider than one eye, with sparse black hairs except between the

upper pair of frontals; cheeks about three-fifths the eye height.

Two pairs of reclinate frontals; verticals moderately strong,

ocelars short and proclinate. Proboscis brown; palpi yellowish

with black hairs. Antennae reddish yellow, third segment about

one-third as wide as long; arista black and finely pubescent.

Thorax reddish yellow; mesonotum opaque, the posterior portions

of humeri and sides of mesonotum behind suture shining; a dark

brown stripe covered with whitish pollinose extending from

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

slightly before anterior supra-alar bristle to base of wing.

Thoracic dorsum with two parallel grayish pollinose stripes ;

ground color underneath stripes black. Pleura shining, reddish

yellow, lightly whitish pollinose when viewed obliquely; sterno-

pleura surrouding the bristle dark brown; a whitish pollinose area

above front coxae. Scutellum shining reddish yellow, dark brown

on apical half. Legs reddish yellow, tarsi darker. Wings brown

with three hyaline cross-bands as figured. Longitudinal and cross-

veins sinuous; a spur in the middle of posterior cross- vein.

Squamae and halteres white. Abdomen reddish yellow, with many

short black bristles.

Female. Similar to male. Ovipositor shining reddish yellow,

darkened at apex of first segment, with short sparse black hairs.

Figure 1. Wing of Tritoxa ra Harriot, n. sp.

Holotype, male, Lone Pine, Inyo County, California, June

16, 1937 (Cazier collection). Allotype, female, Lone Pine, Inyo

County, California, June 6, 1937 (L. D. Phillips). Paratype,

male, Diaz Lake, Owens Valley, Inyo County, California, June 7,

1937 (Aitken collection). The holotype is in the American

Museum of Natural History; the allotype, No. 5229, and para-

type have been deposited in the California Academy of Sciences.

Euxesta brookmani Harriot, new species

This species traces out to scutellaris Curran in his key to

American Euxesta Loew (Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 812, p. 12)

but is larger, the wings are clear hyaline not whitish, the costal

and subcostal cells are much darker, and the fourth vein ends

before the tip of the wing. Length, 6 mm.

JANUARY, 1942]

HARRIOT OTITIDAE

Female. Head shining reddish, the face whitish pollinose;

occiput with a brownish spot on either side above the neck.

Front slightly wider than one eye, sparsely covered with short

black hairs arising from very small punctures. Frontal and oc-

celar bristles weak, verticals moderately strong. Cheeks in profile

a little more than one-half the eye height. Face concave in pro-

file. Proboscis black; palpi reddish. Antennae reddish, the third

segment about twice as long as wide, apex rounded, arista black,

thickened on basal seventh, yellowish near base. Thoracic dorsum

almost wholly bronze black, thickly ashy pollinose. Humeri and

sides of mesonotum behind the suture shining reddish. Pleura

mostly shining bluish black, propleura and mesopleura often red-

dish. Sternopleura and hypopleura lightly pollinose. Metanotum

and pectus shining bluish black. Scutellum shining reddish.

Legs reddish. Hand tibiae mostly black. One-half to three-fourths

of outer surface of hind femora black, the middle tibiae some-

times darkened. Wings clear hyaline, veins yellow except on the

dark areas, costal and subcostal cells almost black; triangular

apical spot dark brown, extending from costa to fourth vein and

to scarcely one-third of distance from posterior cross-vein; fourth

vein ending before tip of wing. Squamae and knob of halteres

white. Abdomen shining black, venter sometimes reddish at base.

Holotype, female, and paratypes, five females, Grotto Canyon,

Death Valley, Inyo County, California, March 23, 1940 (Bernard

Brookman). All specimens from human excrement. The holo-

type, No. 5230, has been deposited in the California Academy of

Sciences; the paratypes are in the American Museum of Natural

History.

Euxesta anna Harriot, new species

Would run to notata Wiedemann in Curran’s key to American

Euxesta Loew (Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 812, p. 13) but the

abdomen is differently colored, and the apex of the abdomen of

the female is not yellowish. Differs from pechumani Curran in

that the median brown spot does not extend beyond the second

vein.

Female. Front dark reddish, narrower than one eye, black

toward vertex and along upper margins bordering eyes; a

whitish pollinose horizontal stripe bisecting front, sometimes in-

distinct. Posterior orbits whitish pollinose, broadly so below.

Face concave in profile; the upper half of face and parafacials

and cheeks whitish pollinose, the parafacials and cheeks reddish

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

in ground color; oral margin and clypeus shining steel blue.

Cheeks about two-thirds as wide as eye height. Proboscis and

palpi black. Antennae reddish, brown above; arista black, thick-

ened on basal sixth. Thorax steel blue, thinly whitish pollinose;

mesonotum, scutellum and pleura shining. Legs black or brown-

ish, the trochanters, knees, tips of tibiae and metatarsi yellowish.

Wings hyaline, veins yellowish, costal cell tinged with yellowish

to a little beyond humeral cross-vein, a brown spot at apex of

costal cell extending as far as second vein; stigma yellowish.

The apical brown spot extends from, costa back to about middle

of apical cell. The fourth vein ends before tip of wing. Squamae

white; knobs of halteres reddish. Abdomen dark shining metallic

green or purple. Ovipositor black.

Male. Similar to the female.

Holotype, female, allotype, male, and three female paratypes,

Tustin, California, June 14, 1938, J. G. Shanafelt (Cazier Col-

lection) . All of the types are in the American Museum of Natural

History.

A Capture of Lerodea eufala Edwards at Light

(Lepidoptera, Hesperiidae)

On the night of September 28, 1940, Mansfield took a speci-

men of Lerodea eufala Edw. at a neon sign on Santa Clara

Avenue, San Jose, California. The specimen is a female, and is

the only record known to us of the species, from Santa Clara

County. Tilden has taken the species in the San Joaquin Valley

near Newman, where it is quite common, hut we know no other

case than the above, of its occurrence west of the Mt. Hamilton

Range.

The capture of the specimen at light is especially interesting.

Previous to this, our only captures of diurnals at lights were of

the two species of nymphalids, Vanessa caryce Hbn. and Vanessa

cardui (L.), both of which are not infrequently taken in this

manner.

There are scattered references in the literature to the capture

of various butterflies at lights, although butterflies are not con-

sidered to be phototropic as a group. This is the first time that

the capture of a skipper in such a manner has come to our atten-

tion. — J. W. Tilden and G. S. Mansfield.

JANUARY, 1942] LINSLEY & MICHENER HYMENOPTERA 27

NOTES ON SOME HYMENOPTERA FROM THE VICINITY

OF MT. LASSEN, CALIFORNIA

BY E. G. LINSLEY AND C. D. MICHENER

University of California

The Division of Entomology of the University of California

held a summer field course in the Mt. Lassen region of northern

California from May 19 to June 22, 1941. Certain of the interest-

ing Hymenoptera collected during that period appear to be

worthy of record.

Masaridae: Four species of Pseudomasaris were collected on

June 4, visiting flowers of a single patch of a species of Phacelia

at Hat Creek, Shasta County. The most abundant species was

P. ( Cotyledon ) edwardsii (Cresson), while a few specimens of

P. ( Pseudomasaris ) coquilletti Rohwer and P. (P.) zonalis (Cres-

son) were taken. A single female of P. ( Toryna ) vespoides

(Cresson), a species ordinarily found on flowers of Pentstemon,

was also captured.

Eumenidae*: Odynerus dilectus Saussure was found nesting

in a meadow five miles east of Burney, Shasta County, California,

on June 2. The site was a nearly bare patch of soil five inches

long by three and one-half inches wide. This area, in a meadow

otherwise densely covered by grass, apparently resulted from a

shallowly buried boulder which limited the depth of the burrows

to one or two inches. Four fresh burrows were present although

there was ample evidence of activity in previous years. Each

entrance was surmounted by a delicate, erect turret constructed

of small mud pellets. Although its inner surface was relatively

smooth, the outer was rough with the outlines of the pellets

clearly discernable. Interspaces between pellets were frequently

open permitting the transmission of light and giving a somewhat

lacelike appearance. The turrets were more than 2 cm. in height,

from 5 to 5.5 mm. in diameter, with a wall from % to 1 mm. in

thickness. The burrows were stocked with small caterpillars.

Other species of Odynerus were taken as follows: 0. blandus

Saussure, Shingletown, Shasta County, June 2; O. tigris Saussure,

Big Spring, Shasta County, May 23; Hat Creek, Shasta County,

June 1 ; O. tigris cytairms Cameron, Shingletown, Shasta County,

June 2; Hat Creek, Shasta County, June 1; O. spilogaster, Cam-

eron, Big Spring, Shasta County, May 23; Hat Creek, June 4;

0 . exoglyphus R. Bohart, five miles east of Burney, Shasta County,

* Identifications in this family were kindly made by Dr. R. M. Bohart.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

June 9; O. discogaster Bequaert, Shingletown, Shasta County,

June 2; Hat Creek, June 1; Manzanita Lake, Lassen National

Park, June 21 ; 0. halophila Viereck, Big Spring, Shasta County,

May 23; Hat Creek, June 1, 4; Manzanita Lake, Lassen National

Park, June 12; O. sutteriana Saussure, Hat Creek, Shasta County,

June 1 ; O. rugous blandinus Rohwer, Big Spring, Shasta County,

May 23; Hat Creek, Shasta County, June 1; O. cochisensis

Viereck, Hat Creek, Shasta County, June 1; 0. capra Saussure,

Hat Creek, Shasta County, June 4.

Sapygidae* : Sapyga aculeata Cresson was found at Hat

Creek, Shasta County, on June 1, visiting flowers of cow parsnip

(Heracleum lanatum ) and S. elegans Cresson at Manzanita Lake,

Lassen National Park, at the flowers of Arctostaphylos nevadensis

on June 12. A more common species, S. fulvicornis Cresson, was

taken on Rhamnus at Hat Creek, Shasta County, on June 1 and 4,

on Arctostaphylos at Hat Creek, Lassen National Park on June 3,

on A. nevadensis at Manzanita Lake, June 21, and on Allium at

Black’s Mountain, Lassen County, on June 13.

Dufoureidae: Specimens of the recently described Mimu-

lapis versatilis rufiventris Timberlake were observed visiting a

small, yellow-flowered Mimulus at Shingletown, Shasta County,

on a number of dates from May 22 to June 21. Both sexes were

present throughout this period.

Nomadidae: Several large specimens (6% to 7 mm. in length)

of Oreopasites vanduzeei melantha Linsley were collected on

June 9 flying about a group of nests of Nomadopsis anthidius

(Fowler). These nests were on an old, unused road five miles east

of Burney, Shasta County. A single female of Oreopasites van-

duzeei diabloensis Linsley was collected at Shingletown, Shasta

County, on May 23. No species of Nomadopsis were evident in

the area at the time.

Anthophoridae: A few specimens of the black Anthophora

pacifica infernalis (Dalla Torre) were found intermixed with

the gray A. p. pacifica Cresson (the female described as A. ignava

Cresson) on flowers of Ribes at Hat Lake, Lassen National Park,

on June 14. The black females are ordinarily found in southern

California, the gray ones in the central and northern part of the

state. The occurrence of the two together at Hat Lake suggests

that they they may be different species, although the males of

both are gray and apparently indistinguishable from one another.

Megachilidae: Stelis ( Melanostelis ) rubi Cockerell was col-

* Identifications in this family were kindly made by Dr. R. M. Bohart.

JANUARY, 1942] LINSLEY & MICHENER HYMENOPTERA

Iected at Manzanita Lake, Lassen National Park, on June 12, on

Arctostaphylos nevadensis and four miles south of Hat Creek,

Shasta County, June 1 and 10, on Potentilla and on a small yellow

composite. Chelostoma phaceliae Michener was found on flowers

of Phacelia five miles east of Burney, Shasta County, June 8.

On these same flowers at the same time, several specimens of the

supposedly southern Hoplitis ( Monumetha ) albifrons maura

(Cresson) were obtained. The occurrence of this southern Cali-

fornian subspecies is of special interest in connection with the

notes on Anthophora pacifica recorded above.

Bombidae : Males, queens and workers of Bombus edwardsii

Cresson were found at Manzanita Lake on June 12, and males

and workers at Viola, Shasta County, on May 19. Since these

localities are at relatively high elevations (the former at 5800

feet) , these dates represent rather early spring season; it is of in-

terest to note that males were present at this time. No males of any

other species of Bombus were observed. A nest of edwardsii was

found at Hat Creek, Shasta County, under loose bark of a Libo-

cedrus log. Within fifty yards was a nest of B. vosnesenskii

Radoszkowski in a dead log of yellow pine ( Pinus ponderosa ) .

Females of the bumblebee parasite, Psithyrus crawfordi Franklin,

were taken at each of the following localities: Cinder Cone,

Lassen National Park, June 19 (P. Hurd) ; Hat Lake, Lassen

National Park, June 5.

An Unusual Record of Ochlodes yuma (Edwards)

(Lepidoptera, Hesperiidae)

In October, 1932, Mr. Edward Doleman, at that time a resi-

dent of Modesto, California, kindly gave me some skippers that

he had taken in the open country southwest of that city, near the

junction of the Stanislaus and San Joaquin rivers.

Among these specimens was a single female of Ochlodes yuma

(Edw.). This species, originally described from Arizona by

W. H. Edwards, is nowhere common. There are records from the

Mohave Desert in California,, but this specimen from Modesto is

the northernmost record that I have been able to find. It shows

the tendency, found in certain desert forms, to cross the great

valley region in the vicinity of Bakersfield, and thence to prog-

ress northward into the more arid portions of the valley region.

The fact that the specimen is a female suggests that the

species is established and breeding, though no doubt in small

numbers.

I am indebted to Dr. A. W. Lindsey for confirming the

specific identity of the specimen. — J. W. Tilden.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

NOTES ON SOME FEEDING AND HIBERNATION HABITS

OF CALIFORNIA POLISTES

( Hymenoptera-V espidae)

BY G. E. BOHART

University of California, Davis

In May, 1939, on the sand dunes near Antioch, California, I

noticed a pile of fermenting grapes upon which hundreds of the

orange and yellow paper wasp, Polistes fuscatus anaheimensis

(Provancher) , were feeding. Surprisingly the black and yellow

Polistes fuscatus aurifer (Saussure) were flying around valley

live oak trees only a fewi yards away together with anaheimensis

and in somewhat greater abundance. No aurifer even approached

the grapes.

Along Putah Creek near Davis, California, both Polistes

hibernate in large patches beneath the loose bark of dead and

dying cottonwood trees. Here, although they can be found be-

neath the same strip of bark, they tend to segregate into discreet

patches with only an occasional specimen of anaheimensis quar-

tered with aurifer.

At the above localities parasitism of Polistes by the strepsi-

pteran, Xenos peckii Kirby, is frequent but nearly confined to

aurifer. Of the several hundred Strepsiptera extracted from two

quarts of about equal numbers of both kinds of wasps, less than

ten were found in anaheimensis.

These observations indicate that the two Polistes, which are

apparently morphologically identical except for color and a

slight size difference, are physiologically quite different and can

live side by side as distinct species. Although in general anahei-

mensis prefers warmer, dryer areas than aurifer, in the areas

where they are found together, as at Antioch, no intergradation

is observable. Perhaps a thorough study of the distribution and

habits of cur various species and races of Polistes together with

an analysis of their intraspecific variation would shed some

additional light on the perplexing problem of species with only

“physiological” isolating mechanisms.

JANUARY, 1942] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Organized August 15, 1901

E. 0. Essig, President

E. G. Linsley, Secretary

H. M. Armitage, Vice President

E. R. Leach, T reasurer

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

Know All Men by These Presents:

That we, the undersigned, do hereby voluntarily associate our-

selves together for the purpose of forming a non-profit corporation

under the laws of the State of California, and we hereby certify

that:

First: The name of this corporation shall be Pacific Coast

E NTOMCXLOGIC AL SOCIETY.

Second: The purposes for which this corporation is formed are

to promote, sponsor, foster and stimulate research in the field of

entomology; to provide facilities and opportunities for research

and analysis of any and all phases of entomology by lectures,

forums, discussions, experiments, surveys, public meetings, exhi-

bitions, courses, classes, conferences, symposia and analyses; to

publish books, pamphlets, monographs and in general to disseminate

information about entomology and the results of entomological

research; to accumulate and record historical facts and materials

relating to entomology in general; to give, grant and sponsor the

granting of fellowships and awards for study or research in the

field of entomology; and in general, to act as a medium for the

exchange of information and knowledge and research in entomology

between the members of this corporation and scientists and ento-

mologists throughout the world. To do any and all things necessary,

suitable, convenient or proper for or in connection with or inci-

dental to the accomplishment of any of the purposes, or the attain-

ment of any one or more of the objects herein enumerated or

designed, directly or indirectly to promote the interests of this

corporation, and to do any and all things and to exercise any and

all powers which may now or hereafter be lawful for this corpora-

tion to do or to exercise under the laws of the State of California;

provided, however, that this corporation is and shall be a corpora-

tion which does not contemplate pecuniary gain or profits to the

members thereof. No part of the net earnings of this corporation

shall inure to the benefit of any member whatsoever, and no part

of the activities of this corporation shall be or constitute carrying

on propaganda or otherwise attempting to influence legislation.

Third: The county in the State of California where the principal

office for the transaction of the business of this corporation is to be

located is the City and County of San Francisco.

Fourth: The number of this corporation’s directors who shall

be known as the members of the Executive Board of this corpora-

tion is nine (9), and the names and addresses of the persons who

are to act in the capacity of members of the Executive Board until

the election of their successors are:

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

E. Gorton Ldnsley, University of California, Berkeley.

H. M. Armitage, State Dept, of Agriculture, San Francisco.

Peter C. Ting, State Dept, of Agriculture, San Francisco.

E. R. Leach, 217 Hillside Avenue, Piedmont, California.

R. L. Usinger, University of California, Davis.

E. 0. Essig, University of California, Berkeley.

Gordon F. Ferris, Stanford University, California.

Edward S. Ross, California Acad, of Sciences, San Francisco.

Carl. D. Duncan, San Jose State College, California.

The number of the members of the Executive Board may be

changed from time to time by the by-laws duly adopted; provided,

however, that the number of the members of the Executive Board

shall not be less than three (3).

Fifth: The authorized number and qualifications of the mem-

bers of this corporation, the different classes of membership, if

any, the property, voting and other rights and privileges of each

class of membership, and the liability of each and all classes of

members to dues or assessments, and the method of collection

thereof, shall be as may be set forth in the by-laws of this corpora-

tion.

Sixth: The name of the existing unincorporated association

which is hereby being incorporated is Pacific Coast Entomological

Society.

In Witness Whereof, the president and secretary of Pacific

Coast Entomological Society, an existing unincorporated associa-

tion, have hereunto set their hands this 28th day of August, 1940.

E. Gorton Linsley,

President of Pacific Coast Entomological

Society, an Existing Unincorporated As-

sociation.

Peter C. Ting,

Secretary of Pacific Coast Entomological

Society, an Existing Unincorporated As-

sociation.

Endorsed and filed in the office of the

Secretary of State of the State of Cali-

fornia, September 11, 1940.

Paul Peek, Secretary of State.

By Chas. J. Hagerty, Deputy.

BY-LAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The principal office for the transaction of the pur-

poses of the corporation is hereby fixed and located at the Cali-

fornia Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, in the City and

JANUARY, 1942] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

County of San Francisco, State of California. The Executive

Board is hereby granted full power and authority to change said

principal office from one location to another in said county.

ARTICLE II

EXECUTIVE BOARD

Section 1 . Subject to the limitation of the Articles of Incorpo-

ration, the By-Laws, and the laws of the State of California, all

corporate powers shall be exercised under the authority of the

board of directors who shall be known as and who are herein

designated as the members of the Executive Board of the corpora-

tion. Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to the

same limitations, it is hereby expressly declared that the Executive

Board shall have the following powers :

First: To select or remove all the other officers, agents, and

employees of the corporation, prescribe such powers and duties

for them as may not be inconsistent with law, with the Articles

of Incorporation, or By-Laws, fix their compensation and re-

quire from them security for faithful service.

Second: To make such rules and regulations in respect to

the management of the affairs of the corporation not incon-

sistent with law, with the Articles of Incorporation, or the

By-Laws, as they may deem best.

The action of the members of the Executive Board shall be

subject to the holders of the membership of the Society and none

of its acts shall conflict with action authorized by such membership.

Sec. 2. The authorized number of members of the Executive

Board shall be nine (9) until changed by an amendment of the

Articles of Incorporation or by an amendment of this section as

provided by law.

Sec. 3. The members of the Executive Board shall consist of

the chairmen of standing committees, the officers of the Society,

and the editor of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist. In the event that

one person holds two or more of the above positions, additional

members-at-large shall be elected in the same manner as the regu-

lar elective officers, to fill the Executive Board of nine (9) members.

The members of the Executive Board who shall be officers of the

corporation shall serve until the next annual meeting of the mem-

bers of the Society, and until their successors are duly elected and

qualified. The members of the Executive Board who serve as such

because of their positions as chairmen of the standing committees,

shall serve until their successors have been duly elected by the

membership of such committees, and have qualified.

Sec. 4. Meetings of the members of the Executive Board for

any purpose or purposes shall be called at any time by the presi-

dent, or if he be absent, unable, or refuse to act, by any three (3)

members of the Executive Board,

Notice of the time and place of any such meetings shall be

given by telephone, telegram, or written communication deposited

in the United States mail, postage prepaid, at least twenty-four

(24) hours prior to the time fixed for such meeting.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

Seic. 5. The Executive Board shall fill, by appointments, any

vacancies occurring in any elective office between annual elections.

Seic. 6. The Executive Board shall appoint an Auditing Com-

mittee at the regular meeting prior to the annual meeting, to re-

view the financial records of the Society and to report to the

members of the Society at the annual meeting.

Sec. 7. A majority of the authorized number of Executive Board

members shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transac-

tion of business. Every act or decision done or made by a majority

of the members of the Executive Board, shall be the act of the

Executive Board unless a greater number be required by law or

by the Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE III

officers

Section 1. The officers of the Society shall be a president,

vice president, secretary, and treasurer.

Sec. 2. At the regular fall meeting in the early part of Sep-

tember, a nominating committee of three members shall be ap-

pointed by the president from among those members who are not

holding any elective office at the time and who did not serve on the

nominating committee of the previous year. It shall be the duty

of this committee to nominate candidates for the offices to be filled

at the annual meeting. Nominations may likewise be made from

the floor.

Sec. 3. The president, vice president, secretary, and treasurer

shall be elected by a majority of the members present (not less

than 10) at the annual meeting to serve for one (1) year, their

term of office beginning at the close of the annual meeting at which

they were elected, and until their successors are elected and

qualified.

Sec. 4. The president and vice president shall hold office for

not longer than two consecutive years but are eligible for re-

election after the lapse of one year from the time of leaving office.

The secretary and the treasurer shall be selected with a view to

continuity of tenure of their offices and hence, other things being

equal, may be reelected each year, subject to their own desires in

the matter.

Sec. 5. No member shall hold more than one elective office at

one time.

Sec. 6. Vacancies occurring in any elective office between the

annual elections shall be filled by action of the Executive Board.

ARTICLE IV

duties of officers

Section 1. It shall be the duty of the president to preside at all

meetings, appoint temporary committees including a nominating

committee, to appoint members to fill vacancies in standing com-

mittees, to act as ex-officio member of all committees, to arrange

details of meetings in cooperation with the program committee,

and to call any special meetings. At the annual meeting he shall

report on the state of the Society and deliver an annual address to

JANUARY, 1942] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

be published in the Pan-Pacific Entomologist or elsewhere accord-

ing to the judgment of the president and the editorial board.

Seic. 2. The vice president shall assume all responsibilities of

the president in the event of the absence of the latter. The presi-

dent and vice president, being absent, a chairman may be selected

pro tempore from among the members present. The temporary

chairman shall conduct such business as is absolutely necessary,

postponing consideration of other matters until such time as the

regular officers may be in attendance.

Sec. 3. The secretary shall send out notices of all meetings at

the order of the president, handle all correspondence of the Society,

keep a record of members, of members and visitors present at each

meeting, and of the proceedings of said meetings, and submit an

edited manuscript of the proceedings for each year to be published

in the January number of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist.

Sec. 4. The treasurer shall handle all financial matters of the

Society and shall maintain a bank account in the Society’s name.

Current receipts, unless otherwise specified, become a part of the

general funds of the Society, administered by the Executive Board

through the treasurer who is hereby granted authority to expend

the money necessary to send out notices of meetings and to defray

expenses, send out bills, etc., in connection with publication of the

Pan-Pacific Entomologist.

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES

SectiO'N 1. The Publication Committee, Program Committee,

Historical Committee, and Membership Committee shall be known

as standing committees, members to be appointed by the president

when vacancies occur. Chairman shall be elected by the members

of each committee from its own membership.

Sec. 2. The Publication Committee shall be responsible for the

publications of the Society. It shall consist of six members ap-

pointed for three-year terms, groups of two expiring in successive

years. The Publication Committee shall meet at least once a year

before the annual meeting to formulate an annual report for the

Society. Four members shall constitute a quorum.

The Publication Committee shall appoint an editorial board for

the Pan-Pacific Entomologist consisting of an editor, assistant

editor, two members of the Publication Committee to act in an ad-

visory capacity to the editor, and such additional members as are

deemed necessary. All appointees of the Editorial Board shall serve

at the discretion of the Publication Committee.

Seic. 3. It shall be the duty of the Historical Committee of five

members to cooperate with the California Academy of Sciences in

accumulating historical entomological material to be deposited

with the Academy.

Seic. 4. It shall be the duty of the Membership Committee of

three members to consult with applicants or prospective members,

to acquaint them with the purposes of the Society and with the

obligations incurred with membership, and to consider such persons

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

and propose their names, if satisfactory, to the Society for election

to membership. It shall further be the duty of the committee to

consider members’ applications for associate and student status

and to review the membership from time to time for persons to be

nominated as Honored members.

Sec. 5. It shall be the duty of the Program Committee to plan

the various meetings, including the field days, arrange for speak-

ers, encourage members to bring exhibits and contribute short

notes and observations, and in other ways to improve the meetings

of the Society. The committee shall inform the secretary of the

Society as to the programs of the meetings in sufficient time to

permit the issuing of the specified notices of the meetings.

ARTICLE VI

MEMBERS

Section 1. Membership shall be open to persons interested in

insects or other Arthropoda.

Sec. 2. An applicant for membership will communicate with a

member of the Membership Committee. The Membership Commit-

tee shall then consider the applicant’s name at the next regular

meeting of the Society. An affirmative vote of two-thirds of the

members present at any meeting is required, whereupon the appli-

cant becomes a regular member.

Sec. 3. The annual dues shall be $3 for regular members, $2 for

associate and subscribing members and $1 for student members.

The dues are payable in advance on or before January 1st of each

year. Payment for portions of a year may be prorated on the basis

of the number of issues of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist still to

appear after the applicant’s election. Members two years in

arrears shall be dropped after written notice. Such members may

be reinstated by payment of back dues. Each additional member in

the immediate family of a regular member may pay dues of only

$1 per year, but this shall entitle said family to only one set of the

Society’s publications.

Seic. 4. Any member may become a life member by the payment

of $50 in one sum and shall thenceforth be freed from payment of

annual dues.

Sec. 5. Any regular member who lives at such a distance from

the place of meeting that attendance is not practicable may, upon

request, be made an associate member. The dues for associate

members shall be $2 per year. Associate members may resume

regular status by payment of the regular $3 dues.

Seic. 6. Students registered at any recognized institution of

higher learning are eligible for student membership. Student

members shall have all of the privileges of regular members with

the exception of the receipt of the Society’s publications.

Sec. 7. Any member who, through long and distinguished serv-

ice to the Society, is deemed worthy of special recognition may be

elected an Honored member. Honored members shall be nominated

by the Membership Committee at the meeting prior to their election.

Such members shall be free from the payment of dues or other

JANUARY, 1942 ] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

financial obligations but shall retain all privileges of regular

members.

Sec. 8. All members, except for student members or as herein

otherwise provided shall receive the publications of the Society

with no additional charge.

Sec. 9. Any member desiring to resign in good standing from

the Society may do so upon request to the Membership Committee.

No resignation shall be accepted if the member’s dues or other

financial obligations are delinquent.

ARTICLE VII

MEETINGS

Section 1. At least four regular meetings shall be held each

year, preferably on the first Saturday of September, December and

March with an annual Field Day during April or May. Notice of

such meetings shall be given to the members, either personally or

by mail, or other means of communication, charges prepaid, ad-

dressed to such member at his address, if any, appearing upon the

books of the Society, or given by him to the Society for the purpose

of notice. All such notices shall be sent to the members not less

than ten days before such meeting.

SEC. 2. Special meetings may be called at any time at the dis-

cretion of the president, or shall be called at the request of five

members, provided that written notice is sent to all members at

least two weeks in advance of the meeting.

SeiC. 3. The December meeting of each year shall be known as

the Annual Meeting. At this time, in addition to the election of

officers, and the transacting of other regular and special business,

annual reports of all committees shall be submitted as well as an

annual report of the treasurer.

Sec. 4. The presence in person of ten members of the Society

at any meeting, regular or special, shall constitute a quorum for

the transaction of business, but less than a quorum may adjourn

any meeting from time to time and the meeting may be held as

adjourned without further notice.

ARTICLE VIII

DEFECATES

The Society may accredit delegates, appointed by the president,

to national and international meetings such as the American Asso-

ciation for the Advancement of Science and the International

Entomological Congresses. Members may be accredited by a two-

thirds vote of the members present at any meeting.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT'S!

These By-laws may be amended or repealed by the Executive

Board, subject always to the power of the members to change or

repeal such By-Laws; or by the vote or written assent of a majority

of the members; or by the vote of a majority of a quorum at a

meeting of the members duly called for the purpose of amending

the By-Laws.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

PROCEEDINGS

One Hundred and Sixty-fourth Meeting, January 25, 1941

Meeting held at 10:00 a.m. in the entomological laboratories

of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. President

Essig in the chair. The following members were present: Ei. 0.

Essig, E. G. Linsley, E. R. Leach, J. W. MacSwain, G. E. Bohart,

N. Stahler, G. F. MacLeod, R. L. Usinger, C. D. Duncan, A. E.

Michelbacher, E. S. Ross, H. L. McKenzie, W. C. Reeves, B. Brook-

man, A. C. Smith, E. A. Smith, G. F. Ferris, 0. B. Cope, C. D.

Michener, T. H. G. Aitken, A. W. Brereton, E. C. Van Dyke, R. C.

Miller, W. E. Simonds. Visitors were present as follows: R. Van

Buren, R. M. Yancey, E. Venturino, L. McKinney, J. Gustafson,

M. Marquis, S. Vrana, V. Ring, F. McFeely, K. Frick, E. G. Meyers,

G. S. Mansfield, R. Kong, H. Madsen, S. Piazza, R. J. Buckner,

W. Y. Chong, B. Prendergast, N. F. Hardman, L. H. King, C. A.

Fleschner, T. Aarons, and J. S. Harville.

Mr. E. R. Leach reported that the finances were in good condi-

tion and that there had been little unfavorable reaction to the in-

crease in subscription rate for the Pan-Pacific Entomologist. The

membership committee proposed the names of Mr. Wallace Pearce,

Mr. Lawrence H. King and Mr. Charles A. Fleschner for member-

ship. They were unanimously elected.

Mr. G. E. Bohart reported briefly on a recent trip to Mexico in

the company of Messrs. N. Stahler, H. H. Welsh, and T. R. Craw-

ford. The groiup left Berkeley on December 20, 1940, and returned

on January 11, 1941. The first good collecting was encountered at

Tamazunchale. Here there was an abundance of leaf feeders and

fungus insects. Good collecting was also found in the Sierra Madre

Oriental but the Mexican Plateau was found to be too dry. Mr.

Bohart also discussed a side trip to Vera Cruz. In conclusion he

exhibited a box of Mexican membracids and a silken embiid cocoon

which had been found on a twig. Commenting upon the embiid

cocoon, Mr. E. S. Ross stated that cocoon formation in this group

appears to be a mechanism to assist in surviving adverse condi-

tions. Mr. Stahler added a few observations to those of Mr.

Bohart, noting in particular the occurence of thrips breeding in

the nest of a ceratinid bee and a heavy infestation of psyllid galls

on avocado leaves at Rancho San Gracias.

Mr. Leach reported on a four months’ trip during which he

visited all the major museums of the eastern United States. He

commented that he saw no insect collection better housed than that

of the California Academy of Sciences.

President Essig then presented Mr. Michener who addressed

the Society on “The biology of Pogronomyrmex calif omica.” His

observations, covering a sixteen-year period, revealed that this

species of harvester ant closes its nest each night during the milder

and warmer portions of the year and closes it entirely during the

three winter months. All activities seem to be correlated with tem-

perature. They are sluggish at 70° F., exhibit maximum foraging

JANUARY, 1942] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

activity when the surface temperatures are between 90° and

115 °F., and generally retire to the nest when the temperature is

over 120° F. Swarming occurs more than once each season, usually

in the late morning of clear hot days in June and July. Experi-

ments suggested that the ants detect their food (seeds) by means

of antennal sensillae but that the eyes are important in guiding

them back to the nest.

The President then introduced Mr. 0. B. Cope who presented an

illustrated paper on “The Morphology of the Psocoptera.” Mr.

Cope called attention to the better techniques, stains, mounting

media, and optical equipment available for the present-day mor-

phologist. He also emphasized the Ferris approach in which every

structure must be accounted for and the “new structure” explana-

tion used only as a last resort. Mr. Cope discussed the question of

landmarks, particularly the anterior articulation of the mandibles,

the anterior tentorial pits and the posterior tentorial pits, illus-

trating their use with comparative illustrations of Psocoptera and

Mallophaga. The maxillary pick of the Psocoptera is interpreted

by Mr. Cope as the lacinia.

Following Mr. Cope’s report the meeting adjourned. — E. G.

Linsley, Secretary.

One Hundred and Sixty-fifth Meeting, Februaury 15, 1941

Meeting held at 10 a.m. in the entomological laboratories of the

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. The following

members were present: E. 0. Essig, E. G. Linsley, W. E. Simonds,

A. E. Michelbacher, H. M. Armitage, K. S. Hagen, C. D. Duncan,

P. C. Ting, M. M. Barnes, C. D. Michener, G. E. Bohart, W. C.

Reeves, G. F. Ferris, E. C. Van Dyke, W. M. Pearce, E. S. Ross,

J. W. Tilden, E. A. Smith, A. C. Smith. Visitors were present as

follows: T. Aarons, M. Marquis, D. Murphy, E. C. Meyers.

President Essig announced that the summer meetings of the

Pacific Division A. A. A. S. would be held in Pasadena in June and

that the entomological program would include a symposium on

systematics. He also called attention to the National entomological

meetings to be held in San Francisco in December and discussed

participation in the program by the Society.

Mr. Tilden exhibited two Pleocoma from San Luis Obispo County.

Dr. Linsley commented that this was the first record of the genus

from that county and stated that the species appeared to be related

to hirsuta Davis from the Sierra Madre. He also commented that

species had been captured this winter in the San Jacinto and Santa

Lucia Mountains, providing the first records from these geograph-

ically important ranges.

Mr. Armitage called attention to the recent interception of live

European corn borer larvae from China. These had been sent to

the United States for use as bird food.

Mr. Bahart stated that he was conducting observations on an

Andrena colony which had been submerged five feet under water

during the recent heavy rains.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

President Essig then presented Mr. E. S. Ross, who addressed

the Society on “The biollogy of the Embioptera.” Mr. Ross intro-

duced his subject by describing the features of the hypothetical

ancestor of the group. He then theorized that in some manner

tarsal spinning glands appeared in the fore-tarsi of this ancestor

and that this probably marked the beginning of a unique evolu-

tionary trend resulting in the order Embioptera. The spinning

organs found in modern formfs were described in detail and com-

pared with those found in the dipterous family Empididae. The

evidence for the great antiquity of the silk glands and the mor-

phological adaptations apparently in harmony with their presence

were reviewed. In conclusion, the knowledge of the three species

of the order occurring in California — Gynembia tarsalis Ross,

Anisembia rubra Ross and Oligotoma nigra Hagen — was discussed.

After a discussion of Mr. Ross' paper the meeting adjourned. —

E. G. Linsileiy, Secretary.

One Hundred and Sjxty-sixth Meeting, March 15, 1941

Meeting held at 10 a.m. in the entomological laboratories of the

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. President Essig

in the chair. The following members were present: E. 0. Essig,

E. G. Linsley, G. F. Ferris, A. E. Michelbacher, M. A. Stewart,

R. L. Usinger, W. H. Lange, E. S. Ross, 0. B. Cope, J. 0. Martin,

E. R. Leadh, W. C. Reeves, T. F. Kelley, W. M. Pearce, M. M.

Barnes, N. Stahler, W. E. Simonds, P. C. Ting, G. E. Bohart, R. C.

Miller, K. S. Hagen, C. D. Michener. Visitors were present as fol-

lows: F. M. Frost, T. Aarons, G. A. Noble, H. E. Cott, C. D. Grant,

W. J. Perry, B. Prendergast, T. M. Dunkle, F. B. Blevins, G. F.

Smith, F. W. Fisk, F. H. Rindge, F. J. Driver.

The membership committee recommended the following for

membership in the Society: Mr. Dewey Raski, Mr. Ray F. Smith,

and Mr. H. Edwin Cott. They were unanimously elected.

The president announced that the next meeting would be a field

trip and asked Dr. Usinger, Dr. MichelbacherL, and Mr. Cope to

serve as a committee to select the time and place of the meeting.

Dr. Usinger discussed the biology of the Rhaphididae as illus-

trated by a species of Inocellia. He stated that eggs had been laid

on walnut bark, and that the immature larvae, prepupae, and

pupae were found under bark.

Mr. Ting spoke of the discovery of the European weevil, Cos-

mob aris scop aria Germar, on cat-tails near Tracy — the first Cali-

fornia record for the species.

Professor Essig then presented the speakers for the day, Pro-

fessor Ferris, Dr. Stewart, and Dr. Usinger, who participated in

a symposium on ectoparasitic insects.

Professor Ferris discussed ectoparasites in general. He pointed

out that there were three entirely ectoparasitic orders, Siphona-

ptera, Anoplura, and Mallophaga, the origins of which are obscure.

Of the group with ectoparasitic fractions, the Hippoboscids,

Streblids, and Nycteribiids were obviously derived from higher

JANUARY, 1942] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

Diptera. Professor Ferris also discussed Platypsylla, Leptinus,

Leptinellus and several staphylinids as well as the Dermapteran

genus Hemimeinis and the fur moth of the sloth.

Dr. Stewart confined his discussion to the phylogeny of the fleas.

He reviewed the various theories as to the origin of the fleas,

casting doubt on the classical view that they were derived from the

Diptera.

Dr. Usinger discussed the various ectoparasitic Hemiptera,

especially the Cimicidae and Polyctenidae. He emphasized conver-

gence in evolution of these groups. In connection with the Polycte-

nids he discussed their distribution in some detail, comparing it

with the distribution of the various groups of bats which serve as

hosts. — E. G. Linsiley, Secretary.

One Hundred and Sixty-seventh Meeting, April 17, 1941

The annual spring field trip was held at Green Valley Falls,

Solano County, California. The following members were present:

E. 0. Essig, E. G. Linsley, H. M. Armitage, E. C. Van Dyke, P. S.

Lange, W. H. Lange, B. Brookman, L. W. Grabe, J. W. MacSwain,

T. Aitken, W. M. Pearce, J. B. Steinweden, C. D. Michener, N. E.

Good, A. E. Michelbacher, J. W. Tilden, C. D. Duncan, A. C. Smith,

E. A. Smith.

Visitors were present as follows: Dr. and Mrs. W. M. Hoskins,

Mrs. H. M. Armitage, Mrs. L. W. Grabe, Mrs. J. W. MacSwain,

Mrs. E. G. Linsley, Mr. Nuri Malih, Mrs. C. D. Michener, Mr. and

Mrs. Erwin S. Laeffler, Miss Phyllis Woerner, Mrs. N. E. Good,

Mr. and Mrs. H. Mauerhan, Mrs. E. 0. Essig, Mr. G. Winton Jones,

Miss Mary Isabel Essig, Mrs. A. E. Michelbacher, Mr. Henry

Loctani, Mr. Kenneth Frick, Mr. Ernest G. Meyers, Mrs. C. D.

Duncan, Mr. J. R. Walker, Mr. G. S. Mansfield.

The group assembled at the Green Valley Picnic Grounds at

10 :00 a.m. The morning was largely spent in collecting along the

trail to the falls and the afternoon in the vicinity of the picnic

grounds. Collecting was only moderately good but several inter-

esting captures were reported. — E. G. Linsley, Secretary.

One Hundred and Sixty-eighth Meeting, September IS, 1941

Meeting held at 10:00 a.m. in the entomological laboratories of

the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. President

Essig in the chair. The following members were present: E. O.

Essig, E. G. Linsley, E. C. Van Dyke, A. E. Michelbacher, W. F.

Barr, E. Cott, C. A. Fleschner, W. C. Reeves, C. D. Michener,

E. R. Leach, W. M. Pearce, J. J. DuBois, J. W. Tilden, C. D. Duncan,

E. S. Ross, G. F. Ferris, A. C. Smith, R. L. Usinger, R. G. Wind,

and R. C. Miller. Visitors were present as follows: B. Newhouse,

G. T. Okumura, R. E. Suggett, W. Ferguson, T. Russell, H. E.

Records, H. Jenke, W. Y. Chong, F. R. Barron, E. R. Stanton,

J. R. Fisher, R. L. W. Potts, P. D. Gerhardt, D. R. Hansen, H. Kido,

J. R. Garvey, R. H. Soroker, K. D. Snyder, B. Prendergast, J.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

Bruce, M. Michener, P. Woerner, H. P. Chandler, V. M. Tanner,

A. P. McKinstry, J. R. Walker, C. Anderson, W. Sibray, R. C.

Husbands, F. Driver, A. H. Caldwell, Jr., and A. M. Adamson.

The membership committee proposed the following 1 names for

membership : Mr. A. P. McKinstry and Mr. Wing You Chong. They

were unanimously elected.

President Essig raised the questibn of meeting times ; and, after

considerable discussion, it was moved, seconded, and passed that

future meetings be held on Saturday afternoons, insofar as pos-

sible, rather than Saturday mornings.

Dr. Linsley reported the action taken by the Pacific Slope

Branch of the American Association of Economic Entomologists,

meeting at Pasadena in June, with regard to the subject of ento-

mological nomenclature and suggested that our Society might take

parallel action. Considerable discussion followed, all in the affirma-

tive, participated in by Professor Essig, Prqfessor Ferris, Dr.

Usinger, and others. It was moved, seconded, and passed that the

President appoint a committee to frame a resolution on nomen-

clature, to be directed to various entomological societies of North

America.

Dr. Tanner spoke of his work in Provo, Utah, and stated that

he was much interested in the Sonoran fauna and the lines of de-

marcation of the fauna within his state.

Dr. Adamson, of the Imperial College of Agriculture at Trini-

dad, discussed that island from the entomological standpoint. He

pointed out that although politically Trinidad belongs to the British

West Indies, biogeographically its affinities are with South America.

He emphasized the richness of the fauna by noting that 700 species

of butterflies were known from the island, although it is only 40

miles wide and 80 miles long.

Mr. Pearce reported the capture in a single nest of Neotoma at

Hayward, California, of five new species of spiders, including four

new genera and one family new to the United States, as well as a

new centipede.

Mr. Reeves discussed his summer work in the Yakima Valley,

Washington, where he and others conducted an epidemiological in-

vestigation of western equine and St. Louis type encephalitis. In

the course of the investigation collections were made of all blood-

sucking arthropods. Methods used included trapping, net collecting,

animal examinations, and shelter examination. About 15,000 speci-

mens were identified including about 10,000 mosquitoes, 4,000 mis-

cellaneous blood-sucking Diptera, and 1,000 miscellaneous insects

and arthropods, 20 species of mosquitoes, and 8 species of tabanids

were found in the Yakima valley.

Mr. Wind reported on a collecting trip in Australia, New

Guinea, and adjacent islands. He mentioned the difficulties involved

in collecting in these areas and stated that he had captured more

than 100,000 specimens of insects, exclusive of Lepidoptera.

Mr. Gerhardt discussed the life history of the Pyrrhocorid,

JANUARY, 1942] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

Euryophthalmus cinctus calif ornicus, and noted that the tachinid,

Trichopoda pennipes, was an effective parasite of the nymphs and

adults.

Dr. Van Dyke reported on a two months collecting trip in south-

ern California. With the Citrus Experiment Station at Riverside

as a headquarters he visited Borego Valley, Morongo Valley, the

Charleston Mountains of Nevada, and other localities. He particu-

larly mentioned collecting numbers of Apioceratids from flowers,

where they poised like hummingbirds.

Dr. Duncan discussed moulting in the damp wood termite

(Zootermopsis) . He observed that in the moulting process the

wings appeared as nipple-shaped protuberances in the position of

the wing pad and then expanded completely at the base, later at

the middle and apex. About IY 2 hours were required for the process.

Mr. Michener spoke of the entomology summer course of the

University of California, held at Mount Lassen, California. He

discussed collecting in general and mentioned particularly large

spring dispersal flights of hydrophilids, dytiscids, bark beetles and

aradids.

Mr. Husbands discussed field studies with Lygus spp. near

Hemet, Riverside County, California. He mentioned that individual

specimens had been marked with casein paint but that he had not

been able to obtain a very high percentage of subsequent recoveries.

Following these reports the meeting was adjourned. — E. G.

Linsley, Secretary.

One Hundred and Sixty-ninth Meeting, October 18, 1941

Meeting held at 2:15 p.m. in the entomological laboratories of

the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California.

Mr. H. M. Armitage in the chair. The following members were

present: H. M. Armitage, E. G. Linsley, G. F. Ferris, B. Brookman,

A. E. Michelbacher, R, L. Usinger, E. A. Smith, A. C. Smith, E. R.

Leach, R. F. Smith, 0. B. Cope, C. D. Michener, D. DeLeon, C. D.

Duncan, R. C. Miller, K. S. Hagen, B. Prendergast, N. E. Good,

A. P. McKinstry, E. Cott, J. 0. Martin, and E C. Van Dyke.

Visitors were present as follows: E. G. Meyers, K. Frick, P. D.

Gerhardt, J. R. Walker, W. H. Nutting, R. H. L. Potts, J. F. Lami-

man, H. P. Chandler, D. L. Dow, and F. J. Driver.

The membership committee proposed the following for member-

ship in the Society: Mr. Robert H. L. Potts, Mr. Kenneth Frick,

Mr. Ernest Meyers, Mr. George Mansfield, Mr. Harry Chandler,

and Dr. J. F. Lamiman. It was moved, seconded, and passed that

the secretary cast a unanimous ballot for the election of the pro-

posed members.

Mr. Armitage announced that pursuant of the authorization of the

Society at its last meeting, President Essig had appointed a com-

mittee on nomenclature composed of G. F. Ferris (chairman), E. G.

Linsley, and R. L. Usinger to draft a proposal for an American Com-

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

mittee on Entomological Nomenclature and an American Entomol-

ogical Code. The committee reported as follows : “The present Inter-

national Code of Zoological Nomenclature has been a most effective

instrument in bringing about some degree of uniformity in nomen-

clatorial practice throughout the world. However, the code as it

now stands represents the maximum of agreement which could be

achieved among zoologists representing all fields, all parts of the

world and many diverse points of view. As a result, there are

questions upon which agreement was not achieved and consequently

many unsolved nomenclatorial problems still remain. These include

not only matters which are not covered by the Code and subsequent

opinions, but problems upon which the International Commission

has not ruled either because they have not yet been formally pre-

sented or because the Commission itself has been unable to reach

an agreement.

“The present condition of the world indicates that the Interna-

tional Commission of Zoological Nomenclature is not likely soon to

resume its functions; and yet the need for continued and progres-

sive development and interpretation of the rules of nomenclature

remains and is not lessened by these disturbed conditions. This

need is felt especially by systematic entomologists, who, as a group,

must deal with thousands of names where workers in other zoo-

logical fields deal with hundreds or even dozens. Our literature is

enormous, our problems many times multiplied. Difficulties which

in some fields of zoology may appear but occasionally are recurrent

with the entomologist. Progress in the development of a sound

nomenclatorial system is so important that it should not be allowed

to falter merely because zoologists in other fields or as a group may

at the moment be unable to deal with these matters effectively.

“The British entomologists (1928) have already set a precedent

but their suggestions still remain, after 13 years, unacted upon by

the International Commission. It therefore seems justifiable for

American entomologists, accepting the present International Code,

to carry on where it leaves off and formulate a still more effective

code of nomenclature for entomologists. It is recognized that sec-

tional codes in the past, at least in some cases, have hindered uni-

formity in nomenclatorial practice. However, if proposed in the

above spirit without sacrificing any of the hard-earned gains of the

International Code, an entomological code might well serve as a

transition through these difficult times and lead the way to even-

tual expansion when the International Commission again becomes

functional.

“Any such action on the part of American entomologists would

have neither significance nor acceptance unless it were undertaken

by the Entomological Society of America and the American Asso-

ciation of Economic Entomologists. The Pacific Coast Entomol-

ogical Society therefore respectfully offers the enclosed suggestions

for the consideration of the Entomological Society of America and

the American Association of Economic Entomologists : (1) That an

American Commission on Scientific Nomenclature in Entomology

be established. (2) That this Commission be composed of indi-

JANUARY, 1942] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

viduals who are now, and may expect to be for some time to come,

engaged actively in systematic work in entomology and are especi-

ally concerned with and competent to consider the problems of

nomenclature. (3) That this Commission be composed of at least

ten and not more than fifteen members who are as far as is prac-

ticable representative of the entomological organizations and ento-

mologically active geographical areas of the United States and

Canada. (4) That in order to form this Commission the Entomol-

ogical Society of America and the American Association of Eco-

nomic Entomologists each appoint one member (preferably prior

to the 1941 meetings), these two to select the remaining members

of the Commission, the member representing the Entomological

Soiciety of America to act initially as chairman. (5) That this

Commission be instructed to study the present International Code

of Zoological Nomenclature and the Report of the British National

Committee on Entomological Nomenclature (1928). (6) That this

Commission be instructed to receive from entomologists and give

consideration to suggestions for additions to the existing Interna-

tional Code of Zoological Nomenclature. (7) That the Commission

prepare a report to be submitted at the 1942 annual meeting of the

national entomological societies, this report to present the basis for

a Code of Entomological Nomenclature.”

After discussion by various members the motion was made,

seconded, and unanimously passed that the above recommendations

be draughted in the form of a letter and sent to the Entomological

Society of America and the American Association of Economic

Entomologists for their consideration.

Mr. Armitage announced a Liaison Committee as appointed by

Professor Essig to serve in connection with the national Entomol-

ogical meetings at San Francisco as follows: H. M. Armitage

(chairman), C. D. Duncan, H. H. Keifer, E. G. Linsley, and R. F.

Smith.

Dr. Lamiman reported the discovery of an interesting new

tarsonemid mite living in the tracheae of Anasa tristis. He stated

that thus far the mites had been found only in the larger tracheae

of adult bugs and that eggs, immature stages, and adults were

present.

Dr. Michelbacher reported that the tomato mite ( Phycoptes

destructor ) , a free living eriophyid, was very bad in California

this year. He stated that it was being controlled primarily by

sulfur dusts and that canning tests were being conducted in order

to determine the effect of sulfur on flavor and color of canned

tomato products. Mr. Armitage spoke of the fact that 10,000 bags

of potatoes shipped from San Francisco had arrived in Manila in-

fested with potato tuber moth. The matter had assumed such

importance that the State Department had become involved in an

attempt to determine responsibility for the infestation.

Dr. Usinger spoke of psocid infestations on bags of grain. He

remarked that the psocids occurred on the outside of the sacks.

Professor Ferris commented that psocids avoid covering and that

they die rapidly in closed containers.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

Mr. Ray Smith spoke of his studies of bacterial diseases of the

alfalfa butterfly. He mentioned that large infestations this year

had been killed by bacteria, possibly by a Micrococcus.

Mr. Armitage then introduced the first speaker on the program,

Mr. R. H. L. Potts, who presented an illustrated talk on “Insect

Collecting in Mexico.” Mr. Potts stated that he had entered Mexico

at Laredo and driven southward, collecting at Monterey and other

localities including Tamazunchale. In the valley of Orizaba col-

lecting was done between elevations of 1500 and 4000 feet. In the

vicinity of Oaxaca and from Taxco to Acapulco a delay in the

advent of rains limited collecting. Mr. Potts reported his best col-

lecting in the Vera Cruz region. During his six weeks’ stay in

Mexico he covered about 5000 miles, returning with about 1500

specimens of Lepidoptera and 400 scarab beetles.

Following Mr. Potts’ talk Mr. Armitage introduced Mr. Mc-

Kinstry who discussed the “Biology and systematics of water

striders.”

Evidence from the male genitalia ( Singh-Pruthi, 1925) and

from the mandibular levers (Ekblom, 1928) reveals that the water

striders, Gerridae and Veliidae, and their allies, Hydrometridae,

Hebridae, and Mesoveliidae, form a more homogeneous group than

was formerly supposed (Reuter, 1910). An analysis of the family

characters within the Amphibicorisae indicates that the traditional

gaps between long established families are now bridged by such

unique monotypic genera as Hebrovelia (Lundblad, 1939) and

Macrovelia (Uhler, 1872). This last group was discussed in detail

and was shown to be far removed both biologically and structurally

from the family Veliidae, where it has remained for over 50 years.

In the discussion that followed Mr. J. O. Martin spoke of his

early work on the Hydrometridae and Dr. Usinger contributed

some observations on the pelagic Halobates. The meeting was then

adjourned. — E. G. Linsileiy, Secretary.

One Hundred and Seventieth Meeting, November 15, 1941

Meeting held at 2:00 p.m. in the entomological laboratories of

the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California.

President E. O. Essig in the chair. The following members were

present: E. O. Essig, E. G. Linsley, G. E. Bohart, J. W. Johnson,

E. G. Meyers, J. W. Tilden, K. Frick, A. E. Michelbacher, J. O.

Martin, R. L. Usinger, R. W. L. Potts, J. F. Lamiman, E. S. Ross,

K. S. Hagen, O. B. Cope, A. C. Smith, F. J. Driver, W. W. Samp-

son, W. Y. Chong, R. C. Miller, P. C. Ting, E. C. Van Dyke. Visitors

were present as follows: K. D. Snyder, H. H. Morefield, T. Aarons,

J. R. Walker, B. Hammerly, B. Prendergast, and M. Michener.

President Essig announced with regret the death of Mr. Ralph

Hopping, one of the earliest members of our Society. He appointed

Dr. Van Dyke and Dr. Blaisdell as a committee of two to prepare

a biographical sketch of Mr. Hopping for publication in the Pan-

Pacific Entomologist. It was also moved, seconded, and passed that

JANUARY, 1942] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY

the Secretary write a letter to Mr. Hopping's family expressing

sympathy for their loss.

The membership committee recommended Mr. Fred J. Driver

and Mr. C. B. Eaton for membership. They were unanimously

elected.

Professor Essig asked for a report from the committee on

Entomological Nomenclature. Dr. Linsley reported that letters

containing the resolution adopted by the Society at the last meeting

had been sent to the secretaries of the Entomological Society of

America and the American Association of Economic Entomologists.

The former Society had replied that a similar proposal had been

submitted by a group of eastern entomologists and that full con-

sideration would be given at the December meetings in San Fran-

cisco.

Professor Essig announced that the next meeting would be the

annual meeting and reports of all committees would be due. He

appointed a nominating committee as follows: E. C. Van Dyke

(chairman), 0. B. Cope, C. D. Michener.

Dr. Van Dyke stated that many years ago he had come to the

conclusion, solely on the basis of biological facts, that there was an

area in the middle of Idaho which had not been glaciated. This

view had been reached after a study of the ground beetles of the

area. Recently Dr. Hanna returned from an expedition in this area

and entirely confirms the conclusion on the basis of geological

evidence.

Prof. Essig then presented Mr. G. E. Bohart who spoke on the

California Academy of Sciences’ recent expedition to Lower Cali-

fornia with beautiful Kodachrome slides shown by Dr. E. S. Ross.

The trip was made in a one and one-half ton truck from San

Francisco to Cape Lucas and return. The party comprised Dr.

Ross and Mr. Bohart, who collected insects, Miss B. J. Hammerly,

collecting plants for the California Academy of Sciences, Mrs.

Berta Jongeneel, conchologist, and Mr. Morton Gleason. The start

was made on September 19, 1941, and the group returned on

November 4th.

Before showing the pictures, general aspects of any trip to

Lower California were discussed, such as problems of drinking

water, native foods, wild game, gasoline and road conditions.

Drinking water was usually obtained from deep wells, and, in the

Cape Region, from mountain streams. Twenty-five extra gallons

of gasoline carried in five-gallon tins proved ample between certain

towns and at least two good spare tires were necessary because of

the very rocky and rutty roads.

Slides were shown in the sequence of a trip down the pennisula

to the Cape. Emphasis was centered on the botanical features of

the country as these were most conspicuous and best portrayed by

the slides.

From San Ignacio south to the Cape, except on the Magdalena

Plain, the vegetation had benefited by an abundance of late summer

rain. The bushes and trees were green with leaves and often ablaze

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 1

with flowers of vines. The ground was. covered with green grass

and abundant flowers.

The major purpose of the expedition was to collect in the Sierra

Laguna Mountains of the Cape Region. Leaving the truck in Todos

Santos the party travelled by horse and mule to La Laguna, a

mountain meadow 5,500 feet in elevation. The pictures shown of

this area illustrated the floral similarity to certain parts of Alta

California, though isolated by hundreds of miles of desert and

ocean from similar growth. There was found here an association

of pines, oaks, madrone and Toyon which provided very interesting

and significant insect collecting.

About 20,000 specimens of insects, and 1500 plant sheets were

collected, most of which will be added to the collections of the

California Academy of Sciences.

After a period of questions by various members the meeting

was adjourned. — E. G. Kinsley, Secretary.

One Hundred and Seventy-first Meeting, December 6, 1941

Meeting held at 2:15 p.m. in the entomological laboratories of

the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. President

Essig in the chair. The following members were present: E. O.

Essig, E. G. Linsley, R. L. Usinger, E. C. Van Dyke, G. E. Bohart,

O. B. Cope, E. R. Leach, E. S. Ross, A. E. Michelbacher, J. F.

Lamiman, D. DeLeon, A. C. Smith, E. A. Smith, H. P. Chandler,

C. D. Michener, K. S. Hagen, F. J. Driver, G. F. Ferris, H. H.

Keifer, R. W. L. Potts, R. C. Miller. Visitors were present as fol-

lows: Eric Walther, K. D. Snyder, C. T. Sierra, Jr., A. J. Walz.

The membership committee proposed Mr. Arthur J. Walz and

Mr. R. A. Flock for membership. They were unanimously elected.

The secretary read a letter from E. N. Cory, secretary of the

American Association of Economic Entomologists, in response to

the nomenclatural petition of the Pacific Coast Entomological So-

ciety. Dr. Cory stated that the proposal had been referred to Dr.

C. F. W. Muesebeck for his recommendation and that a further

report should be forthcoming soon.

The nominating committee submitted the following names for

officers of the Society during 1942 : President, H. M. Armitage;

Vice-president, H. H. Keifer; Secretary, E. G. Linsley; and Treas-

urer, E. R. Leach. There being no other nominations from the

floor, a vote was called for and these officers were elected.

Professor Essig then yielded the chair to Mr. Keifer, who pre-

sided during the annual presidential address. Professor Essig’s

address was entitled “The Significance of Taxonomy in the General

Field of Economic Entomology.” The address proved thought-

provoking and interesting and evoked a lively discussion, after

which the meeting was adjourned. — E. G. Linsleiy, Secretary.

REVISTA DE ENTOMOLOGLA

An International Review of Entomology

An illustrated magazine published four times a year by THOMAZ

BORGMEIER, O.F.M., devoted to entomology, mainly of the neo-

tropical fauna.

The volumes already published since 1931 comprise thousands of

pages and contain articles by leading entomologists such as F. W.

Edwards, W. Horn, E. Lindner, J. W. S. Macfie, E. Martini, A. da Costa

Lima, F. Silvestri, C. Menozzi, A. Reichensperger, F. Santschi, J. D.

Hood, etc., with a bibliography of the current literature (economic

and non-economic) of the neotropical fauna.

Annual subscription $4.00 U. S. ($5.00 U. S. through booksellers).

All payments are in advance. The back volumes are still on sale;

price of each volume 4 U. S. dollars; through booksellers 5 U. S.

dollars.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Editor: Thomaz Borgmeier,

O.F.M., Convento S. Antonio, Largo da Carioca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

ARCTIC LEPIDOPTERA

A large collection of Arctic Lepidoptera, especially Erebia,

Oeneis, and Noctuidae, has been accumulated.

Collectors who desire such material please communicate

with me as follows: R. J. Fitch, Lloydminster, Saskatchewan,

Canada.

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE

California Academy of Sciences

Entomology Department

San Francisco, California

PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

A few complete sets, volumes 1 and 2, 1901 to 1930, 318 pages,

including the 1st to 121st meetings, may still be obtained from the

treasurer, E. R. Leach. These Proceedings contain much of the

early history of entomology on the Pacific Coast as well as descrip-

tions of new species and general papers by such authors as Fuchs,

Wright, Letcher, Fenyes, Huguenin, Van Duzee, Fall, and Van

Dyke. Since 1930 the Proceedings have been published in the

Society's Journal, the Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Price for volumes

1 and 2 as above, $5.00.

Vol. XVIII

April, 1942

No. 2

THE

Pan-Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in co-operation with

The California Academy of Sciences

CONTENTS

JAMES, REVIEW OF THE DIPTEROUS TRIBE MYXOSARGINI 49

FRISON, WESTERN NORTH AMERICAN STONEFLIES 61

MITCHELL, MEXICAN BEES OF THE GENUS XEROMEGACHILE 74

REES, UTAH MOSQUITO RECORDS 77

ESSIG, THE RED SCALE OUT-OF-DOORS IN BERKELEY 82

LINSLEY AND USINGER, FLAT BUGS FROM MT. LASSEN 83

GOOD, MALES OF THE FLEA GENUS ATYPHLOCERAS 87

LEECH, NOTE ON THE FOOD OF FEMALE MUTILLIDS 89

McKINSTRY, A NEW FAMILY OF HEMIPTERA FOR MACRO VELIA 90

San Francisco, California

1942

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. S. Ross R. L. Usingeb E. C. Van Dykk

Assistant Editor Editor Associate Editor

G. F. Ferris E. R. Leach E. G. Linsley

T reasurer

Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society

Proceedings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic

and biological phases of entomology are favored, including articles up

to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and

distribution.

Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should

be addressed to the editor, R. L. Usinger, University of California Col-

lege of Agriculture, Davis, California. All communications regarding

non-receipt of numbers, changes of address, requests for sample copies,

and all financial communications should be addressed to the assistant

editor, E. S. Ross, or the treasurer, E. R. Leach, at the California Acad-

emy of Sciences, San Francisco, California.

At least twenty-five “author’s extras” will be supplied free of charge.

Additional copies will be reprinted at cost of publication, if a request

is received when proof is returned.

Domestic and foreign subscriptions $2.50 per year in advance. Price

for single copies 75 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Ento-

mologist.”

INSECT BOXES

Standard size black insect box

with sides of box and cover

made of Ya redwood. The

top, bottom and shoulders

are of heavy cardboard.

Inside dimensions:

I2%x8f4x2% inches.

Prices:

60 cents each.

Lots of one dozen, 50 cents

each.

With Masonite bottom, 15

cents extra.

With glass top, 50 cents

extra.

Prices for larger quantities

on request.

Unit boxes also manufactured

Prices on application

RAISIN AND THIEBAUT BROS., LTD.

346 First Street, San Francisco, Calif.

Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the postoffice at

San Francisco, California, under Act of August 24, 1912.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist

Vol. XVIII, No. 2

April, 1942

A REVIEW OF THE MYXOSARGINI

(Diptera, Stratiomyidae)

BY MAURICE T. JAMES

Colorado State College, Ft. Collins, Colorado

Most students of the Stratiomyidae have considered the genus

Myxosargus Brauer as standing more or less alone, to be placed

in the Stratiomyinae for want of a better place. However, Brauer

(1882) recognized the relationship of this genus to Melanochroa,

Nothomyia and, more distantly, Exochostoma. A study of the

comparative anatomy of these genera indicates that Brauer was

wholly correct; the general body form and wing venation of

Myxosargus, Nothomyia, and, presumably, Melanochroa are

practically identical, whereas the antennal structure shows an

interesting series of intergrades from one genus to the other.

The tribe Myxosargini, of the Stratiomyinae, is here proposed

for the above genera, as well as for Prosopochrysa de Meijere,

Acanthasargus White and Rha phiocerina Lindner. The question

as to whether Exochostoma is valid, and, if so, whether it belongs

here, probably will have to depend on the rediscovery of that

genus. This matter has been discussed by Verrall (1901, p. 134),

Seguy (1926, pp. 65-6) and Lindner (1938, p. 78). At present,

all we have to depend on are Macquart’s description and illustra-

tions, which were notably inaccurate.

I am not sure whether all six genera considered here can be

maintained. Prosopochrysa, Rhaphiocerina, Nothomyia, and

Myxosargus seem sufficiently distinct from one another; but

Acanthasargus and Melanochroa may have to be considered syn-

onyms of Nothomyia. In general, the five genera are not very

sharply defined.

Tribe Myxosargini James, new tribe

The tribe may be characterized as follows: Eyes of male con-

tiguous (separated in Melanochroa), those of female separated,

the front broadening gradually toward antennae; post ocular orbits

narrow; antennae situated on more or less of an elevation, con-

sisting of eight segments (except possibly in Melanochroa) , the

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XVIII, NO. 2

terminal two or three segments tending to form an arista; face

more or less produced downward, in Myxosargns noticeably so, in

the other genera more obscurely so or not at all. Thorax narrow

in front, broadest at wing bases; scutellum characteristically two-

spined, the spines sometimes reduced to denticles or absent. Legs

rather short, unmodified. Wing venation characteristic, R t ending

near apex of discal cell; R 2+3 short, arising considerably beyond

r-m, forming at least a 45° angle with R 4+5 , and ending near apex

of R 2+3 ; (exception, Prosopochrysa) ; R 4 usually wanting; discal

cell of moderate size, pentagonal or hexagonal, somewhat longer

than high; media three-branched, but the first and third branches

sometimes weakened, or the third even absent; second anal vein

slightly but distinctly sinuate (except in Rhaphiocerinal) , but in

any event the anal cell broader on apical half. Abdomen flat, sub-

ovate, usually unicolorous, sometimes with pale markings.

PROSOPOCHRYSA de Meijere

De Meijere, 1907, Tijd. v. Ent., 50:220; Enderlein, 1914, Zool. Anz.,

43:293; Brunetti, 1920, Fauna Br. India, I, p. 86; 1923, Rec.

Indian Mus., 25:161.

According to Brunetti’s (1923) illustrations of the head and

wing, this genus certainly belongs in this tribe. The wing is

essentially that of Nothomyia except for the complete absence of

vein M-j and the fact that vein Ra+3 separates from R^s at cross-

vein r-m, but runs closely parallel to R^ and then bends sharply

to the margin. The antennae, according to Brunetti’s figure, are

similar to those of Nothomyia scutellata. The scutellum is un-

spined.

Genotype, Prosopochrysa ( Chrysochlora ) vitripennis Dole-

schall, the only species known.

Prosopochrysa vitripennis Doleschall

Doleschall, 1856, Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., 10:408; de Meijere, 1907,

Tijd. v. Ent., 50:220; Brunetti, 1920, Fauna Br. India, I, p. 86;

1923, Rec. Indian Mus., 25:161.

Microchrysa albitarsis Brunetti, 1913, Rec. Ind. Mus., 8:156; 1920,

Fauna Br. Ind., I, p. 86 (synonymy).

Geosargus vitripennis Enderlein, 1914, Zool. Anz., 43:588.

From India and Java.

RHAPHIOCERINA Lindner

Lindner, 1938, Die Fliegen der Pal. Region, 18, p. 32.

I know this genus only from Lindner’s illustrations and de-

scription. The antennae are shown without an arista, but this

APRIL, 1942]

JAMES— REVIEW OF MYXOSARGINI

peculiarity is mentioned nowhere in the text and is contrary to

Lindner’s diagnosis of the subfamily (Geosarginae) . According

to the figure, vein R4 is present; M 4 and M 3 are weak, and vanish

on their apical two-thirds or more ; M 2 extends almost to the wing

margin, and 2nd A is straight, though it diverges from the basal

part of the cubitus. The thorax and abdomen, in the one species

known, are metallic black marked with yellow, the former with

widely separated longitudinal stripes, the latter with lateral and

apical margins and interrupted posterior margins of the segments.

Genotype, Rhaphiocerina ( Rhaphiocera ) hakiensis Mats., the

only species known.

Rhaphiocerina hakiensis Matsumura

Matsumura, 1906, Thousand Insects of Japan, Addit. II, p. 373

( Rhaphiocera ) ; Lindner, 1938, Die Fliegen der Pal. Region,

18, p. 32.

Known only from Japan.

ACANTHASARGUS White

White, 1914, Pap. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1914-15:60; Hardy, 1932,

Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 44:48-9.

I have seen only one species (A. varipes Hardy) ; in it, the

arista is well developed, the basal segments of the antennae are

shorter than those of Lindner’s illustration of Rhaphiocerina, vein

R 4 is absent, and 2nd A is distinctly sinuate. Veins M x , M 2 , and

M 3 as in Rhaphiocerina. In A. varipes there is a transverse white

callus running from eye to eye above the antennae and separated

from the rest of the front by a suture. In Nothomyia this raised

area is present, but is indistinct and never white.

Genotype, A. palustris White, by monotypy.

The following four species are known, all from Australia:

A. palustris White, 1914, Pap. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1914-

15:60. Tasmania.

A. gracilis White, 1916,- Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 41:98.

Australia.

A. flavipes Hardy, 1932, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 44:48.

Queensland.

A. varipes Hardy, 1932, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 44:49.

Queensland.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y 0Lt XVIII, NO. 2

Key to the Species of Acanthasargus

(After Hardy)

1. Thorax and abdomen entirely black 2

Thorax and abdomen yellow in part 3

2. Scutellum and scutellar spines black palustris White

Scutellum with a yellow bar between yellow scutellar spines

gracilis White

3. Scutellum and spines entirely yellow; legs almost entirely yel-

low flavipes Hardy

Scutellum black, scutellar spines yellow; legs yellow with sec-

tions of the femora and tibiae black varipes Hardy

MELANOCHROA Rfider

Roder, 1886, Ent. Nachricht., 12:139; Brauer, 1882, Denkschr.

Kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 44:69.

I have not seen any specimens of this genus but both Brauer

and Williston have associated it with Myxosargus. Williston gives

as the only generic characters separating Melanochroa and Myxo-

sargus “the non-contiguity of the male eyes and the aristiform

termination of the antennae.” To this may be added that the

face is not produced downward, as in Myxosargus. Williston did

not consider this of generic value, because two species of Eury-

neura (which, incidentally, were later separated generically by

Kertesz) differ in this respect. I cannot agree with him, however.

Generic characters must be determined separately in each instance.

What is of generic value in one group may not be of even specific

value in another. Failure to recognize this fact has contributed

much to the artificiality of our generic and higher classifications.

Both Brauer and Roder attribute this genus to Schiner. How-

ever, the first description I can find is that of Roder. I am,

therefore, following the lead of Williston and Kertesz in crediting

Melanochroa to Roder. Brauer, to be sure, placed it in his key,

but without a description of the type species and on the basis of

the erroneous statement (at least according to the descriptions of

Roder and Williston) that the eyes of the male are contiguous.

Both Brauer and Roder state that the flagellum of the anten-

nae is eight-segmented. This is contrary to the condition which I

have found in related genera.

Melanochroa dubia Roder

Roder, 1886, Ent. Nachricht., 12:139; Williston, 1888, Trans. Amer.

Ent. Soc., 15:254.

The only species was described from Brazil and subsequently

recorded from Rio de Janeiro by Williston.

APRIL, 1942]

JAMES— REVIEW OF MYXOSARGINI

NOTHOMYIA Lcew

Loew, 1869, Cent., VIII, 4; Brauer, 1882, Denkschr. Kais. Akad.

Wiss. Wien., 44:69; Enderlein, 1914, Zool. Anz., 44:15; Janies

1935, Canad. Ent., 67:269; 1939, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 86:597.

Berisargus Lindner, 1933, Rev. de Ent., 3:201.

The position of this germs in the system of classification has

been the subject of considerable dispute. Loew originally placed

it in the Geosarginae, but stated that it was intermediate between

Michrochrysa and Oxycera. Most authors have accepted this dis-

posal. Lindner placed Berisargus in the Geosarginae in accord-

ance with what he called our artificial system of classification,

but associated it more closely with the Beridinae. What his rea-

sons for this association were, he did not say.

Too much emphasis should not be placed on the differences in

antennal structure in this genus and in Myxosargus. For instance,

a well graded series can be found ranging from typical Myxo-

sargus antennal structure through Berisargus lopesi, B. fasciati-

pennis, B. borgmeieri, Nothomyia calopus, and N. scutellata.

The difference in facial profile of Nothomyia and Myxosargus

has also been taken to be of generic value; yet M. knowltoni

might be considered intermediate in position in this respect.

Furthermore, Myxosargus has banded wings; Nothomyia may

have more or less darkened wings, yet those of Berisargus fasci-

atipennis are described as banded.

Genotype of Nothomyia, N. scutellata, by designation of

Brauer, 1882 ; of Berisargus, B. borgmeieri, by monotypy.

Key to Species of Nothomyia

1. Wings brownish-gray, with three milky-white cross-bands

fasciatipennis Lindner

-. Wings more or less uniformly hyaline or light brownish, riot

definitely cross-banded 2

2. Scutellar spines reduced to tubercles or very short, much

shorter than half the distance between them 3

-. Scutellar spines of ordinary length, that is, definitely longer

than half the distance between them 4

3. Scutellum yellow, black at base; spines short, but distinct; fem-

ora black, with more or less of a greenish cast ....scutellata Loew

-. Scutellum metallic green; spines reduced to tubercles; femora

metallic green intensica Curran

4. Femora on apical third bright yellow calopus Loew

-. Femora black 5

5. Flagellum of antenna very short, bright ye\\ow..parvicornis James

Flagellum of antenna black or blackish 6

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y 0 L. XVIII, NO. 2

6. Terminal antennal segment thick and ribbon-like at base, sud-

denly narrowing to a bristle- like part before its middle; scutel-

lar spines robust, blunt, black nigra, n. sp.

Terminal antennal segment an arista, or, if thickened at base,

gradually tapering to a bristle- like part; scutellar spines slen-

der, sharp, yellow 7

7. Antenna with a well-differentiated arista, the thickened portion

of the flagellum shorter than antennal segments one and two

combined; vein R 4 wanting 8

Terminal segments of flagellum not arista-like, and its basal

portion as long or longer than segments one and two combined;

halteres yellow 9

8. Pile of face black in the middle or largely black; pleura green-

ish borgmeieri Lindner

Pile of face white; pleura black viridis Hine

9. Vein R 4 wanting; halteres infuscated in male, distinctly brown-

ish-black lopesi Lindner

Vein R* present; halteres yellow longisetosa Lindner

Nothomyia fasciatipennis Lindner

Berisargus fasciatipennis Lindner, 1935, Rev. de Ent., 5:401.

Known only from the male type, from Jussaral, Angra, E. do

Rio, Brazil.

Nothomyia scutellata Loew

Loew, 1869, Cent., VIII, 4.

Type series from Cuba. My records are all from Cuba: 1 $ ,

1?, Guantanamo, May 7, 1914 (C. T. Ramsdan) ; 22, Loma del

Gato, Cobre Range, Ote., 3000 feet, July 3-7, 1936 (Darlington) ;

1 2 , Mountains north of Imias, Eastern O'riente, 3000 to 4000

feet, July 25-28, 1936 (Darlington) ; 1$ , Buenos Aires, Trinidad

Mountains, May 4, 1932 (S. C. Bruner, A. Otero); 15, Rio

Almendares, May 27, 1934 (L. C. Scaramuzza) ; 2 5 , Santiago de

las Vegas, Habana, May 11, 1924 (S. C. Bruner) and May 19,

1932 (A. R. Otero).

Nothomyia intensica Curran

Merosargus intensions Curran, 1928, in Gowdy, Ent. Bui. Dept.

Agr. Jamaica, 4:33.

This species has the general body form and wing venation of a

Nothomyia. The antennae are wholly black; the basal three seg-

ments of the flagellum (thickened part) are slightly shorter, taken

together, than the first two antennal segments combined ; the arista

is long. Body metallic green, the dorsal parts with a strong

purplish cast; legs black; middle and hind basitarsi, except apices,

APRIL, 1942]

JAMES— REVIEW OF MYXOSARGINI

white; femora with a metallic green cast. and M 3 developed

only on basal third or less.

Curran probably placed this species in Merosargus because

of the apparently unspined scutellum; however, other characters

suggest Nothomyia, and evidences of spines are seen in the broad,

thick, fused tubercles at the apex of the scutellum.

I have seen four males, Bath, Jamaica, April 1, 1931 (E. L.

Bell), and 15, Balaclava, Jamaica (A. E. Wright).

Nothomyia calopus Loew

Loew, 1869, Cent., VIII, 5.

Type, female, Cuba. I have the following records. Florida:

15, Hudson, July 13, 1939 (P. B. Lawson). Cuba: 1$, Santiago

delas Vegas, March 4, 1932 (A. Otero) ; 1 2 , Baraqua, August 12,

1927 (L. C. Scaramuzza) .

Nothomyia parvicornis James

James, 1939, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 86:598.

Holotype, male, San Carlos, Costa Rica.

Nothomyia nigra James, new species

Female. Head shining black; front, vertex, and post-ocular

orbits with bluish-green reflections. Ocular orbits on each side

above antennae with a silvery-pollinose patch. Pile of face and

lower part of front black, that of rest of head golden; some black

pile on front, and there may be some golden on face; that of lower

part of head dense and conspicuous. Antennae black; ratio of seg-

ments 8:8:5:3:3:3:5;22; pile on first two black, on others white

and inconspicuous; segments three to six robust; seven less than

half as wide (from front view) as six; eight as wide at base as

width of seven, but suddenly narrowing just before middle to an

aristiform style. Thorax, including scutellum and spines, black,

shining but reflection somewhat dulled on dorsum; spines thick,

blunt, short, about one-third length of scutellum, each two-thirds

distance between them; scutellum unusually large, its length, ex-

cluding spines, one-third that of dorsum; pile of thorax wholly

golden. Legs black with golden pile, only middle and hind basi-

tarsi, except apices, yellow. Halteres yellow. Wings hyaline, veins

yellow; R 2+3 arising slightly before and ending slightly beyond

apex of discal cell; M 3 evanescent on apical third. Abdomen wholly

black, with golden pile. Length, 6 mm.

Holotype, female, No. 25662, Museum of Comparative Zoo-

logy, and paratype, female, Valla Nuevo, S. E. Constanza,

Dominican Republic, 7000 feet, August, 1938 (Darlington) .

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL. XVIII, NO. 2

Nothomyia borgmeieri Lindner

Berisargus borgmeieri Lindner, 1933, Rev. de Ent., 3:202.

Types from Alto da Serra, Sao Paulo, Brazil. I have two

pairs from Jussaral, Angra, E. do Rio, October, 1934 (Travassos

and Lopes) and October 26, 1935 (Lopes and H. Lent), compared

with the types by Dr. Hugo de Sousa Lopes.

Nothomyia viridis Hine

Hine, 1911, Ohio Nat., 11:301.

Described from Sandusky, Ohio, and recorded by James

(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 86:598) from Puerto Rico.

Nothomyia lopesi Lindner

Berisargus lopesi Lindner, 1935, Rev. de Ent., 5:401.

Types from Jussaral, Angra dos Reis, E. do Rio, Brazil. I

have two pairs from the type locality and from Japuhyba, Angra,

E. do Rio, October, 1934 (Travassos and Lopes), compared with

the types by Dr. Lopes. Also 1 $ , Juquia, Sao Paulo (John Lane) .

Nothomyia longisetosa Lindner

Berisargus longisetosus Lindner, 1933, Senckenbergiana, 15:328.

Type, male, Itatiaya, Brazil.

MYXOSARGUS Brauer

Brauer, 1882, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 44:77; Enderlein,

1914, Zool. Anz., 43:612; Curran, 1929, Amer. Mus. Nov., 378,

p. 1-4.

Eyes contiguous in the male, separated in the female; antennae

eight-segmented, the first and second segments subequal in length

or the first the longer; third to fifth compact, but distinctly sepa-

rated from each other; sixth, seventh, and eighth forming a style,

the eighth segment the longest. Face prominent, the antennae

situated at its upper angle; below, the face projects below the

level of the oral margin. Discal cell rather small. Vein R 2+3 aris-

ing beyond cross-vein r-m, which is distinct, although sometimes

short; R 4 wanting. Wings cross-banded with blackish.

Eight species have been previously known, four of them from

one sex only. So far as known, the genus is confined to the tropi-

cal and warmer temperate regions of the New World.

Genotype, Myxosargus fasciatas Brauer, by original designa-

tion.

APRIL, 1942]

JAMES— REVIEW OF MYXOSARGINI

The following keys are based, with additions and emenda-

tions, on that of Curran’s review cited above.

Key to the Species of Myxosargus

Females

1. Middle and hind femora broadly yellow at base

scutellatus Williston

Middle and hind femora black on basal half or more 2

2. Antennae wholly black 3

Antennae reddish or yellowish on at least basal two segments..4

3. Base of scutellum black; all tibiae broadly yellow at apex

nigricomis Greene

Scutellum wholly yellow; front tibiae entirely black

knowltoni Curran

4. Front with a median and two lateral tubercles ..fasciatus Brauer

Front with only one tubercle 5

5. Scutellum black with yellow border braueri Williston

Scutellum yellow 6

6. Frontal tubercle geminate, longitudinally divided; knobs of

halteres yellow 7

Frontal tubercle not divided, rather small; knobs of halteres

brown texensis Curran

7. Hind tibiae wholly brown or black; black pile on facial snout

dense, bushy, upcurved . pilosus, n. sp.

Hind tibiae broadly yellow at apex; black pile on facial snout

ordinary panamensis Curran

Males

1. Antennae wholly black 2

Antennae reddish or yellow on at least basal two segments 3

2. Apical half of middle tibiae yellow; pile of mesonotum black....

nigrico r rnis Greene

Middle tibiae black except extreme apex; pile of mesonotum

yellowish knowltoni Curran

3. Front black with two chalk-white marks at base of antennae

fasciatus Brauer

Front at most obscurely reddish at base of antennae 4

4. Apices of all tibiae broadly yellow or yellowish..tecce?ms Curran

At least hind tibiae wholly black or nearly so 5

5. Anal cell more or less strongly clouded with brown; middle of

mesonotum with yellow pile 6

Basal half of wing hyaline; pile of thorax grayish white

grypus Enderlein

6. Facial pile all black or blackish, that of snout dense, bushy,

upcurved pilosus, n. sp.

-. Facial pile yellow, except on apex of snout, ordinary

panamensis Curran

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST ^VOL XVIII NO 2

Myxosargus nigricornis Greene

Greene, 1918, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 20:71.

The original spelling, nigricormis, was a typographical error.

The facial projection is prominent and forms an acute angle,

when viewed from the side. Type series from Chain Bridge,

D. C., and Plummer’s Island, Md. I have identified a male from

Logan County, Ohio, July 12, 1930 (James S. Hine) .

Fig. 1, Nothomyia calopus Loew, wing. Fig. 2, Myxosargus

knowltoni Curran, dististylus of male genitalia. Fig. 3, Myxo-

sargus pilosus James, n. sp., male genitalia. Fig. 4, Nothomyia

scutellata Loew, antenna. Fig. 5, Nothomyia borgmeieri Lindner,

antenna. Fig. 6, Nothomyia lopesi Lindner, antenna. Fig. 7, Myxo-

sargus knowltoni Curran, antenna.

Myxosargus knowltoni Curran

Curran, 1929, Amer. Mus. Nov., 378, p. 2.

Differs from other species known to me in the profile of the

facial projection, which forms a decidedly obtuse angle below, in

both sexes. Type locality, Clearfield, Utah.

I have seen numerous specimens from various localities in

Utah, from the Idaho line to St. George, and from April to

August. Other records are as follows. Idaho: Franklin, July 9,

APRIL, 1942]

JAMES— REVIEW OF MYXOSARGINI

1937 (C. F. Smith, F. C. Harmston), and July 17, 1937 (Knowl-

ton and Smith) ; Preston, July 4, 1937 (Smith and Harmston)

and July 2, 1937 (Knowlton). Oregon: Phoenix, July 13, 1930

(Scullen). California: Big Pine, Inyo County, June 17, 1929

(E. P. Van Duzee) ; Lone Pine, Inyo County, June 1, 1937 (N. W.

Frazier) ; Los Angeles, May, 1915 (M. C. Van Duzee) and August

3, 1916.

Myxosargus texensis Curran

Curran, 1929, Amer. Mus. Nov., 378, p. 4.

Male (previously undescribed). Scutellum greenish-black like

thorax, only apex, lateral margins, and spines being yellow. Mid-

dle and hind femora wholly black. Differs from female otherwise

only in sexual characters.

Male, Menard County, Texas, July 19, 1928 (R. H. Beamer).

Myxosargus pilosus James, new species

Male. Head black, shining; two oval silvery-pollinose spots,

almost touching each other, on upper part of front; face acutely

produced below the oral margin. Pile of head dense, especially

below, black with a few pale hairs intermixed, the black pile of

front, face, and cheeks half again to twice as long as first anten-

nal segment. Antennae yellow on first two segments, yellowish to

brownish at base of flagellum, grading to brown on its terminal

segments. Proboscis yellow. Thorax black with a distinctly green

cast, the narrow apex and spines of the scutellum yellow; pile com-

paratively abundant and for the most part as long as that of head,

that on middle of dorsum and scutellum yellow, erect, conspicuous,

and long, that on sternum and lower parts of pleura yellow and

less conspicuous, that on sides of dorsum, metanotal slopes, and

upper parts of pleura black. Legs black; extreme tips of front

femora and tibiae, apical third to half of middle tibiae, and basal

two to three segments of middle and hind tarsi, yellow. Halteres

yellow. Wings with usual two dark cross-bands; discal cell rather

short and blunt. Abdomen black, yellow-pilose with considerable

black pile intermixed, especially on dorsum and sides of basal seg-

ments. Genital dististyli broad, bilobed at apex, the lobes blunt,

the inner one the broader. Length, 6 mm.

Female. Pile of head no longer than first antennal segment;

that of front, vertex, and upper part of face whitish. Front with

a median rather indistinctly geminate tubercle. Pile of thorax and

abdomen entirely whitish. Scutellum entirely yellow. Hind tibiae

briefly yellow at apex. Otherwise as in male.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ V QL. XVIII, NO. 2

Holotype, male, University of Arizona collection, allotype,

female, and ten male paratypes, Tempe, Ariz., May 17, 1926

(A. A. Nichol) ; paratype, female, Juan Mina, Rio Chagres, C. Z.,

April 11 (C. B. Fairchild).

Myxosargus pilosus guatemalae James, new subspecies

Differs from the typical subspecies mainly in that the black

areas tend to be brownish; the abdomen, in both sexes, is distinctly

brownish and lacks black pile; the pile of the metanotal slopes, in

the male, is predominantly yellow.

Holotype, male, Ohio State University collection, Amatitlan,

Guatemala, Feb. 7, 1905 (J. S. Hine), allotype, female, and para-

type, female, Gualan, Guatemala, Feb. 13, 1905.

Myxosargus panamensis Curran

Curran, 1929, Amer. Mus. Nov., 378, p. 4.

Type series from Barro Colorado Id., Ft. Davis, and Corozal,

C. Z., and Panama City. I have identified a female from Mira

Flores Locks, C. Z., Jan. 17, 1929 (C. H. Curran) .

I have no additional records for the following species belong-

ing to this genus:

M. scutellatus Williston, 1901, Biol. Centr. Amer. Dipt., I, p.

251; Curran, 1929, Amer. Mus. Nov., 378, p. 2. Mexico.

M. fasciatus Brauer, 1882, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien.,

44:78; Giglio-Tos, 1901, Mem. Acad. Sci. Nat. Torino, 431:109;

Williston, 1901, Biol. Centr. Amer. Dipt., I, p. 251; Curran,

1929, Amer. Mus. Nov., p. 2. Mexico.

M. braueri Williston, 1888, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 15:254;

Curran, 1929, Amer. Mus. Nov., 378, p. 4. Brazil.

M. grypus Enderlein, 1914, Zool. Anz., 43:612; Curran, 1929,

Amer. Mus. Nov., 378, p. 3. Mexico.

Literature Cited

Brauer, Friedrich, 1882, Die Zweifliigler des kaiserlichen Museums

zu Wien. II. Denkschr. Kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 44:59-89.

Lindner, Erwin, 1938, Die Fligen der Palaearktischen Region, 18.

Stratiomyidae. Erwin Nagele, Stuttgart.

Seguy, E., 1926, Faune de France, 13 Dipteres (Brafchyceres). Paul

Lechevalier, Paris.

Verrall, G. H., 1901, British Flies, V, Stratiomyidae, etc. Gurney

and Jackson, London.

APRIL, 1942]

FRISON— STONEFLIES

DESCRIPTIONS, RECORDS AND SYSTEMATIC NOTES

CONCERNING WESTERN NORTH AMERICAN

STONEFLIES

(Plecoptera)

BYT. H. FRISON

Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana

( Continued from January issue)

Capnia melia Frison, new species

Figures 5a-5c

Male. Body and appendages brown to black. No gill remnants.

Head much wider than pronotum; lateral ocelli about three times

as far apart as distance from inner margins of compound eyes;

median ocellus about as far forward from lateral ocelli as distance

between them; maxillary palpi less than thickness of basal flagellar

segments.

Pronotum slightly wider than long, with a distinct median

longitudinal line or space; embossings present. Wings extending

beyond tip of abdomen, uniformly hyaline; radius of forewing

sinuate at origin of radial sector.

Abdomen with first seven segments without special structures;

a narrow, membranous, median, longitudinal stripe on first few

basal tergites; eighth tergite with a small, raised, slightly rear-

ward-directed, knoblike structure or tubercle, figs. 5a and 5b;

supra-anal process shaped as in figs. 5a and 5b, and extending to

knob-like structure on eighth tergite. Ninth sternite without a lobe

at the base. Cerci long, many segmented.

Length of body, 5 mm.

Female. Similar in most morphological features to the male.

Eighth abdominal sternite, fig. 5c, forming a subgenital plate, with

its posterior margin slightly curved. A broad, membranous, median

stripe extends longitudinally across tergites one through eight.

Holotype, male, Clackamus County, Oregon, Wildcat Creek

tributary of Sandy River, Feb. 3, 1939, S. G. Jewett, Jr. Allo-

type, female, same data as for holotype.

Paratypes all from Oregon: same data as for holotype, 39 £

and 24 $ ; same data as for holotype, except from Cedar Creek,

9 $ and 119; same data as for holotype, except from Alder

Creek, 4 $ and 5 9 ; Clatsop County, tributary of Mecanicum

River, 6 miles south of Seaside, Feb. 18, 1939, 1 $ ; Clatsop

County, Big Creek, Feb. 19, 1939, 1£ ; Columbia County, Gnat

Creek, Feb. 19, 1939, ; Benton County, Yew Creek, Jan. 31,

1938, 5 $ . All specimens collected by S. G. Jewett, Jr. Paratypes in

collection of Illinois Natural History Survey and S. G. Jewett, Jr.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y OL XVIII, NO. 2

Figures 5-9. Western North American Stoneflies

APRIL, 1942]

FRISON— STONEFLIES

This is a very distinctive species, which runs in the key to

species, males only, of the genus Capnia in Needham & Claassen

(1925) to nearctica Banks. It differs from nearctica in the male

most noticeably by the shape of the supra-anal process and the

form of the tubercle on the eighth tergite. It should be noted

here that the figure for nearctica given by Needham & Claassen

shows a raised tubercle on what seems to be the seventh abdom-

inal tergite, whereas the description and key refer to this process

as on the eighth tergite.

Capnia jewetti Frison, new species

Figures 6a-6c

Similar in general features to Capnia melia Frison. Differs

from this and other species of the genus as follows:

Male. Abdomen, figs. 6a and 6b, with first three segments with-

out special structures; fourth, fifth and sixth tergites each with a

pair of small, raised tubercles on posterior margin of segment, the

ones on fifth and sixth larger than those on fourth; no tubercles

on seventh, eighth or ninth tergites, but median posterior portions

of eighth and ninth somewhat membranous; supra-anal process

short, somewhat pointed, with apex on upper side slit or with an

opening. Ninth sternite without a lobe at base.

Female. Similar in most morphological features to the male. *

Eighth abdominal sternite with weakly and strongly sclerotized

areas as in fig. 6c. A broad, membranous, median stripe extends

longitudinally across tergites one through eight.

Holotype, male, Benton County, Oregon, 14 miles south of

Corvallis, Muddy Creek, Feb. 10, 1938, S. G. Jewett, Jr. Allo-

type, female, same data as for holotype.

Paratypes all from Oregon: same data as for holotype, 6 3 ;

St. Helens, Columbia County, Tide Creek, Feb. 19, 1939, 13,12;

Columbia County, Gnat Creek, Feb. 19, 1939, 13. All specimens

collected by S. G. Jewett, Jr. Paratypes in the collections of the

Illinois Natural History Survey and S. G. Jewett, Jr.

Capnia oregona Frison, new species

Figures 7a-7b

Similar in general features to Capnia melia Frison. Differs

from this and other species of the genus as follows.

Male. Abdomen, figs. 7a and 7b, with first seven segments with-

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y OL XVIII, NO. 2

out special structures; eighth tergite with a small, narrow, median,

transverse ridge on posterior part, ninth and tenth tergites with

membranous area in central area; supra-anal process distinctly

curved, viewed from above, pointed and extending part way over

ninth tergite.

Holotype, male, Benton County, Oregon, 14 miles south of

Corvallis, Muddy Creek, Feb. 10, 1938, S. G. Jewett, Jr.

Paratypes all from Oregon: same data as for holotype, 3 3 ;

St. Helens, Columbia County, Milton Creek, Feb. 19, 1939, S. G.

Jewett, Jr., 13 ; Corvallis, March 11, 1935, K. Gray, 13. Para-

types in the collections of Illinois Natural History Survey,

Oregon State College and S. G. Jewett, Jr.

Capnia elevata Frison, new species

Figures 8a-8c

Similar in general features to Capnia melia Frison. Differs

from this and other species of the genus as follows.

Male. Wings very short, not extending beyond first segment,

venation poorly developed.

Abdomen, figs. 8a and 8b, with first six segments without special

structures; seventh tergite with a rearward projecting hump on

middle portion of posterior margin, surface of hump somewhat

granulate; eighth and ninth tergites without special structures

except that median portion of ninth is more weakly sclerotized;

supra-anal process enlarged beyond base and then tapering to a

point, decidedly thickened through part at greatest width, tip

normally resting under hump of seventh tergite. Ninth sternite

without a lobe at base.

Female. Similar in most morphological features to the male.

Wings not extending beyond eighth segment, radius of forewing

sinuate at point of origin of radial sector. Eighth abdominal

sternite with a narrow, light colored, longitudinal stripe and with

posterior margin almost straight, as in fig. 8c. A broad, membra-

nous, median stripe extends longitudinally across tergites one

through at least part of seven.

Holotype, male, Corvallis, Oregon, Marks Creek, Feb. 26,

1938, Ball & White. Allotype, female, same data as for holotype.

Paratypes: same data as for holotype, 63, 3$. Paratypes in

collections of Illinois Natural History Survey and Oregon State

College.

This species will run in the key to males of the genus 'Capnia

in Needham & Claassen (1925) to the species decepta Banks

APRIL, 1942]

PRISON— STONE FLIES

known to date only from Colorado. The short wings of both

sexes, the more pointed supra-anal process of the male, the

heavily sclerotized eighth abdominal tergite and the light-colored

median, longitudinal stripe on the eighth sternite of the female,

all suggest the specimens here recorded are distinct from decepta.

Capnia umpqua Frison, new species

Figures 9a-9c

Similar in general features to Capnia melia Frison. Differs

from this and other species of the genus as follows:

Male. Abdomen, figs. 9a and 9b, with first seven segments with-

out special structures; eighth tergite with a deeply incised, mem-

branous area extending from middle portion of posterior margin

almost to anterior margin of segment, a prominent lobe or tubercle

on posterior margin of sclerotized portion of segment and adjacent

to the membranous area; ninth tergite with middle area membra-

nous except at extreme anterior margin; supra-anal process rather

short and extending part way over ninth tergite, somewhat tubular

with a slit or opening near pointed tip. Ninth sternite without a

lobe at base.

Female. Similar in most morphological features to the male.

Eighth abdominal sternite with posterior margin slightly produced,

as in fig. 9c. A broad, membranous, median stripe extends longi-

tudinally across tergites one through eight.

Holotype, male, Douglas County, Oregon, Umpqua River,

February 21, 1939, S. G. Jewett, Jr. Allotype, female, same data

as for holotype.

Paratypes all from Oregon: same data as for holotype, 7$,

5 2. Paratypes in the collections of Illinois Natural History Sur-

vey and S. G. Jewett, Jr.

Capnia tumida Claassen

Figures 10a- 10c

Capnia tumida Claassen. 1924. Can. Ent. 56 :47.

Female. Similar in most morphological features to the male as

described by Claassen (1924). Important features of the hereto-

fore undescribed female are as follows : Eighth abdominal sternite

forming a slightly projecting subgenital plate shaped as in fig. 10a,

this area being continuously fused with the sclerotized area of the

seventh sternite; a broad, membranous, median stripe extends

longitudinally across tergites one through seven, and most of eight.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VO L. XVIII, NO. 2

Allotype, female, Portland, Oregon, Johnson Creek at 82nd

Street, Feb. 3, 1939, S. G. Jewett, Jr.

Associated with the specimen designated as the allotype are

5 £ and 1$. Because this species has not been recorded since

the time of its original description the following additional

records for both sexes are presented: Corvallis, Oregon, March

5, 1938, 12, Don Coons; Oak Creek, Jan. 23 and 30, 1935, 22,

March 1, 1935, 1 2 , R. W. Prentiss; Dixon Creek, Jan. 19, 1935,

2 2 ; March 11, 1935, 1$, K. Gray; March 6, 1936, 12, S. G.

Jewett, Jr.; Oak Creek, March 27, 1937, 12, S. G. Jewett, Jr.;

March 6, 1938, 112, Bolinger & Jewett; McFaddens Lake, Benton

County, Jan. 12, 1938, 12, E. E. Crawford; Wrens, Benton

County, Mary’s River, March 19, 1933, 2 2, R. Dimick; Port-

land, Oregon, Johnson Creek at Errol Station, Feb. 3, 1939, 2 $ .

Additional illustrations, figs. 10b and 10c, of the male are

given to facilitate identification of this species.

Capnia nana Claassen

Figure 11

Capnia nana Claassen. 1924. Can. Ent. 56:46.

Female. Similar in most morphological features to the male as

described by Claassen (1924). Important features of the hereto-

fore undescribed female are as follows : Eighth abdominal sternite,

fig. 11, forming a weakly-developed subgenital plate, posterior

margin and median longitudinal area darkest and most heavily

sclerotized; a broad, membranous median stripe extends longitu-

dinally across tergites one through eight; wings slightly extending

beyond tip of abdomen.

Allotype, female, Terrace, B. C., 1936, Mrs. M. E. Hippisley.

Associated with the specimen designated as the allotype are

9 2 and 62. It should be noted that the allotype and associated

specimens come from the exact locality of the original typic

specimens, collected 13 years earlier.

Because this species has not been recorded since the time of

its original description the following distributional records are

presented: Logan Canyon, Utah, April 3, 1938, 27 2, 17 2 ; Mar.

20, 1938, 2 2 ; Jan. 15, 1938, 5 2,32; Feb. 20, 1938, 1 2 ; Feb.

26, 1938, 12; all collected by William P. Nye. Smithfield Can-

yon, Utah, March 19, 1939, 42, 42, Nye, Harmston & Knowlton;

Logan Canyon, Beaver Creek, Utah, April 19, 1940, 12, 12,

APRIL, 1942]

FRISON— STONEFLIES

1 17 b 17c

IsOCAPNIA AB8REVIATA

AcRONEUR/A PACIFICA

Figures 10-19. Western North American Stoneflies

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y 0L> XVIII, NO. 2

William P. Nye. These Utah specimens differ from the typical

nana from British Columbia chiefly in that wings of the males

are greatly reduced in size and that the females vary from short-

to long-winged forms. Such a brachypterous condition is en-

countered in stoneflies of varied genera from time to time.

Isocapnia Banks

Isocapnia Banks. 1938. Psyche 45(1) :73.

Banks (1938) has recently proposed the generic name of

Isocapnia for Capnia crinita N. & C., figs. 14a and 14b, a new

species called fumosa, and Arsapnia grandis Banks, the last being

made the genotype. Whether this group of western capniids is

entitled to full generic status is a matter of opinion. Tempora-

rily, at least, I am accepting Isocapnia as a generic name for those

capniid species having the following characters: radius straight

at point of origin of radial sector in forewing; mostly large

species; tendencies for several costal crossveins; long, many-

segmented anal cerci; females with a very narrow, median, longi-

tudinal membranous stripe extending across abdominal tergites

one through eight ; and males with a lobe at the base of the ninth

abdominal stemite.

The presence of a lobe at the base of the ninth abdominal

sternite in the male is a very important character of Isocapnia

and surprisingly it was not reported for any North American

capniid males until Claassen (1937) described Capnia fumigata,

fig. 15, which belongs in Isocapnia. A study of the typic male

specimen of grandis Banks reveals the presence of this lobe, and

it is conspicuous also in all other males of this genus which I

have examined. The narrow, longitudinal, membranous, dorsal

abdominal stripe, fig. 12, of the females of Isocapnia, in con-

trast to the broad stripe of the females of Capnia, fig. 13, has not

been noted before, but is conspicuous and highly distinctive.

I am indebted to Dr. Nathan Banks of the Museum of Com-

parative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., for the privilege of study-

ing the types of A. grandis Banks and /. fumosa Banks and to

Dr. Henry Dietrich of Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y., for the

same privilege in the case of C. crinita N. & C. and C. fumigata

Claassen.

The actual number of species belonging to Isocapnia presents

a problem impossible of solution at present. Only a few speci-

APRIL, 1942]

PRISON— STONEFLIES

mens of the genus are as yet represented in collections and most

of these involve typic specimens assigned specific names without

much comparative study. Further comments concerning this

problem are given in connection with my remarks about crinita

(fig. 14a), fumigata (fig. 15) and grandis and the species pro-

posed as new in this paper.

Isocapnia GRANDIS (Banks)

Arsapnia grandis Banks. 1908. Can. Ent. 37:329.

Capnia grandis Needham & Claassen. 1925. Monograph of Plecop-

tera of America North of Mexico, Thomas Say Foundation,

2:259.

The original typic series (M.C.Z. No. 11365) includes a male

from “Victoria, B. C., Ap. 12-1907” and a female from “Banff,

Alberta, June 17, 1901.” Since the proper association of males

and females in this group is still conjectural, it seems highly

desirable to establish a single specimen for nomenclatorial rea-

sons and accordingly I am selecting the male specimen to be

known as the lectotype. This male has a supra-anal process

which is somewhat recurved backward beyond its middle (pi. 48,

fig. 6, Needham & Claassen 1925).

The female in the original typic series may or may not be

the female which properly belongs with the typic male, although

it definitely belongs to Isocapnia. This female has a subgenital

plate suggestive of crinita N. & C.

Isocapnia crinita (Needham & Claassen)

Figure 14a

Capnia crinita Needham & Claassen. 1925. Monograph of Plecoptera

of America North of Mexico, Thomas Say Foundation, 2:269.

The original description of this species, based upon a female

specimen, contains a brief comment concerning the shape of the

subgenital plate, but, contrary to the procedure followed in the

case of other species treated, contains no illustration. During a

recent study of the holotype, in poor condition, from “Montana

Experiment Station, Bozeman, Montana, May 12, 1917, R. A.

Cooley,” a drawing was made of the subgenital plate, and it is

reproduced here, fig. 14a, to aid with the future recognition of

this species.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y 0 L. XVIII, NO. 2

The holotypic female of crinita (N. & C.) and the allotypic

female of fumigata appear upon the basis of the subgenital area

to represent two distinct species; the posterior margin of the

eighth abdominal sternite of the latter showing a distinct process

which is deeply recessed or cleft (Pl. 3, fig. 5, Claassen 1937,

p. 78), whereas in crinita this margin is not recessed. It remains

to be proved whether the differences observed and here reported

are good criteria for the separation of crinita from fumigata.

The impossibility at present of properly or definitely assign-

ing males with females and the number of actual species in

Isocapnia have been mentioned elsewhere in this paper.

Dr. W. E. Ricker has collected and sent to me from “Agassiz,

B. C., Fraser River, April 24, 1938,” a female which has the sub-

genital plate not recessed, and therefore it is in agreement with

the holotypic female described as crinita. This female is smaller

than those considered as fumigata and the wings are more hyaline.

Collected at the same time and place are two small males, also

from Dr. Ricker, which in general are similar to grandis, but the

supra-anal process, fig. 14b, in each specimen is arched forward

and not recurved backward beyond its middle, and both pairs of

wings are weakly developed. It is possible that these brachy-

pterous males are distinct from grandis and represent the male

which goes with crinita. On the other hand, it is also possible

that these differences represent merely variations.

In the Illinois Natural History Survey collection are three

females and one male of Isocapnia from Utah which further com-

plicate the situation and suggest that grandis may be an extremely

variable species. The male differs from males which I now recog-

nize as grandis and crinita in having the supra-anal process

straight, fig. 16. Two of the females seem, on the basis of the

subgenital plate, best to fit crinita, but one suggests fumigata.

Isocapnia fumigata (Claassen)

Figures 12, 15

Capnia fumigata Claassen. 1937. Can. Ent. 69:79.

Isocapnia fumosa Banks. 1938. Psyche 45 (1) : 74. New synonymy.

A study of the allotypic female of Capnia fumigata Claassen

(1937) and the two cotypic specimens (M.C.Z. No. 22661) of

APRIL, 1942]

PRISON— STONEFLIES

Isocapnia fumosa Banks (1938) leads me to the conclusion that

these two are of the same species, the name fumigata having

priority. The subgenital plate of fumosa agrees very well with

that of fumigata and no differences of any kind were observed.

Both species were described from specimens collected in Oregon.

The typic series of fumosa Banks (M.C.Z. No. 22661) con-

tains two specimens. One of these from “Ore. Nat. Forest, Her-

man, Oregon, IV-18-20, 700' alt., A. C. Burrill coll.,” was re-

laxed and the subgenital region carefully studied while in fluid.

I am designating this particular specimen as the lectotype for

obvious nomenclatorial reasons.

I have before me, collected and kindly sent to me by Dr. W. E.

Ricker, a male and a female from “Cultus Lake, B. C., 25-IV-37”

and another male and female from “Agassiz, B. C., Fraser River,

April 24, 1938,” which I accept as fumigata. Both of these fe-

males have the subgenital plate similar to fumigata as figured by

Claassen (1937, fig. 7) and the males have the supra-anal process,

fig. 15, slightly curved backwards beyond the middle and about

similar in comparative length to that in the illustration of fumi-

gata by Claassen (1937, fig. 4).

The similarity of these males to grandis, as described and

illustrated by Needham & Claassen (1925, pi. 48, fig. 6), suggest

that fumigata is a synonym of grandis. Claassen in describing

the male of fumigata states it “is very closely allied to Capnia

grandis Banks, but differs in the structure of the supra-anal

process which in fumigata is shorter and a little more slender

than in grandis .” I hesitate, however, to propose this synonymy

until conclusive evidence has been obtained from the study of

more material.

Isocapnia abbreviata Frison, new species

Figures 17a-17c

Similar in most general features to Isocapnia grandis (Banks) .

Differs from this and other species of the genus as follows.

Male. Very small for this genus, 9 mm. to tip of wings. Ab-

domen, figs. 17a and 17b, with first nine segments without special

structures; supra-anal process small, very short, about equal to

first tarsal segment in length, and gradually tapering to a point;

ninth sternite, fig. 17c, with a small lobe at middle of basal margin.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y 0L . XVIII, NO. 2

Holotype, male, Benton County, Oregon, Oak Creek, Feb. 26,

1938, S. G. Jewett, Jr.

Paratype, male, Scranton, California, Waddell Creek, April 16,

1933, F. H. Sumner. Deposited in the collection of the Academy

of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, Pa.

This species is very closely related to Isocapnia grandis Banks

(1908). Major points of similarity are the straightness of the

radius at the point of origin of the radial sector in the forewing,

the size of the anal area of the hind wing, the presence of an

oblique crossvein beyond the end of costa, the many-jointed anal

cerci, the shape of the supra-anal process and the small lobe on

the median basal margin of the ninth stemite. The extremely

small size of these two specimens and the short, stubby supra-

anal process, coupled with the present lack of understanding of

limits of specific variation within the genus, suggest the safest

systematic policy to follow is to name these specimens as a new

species.

Acroneuria pacifica Banks

Figures 19a-19d

Acroneuria pacifica Banks. 1900. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 26:242.

Acroneuria pumila Banks. 1906. Can. Ent. 38:335. New synonymy.

Acroneuria delta Claassen. 1937. Jour. Kan. Ent. Soc. 10:42. New

synonymy.

Hesperoperla obscura Banks. 1938. Psyche 45:137. New synonymy.

During the past few years, I have had the opportunity of

studying in considerable detail the female types of Acroneuria

pacifica Banks (1900) from “Washington State” (M.C.Z. No.

11311) , pumila Banks (1906) from “Three Rivers, Cal.” (M.C.Z.

No. 11313), delta Claassen (1937) from “Yellowstone River,

Wyoming” (Cornell Univ. coll.) and obscura Banks (1938) from

“Laggan, Alberta” (M.C.Z. No. 23233). As a result of the study

of these types and series of specimens from many other western

localities, I am convinced that pumila, delta and obscura are

synonymys of pacifica.

One of the important recognition characters of adults of

pacifica , and omitted in descriptions to date, is the presence of

three pairs of thoracic and one pair of anal gill remnants, hang-

overs from the nymphal stage. The three pairs of thoracic gill

APRIL, 1942]

FRISON— STONEFLIES

remnants are common to all North American Acroneuria but the

presence or absence of the anal gill remnants is a very important

character in the recognition of the species, and this has hereto-

fore been completely overlooked in taxonomic papers dealing

with adults of this genus. These gill remnants are of importance

in other genera, also, as indicated by Frison [1929, Fall and

winter stoneflies, or Plecoptera, of Illinois. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv.

Bui. 18(2) :345-409] in connection with species of Taenioptery-

gidae.

My studies of the types of pacifica, pumila, delta and obscura

have shown that all these types possess the anal gill remnants in

addition to the usual thoracic ones. Furthermore, no essential

points of difference in other characters were found among them.

Admittedly, the shape of the subgenital plate of females of

Acroneuria is a very important and useful character in the

determination of species of this genus. However, studies of series

of specimens from similar and different localities, and reared

specimens, show that this structure, like most other structures in

this group of insects, is subject to some variation.

In my opinion the differences in the sjhape of subgenital plate

noted and illustrated by the describers of pacifica, pumila, delta

and obscura are all within the limits of variation of one species,

which must be recognized as pacifica because of priority of de-

scription. In support of this contention, I present figures 18a-18d

which show the variation in the subgenital plate of four speci-

mens of pacifica from Camp Sherman, Ore., July 19, 1939. Simi-

lar examples might be selected from other localities. Brachy-

pterous adults, a condition displayed by the type of pumila, are

frequently encountered in various genera and species of stone-

flies, and I have seen many specimens of pacifica from Utah which

were brachypterous. Nymphal and exuvial collections in consid-

erable numbers from many western states do not indicate a diver-

sity of pacifica- like species in the western states. As a result of

my studies, therefore, I am convinced that pumila, delta and

obscura are all synonymys of pacifica.

At the same time that obscura was described by Banks, he

proposed the new genus Hesperoperla for it and pacifica, making

the latter the genotype. Although the North American species of

Acroneuria exhibit some slight differences in the mesosternal

grooves, I fail to find sufficient differences in these or other char-

acters to warrant the recognition of Hesperoperla as a separate

genus.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y 0 L. XVIII, NO. 2

TWO MEXICAN SPECIES OF XEROMEGACHILE

(Hymenoptera, Megachilidae)

BY THEODORE B. MITCHELL 1

All previous records of the occurrence of species of the sub-

genus Xeromegachile have been in the United States and south-

western Canada. It is of interest and some importance, therefore,

to discover a new species from Mexico and also to record a

previously described species from that country. Both records,

however, are from Sonora in northwestern Mexico, indicating a

relatively slight penetration southward. Moreover, it is quite

likely that ecologically the localities in which these two species

were collected are more closely related to the regions north of

the Mexican border than to the regions further south. All of the

evidence indicates that Xeromegachile is of recent origin. It

includes more species than any other nearctic group of Mega-

chile, the great majority of them occurring in the western United

States which evidently is the center of origin of the group. These

Mexican records, being so exceptional, give added support to the

conclusions to be drawn from the other facts concerning the

distribution of the group.

Megachile (Xeromegachile) boharti Mitchell, new species

This is a close relative of M. legalis Cresson, the female of

which has not been discovered. The male differs from legalis

most conspicuously in the shape of the carina of segment 6 of

the abdomen. This is nearly as long as it is broad in legalis and

is markedly convex in profile, while in boharti it is very short and

broad, obtusely triangular, and is straight in profile. Other dif-

ferences are to be observed but are less evident.

Female. Size: length, 11 mm.; breadth of abdomen, 4 mm.;

anterior wing, 7.5 mm.

Structure: Length and breadth of face subequal; eyes sub-

parallel; clypeal margin straight and entire; mandible 4-dentate,

the cutting edge between the third and fourth teeth quite short;

1 Research Contribution No. 15 published with the aid of the State College Re-

search Fund, Department of Zoology, North Carolina State College of Agriculture

and Engineering of the University of North Carolina.

APRIL, 1942]

MITCHELL— XEROMEGACHILE

basal joint of flagellum very slightly longer than the pedicel or

the second joint which are subequal; lateral ocelli equidistant from

eyes and edge of vertex; margin of vertex nearly straight; cheeks

below broader than eyes, narrowed above; mid and hind metatarsi

shorter and slightly narrower than their tibiae; abdominal terga

with well defined basal grooves, that on the fifth segment entire,

the apical margin depressed laterally, but only very slightly so

medially; sixth tergum in profile straight and with very short

erect hairs visible, the surface slightly impressed on each side of

an obscure median ridge.

Puncturation : Close, deep and quite coarse on clypeus, the

supraclypeal area shining and sparsely punctate medially; shallow,

minute and close on the shining cheeks; deep, but rather fine,

separated by about their own width on vertex; slightly more

coarse on mesonotum and scutellum, sparse medially, close later-

ally; rather shallow and close on pleura, becoming more coarse

below; minute, obscure and very close on abdomen basally, becom-

ing deeper and more distinct but still quite close, to the fifth

tergum, very fine and crowded on the sixth.

Color: Black; wings lightly inf uscated ; tegulae, wing nervures,

and antennae beneath deep ferruginous to piceous; spurs ferru-

ginous.

Pubescence: Bather short in general; entirely white on face,

cheeks, pleura, propodeum, legs and basal segment of abdomen,

but pale ferruginous beneath tarsal joints; mostly black on vertex,

disc of mesonotum, scutellum and discs of abdominal segments

2-6, the mesonotum anteriorly and laterally with some white

pubescence and the scutello-mesothoracic suture obscurely white

fasciate; segments 1-5 of abdomen with entire white apical fas-

ciae; segment 6 with some inconspicuous silvery tomentum, this

becoming brownish at tip; scopa entirely white except for a few

black hairs on sixth sternum apically.

Male. Size: length, 11 mm.; breadth of abdomen, 3 mm.; an-

terior wing, 7 mm.

Structure: Foce as broad as long; eyes subparallel; clypeal

margin beneath beard straight and entire; mandible 3-dentate, the

acute inferior projection subbasal; basal joint of flagellum very

slightly longer than the pedicel, slightly shorter than the second

joint, the apical joint slightly dilated; lateral ocelli equidistant

from eyes and edge of vertex; cheeks below broader than eyes,

narrowed above; front coxae with quite slender acute divergent

spines, bare anteriorly and with a patch of ferruginous bristles at

base of spines; front femora moderately dilated toward apex; front

tarsi slender, the anterior margin of metatarsus with a barely

recognizable excavation; mid and hind metatarsi short and slen-

der: apical margins of abdominal terga depressed toward sides of

second and third segments, entirely so on fourth and fifth seg-

ments, the basal grooves without carinate margins posteriorly;

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ V QL. XVIII, NO. 2

carina of sixth tergum obtusely triangular, margin on each side

of median angle straight, but to a slight degree crenulate, upper

surface of disc with a short median ridge, the disc straight in

profile; apical margin of sixth tergum with broad carinate median

teeth which are nearer to the obscure lateral angles than to each

other; seventh tergum produced medially into a short acute spine.

Genital armature: Stipites compressed above base, dilated and

flexed apically, this apical portion beset with numerous long curved

hairs; sagittae slightly exceeding the stipites in length; volsellae

with triangularly pointed tips.

Puncturation : Fine and densely crowded on clypeus and cheeks;

deeper and definitely separated, but fine, on the shining vertex;

rather fine on thorax, densely crowded on pleura, relatively sparse

in center of mesonotum and scutellum, close laterally on these

discs; minute and very close on abdomen basally, becoming more

deep and distinct, but still very fine, to the fifth tergum, close and

irregular on the sixth above the carina.

Color: Black; wingsi lightly infuscated; tegulae, wing nervures

and antennae beneath deep ferruginous to piceous ; spurs yellowish-

ferruginous; posterior face of front femur and outer face of its

tibia black, otherwise these leg joints ferruginous, the front tarsi

yellowish-ferruginous, the posterior margin beneath the fringe

piceous, forming distinct dark spots on the second and third joints.

Pubescence: Entirely white on head, thorax and first segment

of abdomen, except for some blackish pubescence on vertex and

mesonotum, a few dark hairs on scutellum and yellowish-ferru-

ginous setae beneath the tarsal joints^ discs of segments 2-6 with

black pubescence apically, whitish basally; the more apical seg-

ments with basal appressed white tomentum; all of the segments

with entire white apical fasciae; the sternal plates with long thin

white apical fringes.

Type, female, No. 5231, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., San Bernardo,

Sonora, Mexico, March 25, 1935 (R. M. and G. E. Bohart) . Allo-

type, male, topotypical. Paratypes, one male and two females,

topotypical.

Megachile (Xeromegachile) instita Mitchell

This species has been recorded previously only from New

Mexico.

Mexico: One male, N. Sonora (Morrison) [Godman and

Salvin Coll., Brit. Mus., 1913-214].

APRIL, 1942]

REES— UTAH MOSQUITOES

SUPPLEMENTARY LIST OF MOSQUITO RECORDS FROM

UTAH

(Diptera, Culicidae)

BY DON M. REES

University of Utah , Salt Lake City

In 1934 a preliminary list entitled “Mosquito Records from

Utah” was published by the author in the “Pan-Pacific Entomol-

ogist.” In this article, the following species were listed, accom-

panied by collection dates and locality records:

1. Aedes vexans Meigen

2. Aedes dorsalis Meigen

3. Aedes campestris Dyar and Knab

4. Aedes niphadopsis Dyar and Knab

5. Aedes comrminis De Geer

6. Aedes cataphylla Dyar

7. Aedes punctor Kirby

8. Aedes stimulans Walker .

9. Aedes excrucians Walker

10. Aedes flavescens Miller

11. Aedes fitchii Felt and Young

12. Aedes nigromaculis Ludlow

13. Theobaldia inornata Williston

14. Theobaldia incidens Thomson

15. Theobaldia impatiens Walker

16. Culex tarsalis Coquillett

17. Anopheles maculipennis Meigen

Since 1934 the species listed above have been collected in

numerous localities in the state. These additional records, with

few exceptions, show only slight modifications in the distribu-

tional range of the species listed.

From collections made since 1934 it has been determined that

Aedes vexans is common throughout the state. Theobaldia inci-

dens is also present throughout the state but is more abundant in

southern Utah.

The following species constitute the supplementary list to

date:

18. Aedes pullatus Coquillett

19. Aedes intrudens Dyar

20. Aedes hirsuteron Theobald

21. Aedes idahoensis Theobald

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y 0L- XVIII, NO. 2

22. Aedes spencerii Theobald

23. .Aedes increpitus Dyar

24. Aedes cinereus Meigen

25. Culex pipiens Linn.

26. Culex territans Walker

27. Culex salinarius Coquillett

28. Culex erythrothorax Dyar

29. Anopheles pseudopunctipennis Theobald

The locality records cited for each species are accompanied

by the date on which the speciesi was first collected in that local-

ity. Many of the species have been taken repeatedly from the

same localities since the date of the first collection.

Specimens present in the author’s collection probably repre-

sent three additional species but from the material available

identifications are as yet uncertain.

Aedes pullatus Coquillett

This species is prevalent throughout the state at higher ele-

vations in the wooded mountain regions. It has never been

taken in the plains or away from forests. It is frequently found

associated with Aedes communis, Aedes ftchii, and at higher

elevations with Aedes punctor.

Utah: Beaver Creek, Daggett County, July 7, 1929 (Rees) ;

Kamas, Summit County, June 15, 1930 (Rees) ; Smith and More-

house. Summit County, May 16, 1931 (Rees) ; Washington Lake,

Summit County, July 16, 1933 (Rees) ; Bald Mt., Summit County,

July 16. 1933 (Rees) ; Provo River near Lake Tryol, Summit

County, July 16, 1933 (Rees) ; Panguitch Lake, Garfield County,

May 21, 1934 (A. C. Randle) ; Lake Tryol, Summit County,

June 3, 1934 (A. C. Randle) ; Soapstone Canyon, Summit County,

June 11. 1934 (A. C. Randle) ; Fish Lake, Sevier County, June

15, 1935 (Rees) ; Pavson Canyon, Utah County, June 30, 1935

(Rees) : Carter Creek, Daggett County, July 22, 1935 (Rees) ;

Henry’s Fork, Summit County, July 22, 1935 (Rees) : Lemon’6

Grove. Provo River, Wasatch County, June 24, 1938 (Rees) ;

Sterling Canyon, Sanpete County, July 13, 1939 (Rees).

Aedes intrudens Dyar

Aedes intrudens Dyar is found in the mountain regions of

Utah. This mosquito occurs only in the forest areas and is typi-

cally a woodland species.

APRIL, 1942]

REES— UTAH MOSQUITOES

Utah: Near Salt Lake City, August 5, 1928 (Rees) ; Grand-

daddy Lakes, Uintah County, August 3, 1929 (W. J. Gertsch) ;

Kamas, Summit County, June 15, 1930 (Rees) ; Mirror Lake,

Summit County, July 16, 1933 (Rees) ; Washington Lake, Sum-

mit County, July 16, 1933 (Rees) ; Carter Creek, Daggett County,

July 22, 1935 (Rees) ; Brighton, Salt Lake County, July 14, 1936

(Rees) ; Swasey Springs, Millard County, May 15, 1939 (Rees).

Aedes hirsuteron Theobald

Aedes hirsuteron Theobald is found in the northern and cen-

tral part off the state in the low mountain valleys along the mar-

gins of the larger streams. The adults are found in the wooded

regions and also in the open considerable distances from their

breeding waters. It is associated with Aedes drier eus and at times

with Aedes vexans.

Utah: Provo River, near Heber, Wasatch County, June 15,

1933 (Rees) ; Ironton, Utah County, April 30, 1935 (W. L.

Thomas) ; Charleston, Wasatch County, June 27, 1935 (Rees) ;

Wanship, Summit County, July 7, 1935 (Rees) ; Beaver Creek,

Summit County, July 10, 1935 (Rees).

Aedes spencerii Theobald

This species has been taken in the northern part of the state.

It is usually found in the plains and prairie regions, also along

the foothills of the principal mountain ranges. It is frequently

found with Aedes dorsalis, Aedes niphadopsis, Aedes campestris

and Aedes idahoensis. It has not been collected in the mountains

at higher elevations.

Utah: Ensign Peak, Salt Lake County, May 5, 1929 (W. J.

Gertsch) ; Lake Canyon, Duchesne County, July 5, 1934 (Rees) ;

Como Springs, Morgan County, May 4, 1937 (Rees) ; Devils

Slide, Summit County, July — , 1936 (S. D. Durrant) ; Trout

Creek, Juab County, May 4, 1937 (Rees) ; Swasey Springs, Mil-

lard County, May 15, 1938 (Rees) ; Morgan, June 23, 1938 (L.

Christensen); Wales, Sanpete County, May 13, 1939 (Rees).

Aedes increpitus Dyar

This species is found throughout the state in the plains region

and in the mountains at lower altitudes.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ V 0 L. XVIII, NO. 2

Utah: Salt Lake City, April 18, 1933 (Rees) ; Parley’s Can-

yon, June 24, 1933 (Rees) ; Zion National Park, June 14, 1939

( Rees ) .

Aedes idahoensis Theobald

This species is found in the northern and central part of the

state in the plains and low mountain regions. It is rather wide-

spread over much of the same area in which Aedes dorsalis is

found, but is much less abundant. It is an open plains species

and has not been collected in wooded areas.

Utah: North Salt Lake City, May 1, 1914 (unknown) ; Salt

Lake City, June 1, 1929 (Rees) ; Bear River, Box Elder County,

June, 1933 (Rees) ; Heber, Wasatch County, June 15, 1933

(Rees) ; near Woodruff, Connely Hollow, Homes Creek and

Harris Hollow, Rich County, July 5, 1935 (Armstrong) ; Como

Springs, Morgan County, July 7, 1935 (Rees) ; Carter Creek,

Daggett County, July 22, 1935 (Rees) ; Plain City, Weber County,

June 3, 1935 (Armstrong) ; Fish Lake, Sevier County, July 4,

1936 (Rees) ; Laketown, July 5, 1935 (Armstrong) ; Swan Creek,

July 7, 1936 (Armstrong) ; Penrose, July 10, 1935 (Armstrong) ;

Trout Creek, Juab County, May 4, 1937 (Rees) ; Wales, Sanpete

County, May 29, 1937 (Rees) ; Stoddard Slough, Morgan County,

July 10, 1938 (Rees) ; Morgan, Morgan County, June 23, 1938

(Rees) ; Coalville, Summit County, June 4, 1939 (Rees).

Aedes cinereus Meigen

Aedes cinereus Meigen, up to the present time, has been col-

lected only in the northern part of the state. It is a woodland

species and is found breeding in the lower mountain valleys along

the margins of streams. This species is associated with Aedes

hir safer on and at times with Aedes vexans.

Utah: River Heights, Cache County, April 28, 1934 (Thomas

and Rowe) ; Logan, Cache County, May 21, 1935 (Knowlton) ;

Wanship, Summit County, July 7, 1935 (Rees) ; Penrose, July

11, 1935 (Knowlton and Rowe) ; Provo River, near Charleston,

June 20, 1937 (Rees) ; Lemon’s Grove, Provo River, Wasatch

County, June 24, 1938 (Rees) ; Holladay, Salt Lake County,

July, 1940 (Rees).

Culex pipiens Linn.

This species is rather rare in Utah and only a few specimens

have been taken. The pipiens collected in the vicinity of Salt

APRIL, 1942]

REES— UTAH MOSQUITOES

Lake City were obtained in light traps. Several females and one

male were thus secured. The pipiens collected at St. George

were taken as larvae from which adults were obtained.

Utah: St. George, Washington County, October 5, 1938 (R.

Hardy) ; Salt Lake City, September 9, 1939 (Rees) ; Holladay,

Salt Lake County, September 24, 194D (Rees).

Culex TERRITANS Walker

Culex territans is reported from the plains and prairies of

northern and central Utah. This species is rare and some records

here reported are doubtful.

Utah: Salt Lake City, April 29, 1931 (Rees) ; Bear River

Refuge, Box Elder County, August 16, 1934 (C. F. Smith) ; Blue

Creek Railroad Station, September 5, 1934 (Knowlton and

Thomas) ; Logan Meadows, near Logan, September 13, 1934

(G. F. Knowlton) ; Murray, February 2, 1935 (W. L. Thomas) ;

Ironton, Utah County, March 29, 1935 (W. L. Thomas) ; North

Ogden, June 20, 1935 (B. E. Rees) ; Midvale, Salt Lake County,

August 20, 1936 (Rees) ; Bountiful, Da^ds County, August 16,

1937 (Rees).

Culex salinarius Coquillett

Culex salinarius Coquillett has only been collected by the

author in, the vicinity of Salt Lake City, but may occur in other

parts of the state. The larvae have been taken in the same pools

with Aedes vexans.

Utah: Logan, March 24, 1934 (Knowlton and Thomas) ; Cor-

inne, March 26, 1934 (Knowlton and Thomas) ; Midvale, Salt

Lake County, June 24, 1935 (B. E. Rees) ; Salt Lake City, July

21, 1937 (Rees) ; Liberty Park, Salt Lake City, August 11, 1937

(Rees) .

Culex erythrothorax Dyar

This species is reported as being limited to California. The

author has found erythrothorax not uncommon in Salt Lake City

and vicinity and has also collected this species in several other

localities in the state, as well as at Fallon, Nevada, July 2, 1940.

A number of specimens have been examined by Dr. T. H. G.

Aitken, compared with material at the University of California,

and identified as Culex erythrothorax.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ V QL. XVIII, NO. 2

Utah: Fish Spring, Juab County, November 2, 1930 (Rees) ;

Salt Lake City, April 29, 1934 (Rees) ; Murray, Salt Lake County,

April 27, 1935 (Rees) ; Midvale, Salt Lake County, August 20,

1936 (Rees) ; Bountiful, Davis County, August 16, 1937 (Rees) ;

Holladay, Salt Lake County, June 28, 1940 (Rees).

Ano pheles pseudo pun ctipennis Theobald

To date, this species has only been taken in Washington

County in the southern part of the state. It is very abundant in

localities where it was taken in Washington County and has been

collected several times in these localities.

Utah: Washington, Washington County, May 14, 1934 (Rees) ;

St. George, June 16, 1939 (Rees) .

References

Dyar, H. G. 192[2. The Mosquitoes of the United States. Proc.

U. S. Nat. Mus., 62:1-119.

Knowlton, G. F. and J. A. Rowei. 1935. Notes on Utah! Mosqui-

toes. Utah Agric. Exp. Sta. Leaflet No. 245.

Rees, Don M. 1934. Mosquito Records from Utah. Pan-Pac. Ent.,

10:161-165.

Red Scale Out-of-doors in Berkeley, California

On February 10, 1942, a resident of Berkeley brought in a

branch and fruit of the Meyer lemon thickly infested with all

stages of the red scale, Aonidiella aurantii (Maskell). These

scales were normal in size and color and constituted a healthy

colony on a small lemon tree purchased from a nurseryman in

Pasadena in 1937. An inspection at the time revealed no scale

present and the insect was not observed until it became evident

last year. Since then it has increased so as to seriously threaten

the life of the tree which is growing in a garden out-of-doors.

Although there have been no severe frosts in this region during

the past five years there have been several frosts which have killed

tender plants and which slightly injured the growing tips of citrus

trees. Since this is the only time that I have observed this insect

existing in the open in this region for so long a period, it seems

worthwhile to register the incident. The owner is now engaged

in an extermination campaign by the use of oil emulsion sprays.

Since the tree is only four feet high the measures taken should

prove effective. — E. O. Essig.

APRIL, 1942]

LINSLEY AND USINGER — ARADIDAE

NOTES ON SOME FLAT BUGS FROM THE VICINITY OF

MT. LASSEN, CALIFORNIA

(Hemiptera, Aradidae)

BY E. G. LINSLEY AND R. L. USINGER

University of California

The aradids recorded below were collected between May 19

and June 22, 1941, while the University of California entomology

field course was stationed at Manzanita Lake, Lassen Volcanic

National Park, Shasta County, California. Biological observa-

tions are by E. G. Linsley and taxonomic notes and identifica-

tions by R. L. Usinger. The collection is of particular interest

because it indicates the abundance of these insects in our north-

ern forests, 728 specimens of 19 species having been collected in

a limited area in one month’s time.

New plant associations are recorded for Aradus ampliatus

Uhler, patibulus Van D., linsleyi Usinger, fuscomaculatus Stal,

behrensi Bergroth, proboscideus Walker, blaisdelli Van D., falleni

Stal, orbiculus Van D., heidemanni Bergroth, and Mezira pacifica

Usinger. In most cases these records of plant hosts confirm

previous suspicions that aradids exhibit but little plant host

specificity. A few species are known to the authors from only a

single host, e.g. intectus on Salix, depictius on Quercus, but the

vast majority of California species, at least, seem to occur inter-

changeably, on Abies concolor, Pinus ponderosa, or Pinus jeffreyi.

Parshley (1921, p. 4) mentions spring migration flights in a

general way and Usinger (1936, p. 491) specifies those species

“beginning with funestus and furnissi .... and all of the lugubris

group of which we have any first hand information.” Dispersal

flights may now be recorded for the first time for Aradus ampli-

atus Uhler, compressus Heidemann, behrensi Bergroth, debilis

Uhler. Species of the following groups have now been taken in

flight, thus breaking down the phylogenetic correlation which once

appeared to exist: Ampliatus, Ornatus, Proboscideus, Compres-

sus, Tuberculifer, and Lugubris.

ARADINAE

Aradus ampliatus Uhler

Taken under bark of western yellow pine [Pinus ponderosa

Douglas] at Shingletown, May 29; Hat Creek, June 1; and

Viola, June 14; and under bark of Jeffrey pine [Pinus Jeffreyi

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y 0 L. XVIII, NO. 2

Murray] at Manzanita Lake from May 24 to June 8. On the

latter date a small colony consisting primarily of half- and three-

fourths-grown nymphs was found. Adults were taken in flight on

May 19, two days prior to the major dispersal flights of other

species.

Aradus patibulus Van Duzee

Under bark of Jeffrey pine at Manzanita Lake, May 23 to

June 8. Nymphs were found on the latter date.

Aradus linsleyi Usinger

Previously known only from the unique female holotype from

Yosemite National Park. A second female may now be recorded

from beneath the bark of western yellow pine at Old Station,

nearly three hundred miles north of Yosemite, on May 29. This

specimen differs from the type only in its slightly shorter ros-

trum which attains the middle of the front coxae, shorter hemelytra

which do not quite reach the base of the first genital segment,

and slightly larger size, the length being l(P/2 mm. and the width

across the connexivum 5% mm.

Aradus fuscomaculatus Stal

Taken under bark of white fir [Abies concolor (Gord.) Parry]

near Viola, May 28, and Jeffrey pine at Manzanita Lake, June 12.

No dispersal flight was observed.

Aradus behrensi Bergroth

The spring dispersal flight of this species at Manzanita Lake

occurred on May 21 and lasted from about 5:30 to 7:00 P.M. On

that evening twenty-nine specimens were taken in flight, on May

23 only three. One example was later found under bark of west-

ern yellow pine at Viola, May 28.

Aradus apicalis Van Duzee

No dispersal flight of this species was observed. Examples

were taken under bark of Jeffrey pine at Big Spring, on June 12

(D. Stewart) and at Manzanita Lake on June 12 (T. C. Russell,

J. R. Fisher) .

Aradus proboscideus Walker

No dispersal flight was observed. Adults were taken under

bark of white fir at Manzanita Lake, May 24; of western yellow

pine at Viola, May 27 (C. D. Michener), and at Old Station, May

APRIL, 1942]

LINSLEY AND USINGER — ARADIDAE

29 (D. Kennedy) ; and under bark of Jeffrey pine at Hat Lake,

June 14.

Aradus MEDIOXIMUS Parshley

No dispersal flight was observed. Collected under bark of

western yellow pine at Manzanita Lake, June 8.

Aradus debilis Uhler

A small flight of this species occurred at Manzanita Lake on

May 21. No examples were seen in flight at any other time.

Adults were taken under bark of western yellow pine at Viola on

May 19, and Jeffrey pine at Manzanita Lake on June 12. Adults

and young nymphs were found on the ball fungus, Polyporus

vrdvatus, near Viola on May 29.

Aradus blaisdelli V an Duzee

Found under bark of white fir at Viola, May 28 (A. J. Walz),

Manzanita Lake, June 8 and 12, Hat Creek, June 11. Also under

bark of western yellow pine at Shingletown, May 24. No speci-

mens were taken in flight.

Aradus compressus Heidemann

The spring dispersal flight of this species at Manzanita Lake

occurred on May 21, like that of A. behrensi. A few stragglers

were also taken in flight on the evening of May 23.

Aradus funestus Bergroth

The spring dispersal flight of this species at Manzanita Lake

coincided with that of A. behrensi and individuals of the two

species were about equally abundant. On May 21 thirty-eight

specimens were taken in flight or on tents or sheets in an area

about one mile square. On May 23, three more specimens were

taken in the same area and on May 25 one additional example.

No further specimens were taken in flight although the area

was examined each evening for the next three weeks. Subsequent

examples were found under bark of Douglas fir, [ Pseudotsuga

taxifolia (Poire) Britt.] at Shingletown on May 24 (D. Stewart)

and of white fir at Manzanita Lake, June 8 (Brookhauser) .

Aradus lugubris Fallen

Dispersal flights of this species occurred during the late

afternoon and early evening of May 19, 20, and 21. On each of

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XVIII, NO. 2

these evenings several hundred examples were observed in flight

or on tents, sheets, or automobiles. During the next four weeks

occasional stragglers were taken in evening flight. In spite of

the fact that lugnbris was apparently by far the commonest species

in the area, its host plant was not found.

Aradus falleni Stal

This species was taken in flight at Manzanita Lake only in the

late afternoon of May 23. Adults were taken under bark of Jef-

frey pine at Manzanita Lake on June 8.

Aradus cinnamomeus Panzer

Found on foliage of western yellow pine at Old Station, May

29 (H. Records).

Aradus orbiculus Van Duzee

Found under bark of Jeffrey pine three miles east of Man-

zanita Lake, June 8.

Aradus heidemanni Bergroth

Taken under bark of sugar pine [ Pinus lambertiana Dougl.]

at Manzanita Lake, May 31.

MEZIRINAE

Mezira reducta Van Duzee

Usinger (1936:507) has commented upon the association of

this species with termites. In the Mt. Lassen area nymphs and

adults were found completely walled up in sixteen different

colonies of Zootermopsis nevadensis Hagen. Nymphs were never

observed outside of the nests of this termite, although several

thousand hibernating adults were found massed under bark of

fire-killed western yellow pine near Viola, May 28.

Mezira pacifica Usinger

This species was not found with termites. It was taken under

bark of Douglas fir near Viola on May 18, and under bark of

white fir at Manzanita Lake on May 19.

References

Pakshley, H. M. 1921. Essay on the American Species of Aradus.

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 47:1-106, 7 plates.

Usinger, R. L. 1936. Studies in the American Aradidae with de-

scriptions of new species. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 29:490-614.

2 plates.

APRIL, 1942]

GOOD— SIPHONAPTERA

KEY TO THE MALES OF THE GENUS ATYPHLOCERAS

WITH A DESCRIPTION OF THE MALE OF

ATYPHLOCERAS ECHIS

(Siphonaptera)

BY NEWELL E. GOOD

Associate Entomologist , United States Public Health Semrice

Atyphloceras ECHIS Jordan and Rothschild

Atyphloceras echis Jordan and Rothschild. 1915. Ectoparasites,

1(1) : 59-60, text-fig. 64. Description of female only (1 female),

from Paradise, Arizona, on Mus sp. Also description of genus

Atyphloceras, p. 59, genotype Ceratophyllus multidentatus, C.

Fox, 1909.

Male. Head: Eye lightly pigmented, more degenerate than in

A. multidentatus. Labial palpus of 7 joints, reaching to or just

short of apex of fore trochanter. Thorax: Pronotal comb com-

posed of 20 spines. Abdomen: The number of apical spines (Ap.

sp.) on the abdominal tergites (total of both sides) is as follows:

1 = 6, II = 11, III = 8, IV = 10, V = 6, VI = 5. There are 3 antepy-

gidial bristles (Ap. br.) on each side. The lengths of these are as

follows: upper = 0.11 mm., middle = 0.23 mm., lower = 0.15 mm.

Modified segments: Manubrium of clasper (M) triangular, pointed,

short, and broad at the base. Immovable process of clasper (P)

short, bilobed, the apices rounded, armed with 7 bristles, 3 of which

are large and are situated on apical margin of upper lobe. Mova-

ble finger (F) of clasper long with both margins convex on apical

half, its rear margin provided with 3 long, thin bristles. Length

of movable finger (apex to base of ventral bow), 0.29 mm. Penis

(Pen.) large, thick, club-shaped. External or postero- ventral arm

of stemite IX rounded ventrally, spoon-shaped or ladle-shaped,

not triangular. Sternite VIII moderately sinuate, with 3 large

bristles near apex.

In this species the manubrium is somewhat shorter and thicker

at the base than in other Atyphloceras, the immovable process is

similar to A. longipalpus Stewart, but shorter than in A. multi-

dentatus and much shorter than in A. felix. The movable finger

is similar to that of A. longipalpus and A. felix. The external arm

of the ninth stemite is characteristic for the species, differing from

all other known species of the genus but most similar to that of

A. longipalpus.

Total length, 2.3 mm. Length of hind femur, 0.41 mm.

Description of male from one specimen collected in Greenlee

County, Arizona, 25 miles south of Duncan (near the junction

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y 0 L. XVIII, NO. 2

of Greenlee and Cochise Counties, Arizona and Hidalgo County,

New Mexico), elevation 4,500 feet, from Peromyscus manicula-

tus, November 16, 1938, by F. J. Gonderman of the U. S. Public

Health Service Plague Survey. Allotype in the collection of the

U. S. Public Health Service, Plague Suppressive Measures Lab-

oratory, San Francisco, California.

Figure 1. Atyphloceras echis J. and R., male, genital seg-

ments. Abbreviations: Ap.br., antepygidial bristles; Ap. sp., api-

cal spines; F., movable finger of clasper; M., manubrium of clasper;

P., immovable process of clasper; Par., paramere of penis; Pen.,

penis; Pyg., pygidium; S. pen., spring of penis; St., sternite;

Sti., stigma.

There is also in the above collection one female from Neo-

toma albigula, Grant County, New Mexico, which agrees quite

well with the original description of A. echis by Jordan and

Rothschild and obviously belongs to this species.

A. artius Jordan, 1933, from British Columbia is not included

in the following Key because the male is unknown.

APRIL, 1942]

LEECH— MUTILLIDAE

Key to the males of Atyphloceras

1. External arm of ninth sternite narrow, rod-shaped, not thick-

ened near apex; labial palpus of 5 segments; frontal tubercle

distant from anterior oral angle, (from New York state)

biskopi Jordan 1933

— . External arm of ninth sternite broadened or triangular near

apex; labial palpus of from 6 to 9 (usually 7) segments;

frontal tubercle close to anterior oral angle, (from western

North America) 2

2(1). External arm of ninth sternite triangular with a prominent

postero- ventral angle; immovable process of clasper moder-

ately long and pointed 3

— . External arm of ninth sternite spoon- or pod-shaped, rounded

ventrally, without a postero-ventral angle; immovable process

short, broad 4

3(2). Immovable process and movable finger longer and narrower;

internal arm of ninth sternite broader; external arm, of ninth

sternite with dilated apex elongate-triangular; eighth sternite

slightly sinuate, (from Ventura County, and Monterey County,

California) felix Jordan 1933

— . Immovable process and movable finger shorter and thicker;

internal arm of ninth sternite narrow; dilated portion of ex-

ternal arm of ninth sternite triangular; eighth sternite with

a rather deep sinus. (San Francisco, California)

multidentatus (C. Fox) 1909

4(2). Manubrium triangular, short; external arm of ninth sternite

spoon-shaped or ladle-shaped, (from southeastern Arizona and

southwestern New Mexico) echis J. & R. 1915

— . Manubrium elongate; external arm of ninth sternite pod-

shaped. (from Monterey County, California)

longipalpus Stewart 1940

Female Mutillids Eating Butter

Several times during late August, 1941, females of Dasymu-

tilla Ursula (Cresson) were observed on the hot sandy beach at

Okanagan Landing, near Vernon, B. C. Some were hurrying

about on the sand, but many were feeding avidly on the film of

salty butter on corn cobs left by picnickers. The velvet ants

were so engrossed in their meal that they did not stir until

touched, and even then only moved to another part of the cob.

Females of one species, D. Ursula (identified by Dr. C. E. Mickel)

were seen feeding in this manner, but it is possible that some of

the rarer species could be attracted with a similar bait. — Hugh

B. Leech.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y 0Lt XVIII, NO. 2

A NEW FAMILY OF HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA PRO-

POSED FOR MACROVELIA HORNII UHLER

BY A. P. MoKINSTEY

University of California, Davis

The water striding families and their close relatives have been

variously treated as Ploteres Latreille, Amphibicorises Dufour,

Hydrometrites Laporte, and Veliens Brulle. The families Gerridae

and Veliidae have always been considered as a closely related

unit and the Hydrometridae, with apical claws, has been asso-

ciated with them by most workers. The relationships of the Meso-

veliidae and Hebridae are less clear, the former being allied to

the Gerroideae by Reuter (1910) while the Hebridae, because

of their “arolia,” were placed in a separate superfamily.

Recent studies on the shape of the “mandibular levers” by

Ekblom (1929) and on the male genitalia by Singh-Pruthi (1925)

firmly establish the unity of these apparently divergent groups.

More recently Lundblad (1939) reviewed the characters of the

various families in an attempt to place an anomalous south

African species. Lundblad found it necessary to erect a new

family midway between the Hebridae and the Veliidae. This and

other annectent forms provide further evidence of the unity of

the group. Indeed, the family characters become so shuffled about

that it becomes difficult to decide where one family begins and

another ends.

Nearly 70 years ago, Uhler described the genus Macrovelia

with one species hornii. That is still the only species included in

the genus. This monotypic genus was placed in the family

Veliidae where it has remained despite the fact that it disagrees

in most fundamental characters with that family. For example,

it has apical claws and is quite helpless upon the surface of the

water, it has well developed ocelli and has a large, median meta-

sternal scent gland. Actually, Macrovelia is an even more re-

markable annectent type than Lundblad’s Hebrovelia. Its char-

acters are such that we are left with no alternative but to erect

a new monotypic family.

APRIL, 1942]

McKINSTRY — MACROVELIIDAE

The author wishes to express his appreciation to William E.

Hoffmann who suggested the group for study, to H. G. Barber

for the loan of specimens of Mesoveloidea Hungerford, to E. S.

Ross for the loan of specimens from the California Academy of

Sciences, and to R. L. Usinger for inspiration and many helpful

suggestions.

Macroveliidae McKinstry, new family

Form narrowly elongate, flat across wings, pronotum convex,

head cylindrical, venter convex. Head, narrowed between eyes,

thickening posteriorly. Two ocelli present, set slightly closer to

compound eyes than to median line, and slightly forward of mid

point of eyes. Ocelli pointing forward and slightly outward on

semi-cylindrical raised areas, disappearing posteriorly. Three pairs

of trichobothria arising on dorsum near occiput, slightly anterior

and laterad to ocelli, and at base of beak respectively. Third seg-

ment of beak about three times as long as fourth. First and sec-

ond segments one-third or less than length of fourth segment.

Basal third of third segment somewhat enlarged, narrowing again

for insertion into second segment. Proportion of third segment and

length of segments resembling those characters of the beak of

Mesovelia rather closely. Antennae arising a little ventrally and

anteriorly to compound eyes, near base of beak. Ventral portion

of head with raised area directly under beak, striated transversely.

Base of beak set deeply between two lateral, subgenal plates. Neck

narrower than posterior swelling of head, set lightly into pro-

thorax, head often extruded in pinned specimens showing small

area of neck. Antennae four segmented with segments three and

four showing minute diagonal striations for about half their

length midway between the ends of each segment, clothed with

short irregular bristles, longer on basal segment, decreasing toward

distal segments.

Pronotum with distinct collar, marked with distinct pits dors-

ally and laterally, continuing slightly ventrally. Prosternum very

shallowly concave under beak. Meso and metaterga (dissected

specimens) distinctly divided by narrow membranous area. Poster-

ior margin of mesoscutellum transverse, extending anteriorly at

45 degree angle for about one-fourth of the posterior margin on

each side. Metatergum divided into three distinct areas, consist-

ing of a larger median triangular area with base anteriorly and

apex not sharply pointed at posterior margin of metatergum. Lat-

erad of median triangular area is a more heavily sclerotized area,

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y 0 L. XVIII, NO. 2

also triangular, with inner margins heavily sclerotized and raised.

Seven trichobothria visible in lateral triangular area. A longitu-

dinal, semi-cylindrical area arising higher than other areas on

lateral margin of metathorax. All three areas fused together.

Meta and mesosterna with distinct transverse suture between

them. Beak extending between the midpoint of mesosternum and

posterior margin, depending on the angle of the head. Mesosternum

shallowly concave under beak. Metasternum swelling toward

median posterior point where scent gland opens under semi-

circular projection of sternum. Abdomen loosely connected to

thorax above, fused on venter. Six distinct abdominal segments

visible ventrally, the first segment reduced as in other Hemiptera.

Lateral portion of connexivum fused with sternum but fairly well

marked. Spiracles in regular row along ventral portion of con-

nexivum midway between sutures. Dorsal plates of connexivum

distinctly separated from medio-tergal plates by longitudinal

sutures. First four sclerites of both connexivum and tergurn fused.

Two large distinct pits on fused portion of connexivum probably

corresponding to area between segments 2 and 3, and 3 and 4

respectively. Another pair of pits present on anterior-lateral corners

of tergurn. Targa of first four segments ridged longitudinally on

each side of median line about half way between median line and

edg’e of tergurn, forming with transverse ridges on fused segmental

lines a series of semi-rectangular areas, one on each segment.

Various pits suggestive of trichobothrial pits on lateral areas of

first and second tergites and median rectangle of first tergite. Two

pairs of very distinct trichobothria on 6th and 7th tergites near

anterior margin of those segments. One scent gland opening near

anterior margin of 4th tergite on median line.

Legs proportioned much the same as Velio, and Microvelici, with

front pair shortest, hind pair longest, but not unusually elongated.

Front femora only slightly thicker than others. All tarsi three

segmented, first segment much reduced but distinct, second seg-

ment of front tarsi nearly equal to distal segment, second segment

of middle tarsi slightly longer, and second segment of hind tarsi

nearly twice as long as distal segment. Tarsal claws two, and

apical. Hind coxae about one and one-half times as long as others.

Front wings with costal area consisting of one vein consider-

ably thickened at apex which extends about two-thirds of length

of wing. This vein is split at base forming a narrow, almost indis-

tinct cell (not included in count of closed cells). Two more longi-

tudinal veins arise from base and with cross veins and branches,

form six closed cells, the most characteristic being the boot-shaped

cell lying with heel and back of leg along costal thickened margin,

about midway between base and apex. On posterior margin be-

tween actual margin of wing and posterior longitudinal vein about

midway between base and apex of wing is a thickened spot about

APRIL, 1942]

McKINSTRY — MACROVELIIDAE

the width of a vein. Hind wings with three longitudinal veins, only

one closed cell, another nearly closed, basal portion of first and

third longitudinal veins thickened and darkened.

Type genus: Macrovelia Uhler, 1872.

Macrovelia occupies an isolated position not only taxonomic-

ally but also geographically. It apparently is confined to the

western part of North America. Specimens before me, most of

which were borrowed from the California Academy of Sciences,

are from the following regions: — California: Sequoia National

Park; Siskiyou County; Lagunitas, Marin County; Pine Canyon,

Mt. Diablo; Cayton, Shasta County; Willow Creek, Humboldt

County; Sonora; Mark West Springs; Angels Camp; Oroville;

Trinity County; Murphys, Calaveras County; Fort Bragg; Caza-

dero; Bryson Canyon, Monterey County; Fairfax, Marin County;

Redwood Canyon, Contra Costa County; Michigan Bar, Sacra-

mento County; Leona Heights, Alameda County; Santa Clara

County; Folsom, Sacramento County; Carmel; Mokelumne Hill,

Calaveras County; Napa County. Brachypterous specimens are at

hand from the following localities : — California: Siskiyou County ;

Lagunitas, Marin County; Cayton, Shasta County; Pine Canyon,

Mt. Diablo; Trinity Center, Trinity County; Leona Heights, Ala-

meda County; and a specimen from the E. P. Van Duzee collec-

tion labeled Colorado. Dr. R. H. Beamer, University of Kansas,

tells me that specimens were taken in the Dakotas. Previous lit-

erature records Macrovelia from Colorado, New Mexico, Arizona,

and California.

Collecting experience indicates that the best places to collect

Macrovelia are foothill areas or low ranges where there is an

abundance of moss, down deciduous timber and a small stream

of water such as a spring which is constant in flow throughout

the year. Most specimens were secured by tearing off pieces of

bark and beating them into a net. However, specimens were taken

at the waters edge in moss and debris and even swept from ferns

growing over the water, but never over five feet from the edge of

the water. None was observed to run upon the water voluntarily,

nor did any specimens leave their places of hiding. They were

practically helpless when placed upon the water, the hind legs

soon penetrating the surface film. When they were extricated

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ V OL. XVIII, NO. 2

and cleaned a few more steps could be taken and the process

had to be repeated.

Figure 1. Mcicrovelia Uhler, dorsal view. Figures 2, 3,

and 4, same, ventral view of male, ventral view of female, and

lateral view of female.

The differences between the Macroveliidae and the Yeliidae

are summarized below:

V ELIIDAE

1. No ocelli.

2. Ante-apical claws.

3. Thoracic scent glands lat-

eral, near hind coxae.

4. Dorsal abdominal scent

gland lacking.

5. Four closed cells in front

wing.

Macroveliidae

1. Two ocelli.

2. Apical claws.

3. Thoracic scent gland medi-

an, ventral, well developed.

4. Dorsal abdominal scent

gland present, distinct.

5. Six closed cells in front

wing.

Superficial similarities between the two families may be sum-

marized as follows:

1. Legs proportioned about the same as Velia and Microvelia.

2. Prothorax of winged forms quite similar.

3. Ovipositors of the same type.

APRIL, 1942]

McKINSTRY— MACROVELIIDAE

4. Colors similar.

5. Antennae appearing much the same.

Actually the family Macroveliidae is much closer to the

Hebridae than to any other family, hut the Hebrids have both a

mesothoracic and a metathoracic scutellum showing behind the

pronotum, a prominent rostral groove and bucculae, and entirely

different venation of front wings.

A summary of the family characters for the surface water

bugs, Amphibicorisae, is given below, followed by a discussion

of each character.

Table of Family Characters of Amphibicorisae

Singed

Foma

Scutellum

ft /

Claws

•d s-

O 1

•H <D

a u

Thoracic

Scent

Glands

s 1

■H ©

TJ -P

>! -J

Abdominal

Scent

Glands

Present g

Absent

Closed

Cells

Fore

Wing

12 3 4 6

Number

Tarsal

Segments

Arolial

Bristles

4->

c +>

n ©

£ 1

Ovipositor

For

Piercing

Tissues

Hebridae

Present

222

Mesoveliidae

Present

333

Present

Macroveliidae

Present

333

Hebro veliidae

Absent

122

Hydrometridae

None

Absent

333

Gerridae

Absent

222

122

Veliidae

Absent

and 333

—

1. The Thorax: We will deal with fully developed or winged

forms only. In all but three of the known types of Amphibicorisae,

the pronotum covers all of the dorsal area of the thorax which is

not covered by wings. Macrovelia resembles the Veliidae in this

respect, but the Gerridae and Hydrometridae are also of this pat-

tern. The Mesoveliidae and Hebridae have both the scutellum of

the mesothorax and the scutellum of the metathorax showing

beyond the pronotum.

2. The Claws: The Veliidae and Gerridae (? Eotr echws Kirk.)

have claws originating at a point before the apex of the tarsus.

Other families are normal with claws at the apex of the tarsus.

Macrovelia has apical claws.

3. Arolial Bristles: In his classification of the Hemiptera,

0. M. Reuter (1910) placed great emphasis upon certain structures

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST ^VOL XVIII NO 2

originating between the claws. Reuter considered that these so-

called “arolia” were present in the Hebridae and absent in other

Amphibicorisae. In the present study cleared slide mounts were

made of all the families including the Hebridae. In all cases, two

bristles were observed coming from a central pad which is in turn

fastened to a tendon running up into the tarsus. The bristles in the

Hebridae were as long as the claws, which accounts for their being

seen first. Bristles in the other forms were shorter. No structures

comparable to the lateral or basal pseudarolia (Knight, 1924)

were seen in these bugs.

4. Scent Glcmds : In general these structures are difficult to see

in pinned specimens. However, in the Veliidae the scent glands

near the bases of the hind coxae are conveniently' marked by tufts

of bristles while Gerridae apparently lack these lateral scent glands

but possess a single more or less distinct opening at the middle of

the metasternum. This has been termed the omphalium and is

characteristic of all Amphibicorisae except the Veliidae and most

Hydrometridae (? Limnobatodes Hussey).

5. Wing Venation: The number of veins and shape of cells

tend to break down as constant characters (in the Veliid, Perit-

topus Fieber, for example) but certain types are 1 easily recognized.

The number of closed cells is a rough way of classifying wing

venation, serving merely to indicate a difference in type on the

tabulation of characters included in this paper.

6. Ovijjositors : Only the Mesoveliidae show development of the

ovipositor for penetration of plant tissue. The reduced ovipositor

in Macrovelia prevents its inclusion in the Mesoveliidae, although

they are alike in tarsal claws and in ocellar structure.

References

Ekblom, Tore. 1929. New contributions to the systematic classi-

fication of Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Ent. Tidsk., 50:169-180.

Knight, H. H. 1924. Hemiptera of Connecticut. State Geological

and Natural History Survey. Bulletin No. 34, p. 423, 426.

Lundblad, 0. 1939. Eine neue Gattung und Art von Wasserwan-

zen, Hebrovelia singularis. Ent. Tidsk., 60:29-36, Taf. I-III.

Reuter, 0. M. 1910. Neue Beitrage zur Phylogenie und Sys-

tematik der Miriden, nebst einleitenden Bemerkungen fiber die

Phylogenie der Heteropteren-Familien. Acta Societatis Scienti-

arum Fennicae, 37, No. 3:1-171.

SiNGH-Pruthi, Hem. 1925. Morphology of the male genitalia in

Rhynchota. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, Parts I, II, pp. 127-267.

Uhler, P. R. 1872. Notices of the Hemiptera of the western ter-

ritories of the United States, chiefly from the surveys of Dr.

F. V. Hayden, in Hayden, Prelim. Rept. U. S. Geol. Surv.

Montana, pp. 392-432.

REVISTA DE ENTOMOLOGIA

An International Review of Entomology

An illustrated magazine published four times a year by THOMAZ

BORGMEIER, O.F.M., devoted to entomology, mainly of the neo-

tropical fauna.

The volumes already published since 1931 comprise thousands of

pages and contain articles by leading entomologists such as F. W.

Edwards, W. Horn, E. Lindner, J. W. S. Macfie, E. Martini, A. da Costa

Lima, F. Silvestri, C. Menozzi, A. Reichensperger, F. Santschi, I. D.

Hood, etc., with a bibliography of the current literature (economic

and non-economic) of the neotropical fauna.

Annual subscription $4.00 U. S. ($5.00 U. S. through booksellers).

All payments are in advance. The back volumes are still on sale;

price of each volume 4 U. S. dollars; through booksellers 5 U. S.

dollars.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Editor: Thomaz Borgmeier,

O.F.M., Convento S. Antonio, Largo da Carioca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

ARCTIC LEPIDOPTERA

A large collection of Arctic Lepidoptera, especially Erebia,

Oeneis, and Noctuidae, has been accumulated.

Collectors who desire such material please communicate

with me as follows: R. J. Fitch, Lloydminster, Saskatchewan,

Canada.

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE

California Academy of Sciences

Entomology Department

San Francisco, California

PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

A few complete sets, volumes 1 and 2, 1901 to 1930, 318 pages,

including the 1st to 121st meetings, may still be obtained from the

treasurer, E. R. Leach. These Proceedings contain much of the

early history of entomology on the Pacific Coast as well as descrip-

tions of new species and general papers by such authors as Fuchs,

Wright, Letcher, Fenyes, Huguenin, Van Duzee, Fall, and Van

Dyke. Since 1930 the Proceedings have been published in the

Society’s Journal, the Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Price for volumes

1 and 2 as above, $5.00.

Vol. XVIII

July, 1942

No. 3

THE

Pan-Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in co-operation with

The California Academy of Sciences

CONTENTS

STRUBLE, BIOLOGY OF TWO DENDROCTONUS PREDATORS. 97

MICHENER, BEES OF THE GENUS ANCYLOSCELIS 108

BARR, A NEW SPECIES OF ACMAEODERA 113

MITCHELL, NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF MEGACHILE 115

BOHART, SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS MICRALICTOIDES 119

HARRIS, HEBRUS CURTIS ANTEDATES NAEOGEUS LAPORTE 124

CHAMBERLIN, NEW CENTIPEDS FROM PANAMA 125

LINSLEY, NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF PARASITIC BEES 127

DAHL, TAXONOMIC STATUS OF CICINDELA FORMOSA GIBSONI 132

SVIHLA, A NEW CTENOPHTHALMUS, FROM FORMOSA 133

BEAMER, A NEW SPECIES OF DORYCEPHALUS 135

COCKERELL, COLLECTING WILD BEES IN THE YOSEMITE 136

KROMBEIN, A NEW SPECIES OF TIPHIA FROM CALIFORNIA 139

KNOWLTON, AMPHOROPHORA OSBORNI 143

THE AMERICAN COMMISSION ON SCIENTIFIC NOMENCLATURE 144

San Francisco, California

1942

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. S. Ross R. L. Usinger E. C. Van Dyke

Assistant Editor Editor Associate Editdr

G. F. Ferris E. R. Leach E. G. Linsley

Treasurer

Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society

Proceedings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic

and biological phases of entomology are favored, including articles up

to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and

distribution.

Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should

be addressed to the editor, R. L. Usinger, University of California Col-

lege of Agriculture, Davis, California. All communications regarding

non-receipt of numbers, changes of address, requests for sample copies,

and all financial communications should be addressed to the assistant

editor, E. S. Ross, or the treasurer, E. R. Leach, at the California Acad-

emy of Sciences, San Francisco, California.

At least twenty-five “author’s extras” will be supplied free of charge.

Additional copies will be reprinted at cost of publication, if a request

is received when proof is returned.

Domestic and foreign subscriptions $2.50 per year in advance. Price

for single copies 75 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Ento-

mologist.”

INSECT BOXES

Standard size black insect box

with sides of box and cover

made of Va" redwood. The

top, bottom and shoulders

are of heavy cardboard.

Inside dimensions:

I 2%x8 1 / 4x 2 :i /8 inches.

Prices:

60 cents each.

Lots of one dozen, 50 cents

each.

With Masonite bottom, 15

cents extra.

With glass top, 50 cents

extra.

Prices for larger quantities

on request.

Unit boxes also manufactured

Prices on application

RAISIN AND THIEBAUT BROS., LTD.

346 First Street, San Francisco, Calif.

Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the postoffice at

San Francisco, California, under Act of August 24, 1912.

Fig. 1. Temnochila virescens : A, adult; B, eggs; C, larva at-

tacking a grub of Dendroctonus monticolae; D, pupa in cell in bark.

Enoclerus sphegeus: E, adult attacking a mountain pine beetle;

F, eggs; G, larva attacking” a beetle grub; H, pupa.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist

VOL. XVIII, No. 3

July, 1942

BIOLOGY OF TWO NATIVE COLEOPTEROUS PREDATORS

OF THE MOUNTAIN PINE BEETLE IN SUGAR PINE

BY G. R. STRUBLE

U. S. Department of Agriculture

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine

INTRODUCTION

Temnochila virescens (F.) (Ostomatidae) and Enoclerus

sphegeus (F.) (Cleridae) are recognized as important predators

of bark beetles in the West. These two coleopterous insects are

associated consistently with bark beetle infestations in most of

the western pines. They are found also with infestations in white

fir, red fir, and Douglas fir, but do not occur as regularly or in

such great numbers in these trees as in the pines. T. virescens is

also associated frequently with bark- and wood-borers infesting

incense cedar and several hardwoods, including oak. Both insects

are among the largest and are probably the most important of

several species of predaceous Coleoptera associated with bark-

and wood-boring beetles infesting western forests.

In sugar pine stands these predators are associated closely

with the mountain pine beetle, Dendroctonus monticolae Hopk.

Temnochila virescens develops on the beetles attacking the trees

in the summer, and Enoclerus sphegeus on those attacking the

trees in the fall. Either species may be found in adult and larval

stages at any time of the year, the adults preying on bark beetles

from spring to fall and the larvae preying on the developing

broods of the bark beetle. During the winter the adults hibernate

in the bark crevices while the larvae remain inactive under the

batrk. The habits and possible controlling effect of adults and

larvae have long been considered important in limiting the ag-

gressiveness of the mountain pine beetle in sugar pine stands.

For this reason detailed investigations of their life histories and

behavior, which form the basis) of this paper, were initiated as a

preliminary step in determining the value of these two insects.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

Except for one account of Enoclerus sphegeus by Boving and

Champlain (1920) the small amount of published information

on the habits of these insects is quite general in character. These

authors gave detailed information on the life history and the

habits of this insect in its association with the Black Hills beetle,

Dendroctonus ponderosae Hopk. They stated that this insect

“should prove of great benefit as a predator on Dendroctonus

and other bark beetles in coniferous trees during 1 control opera-

ions.” Brief discussions of both predators are contained in pub-

lications by Essig (1926), Doaneet al. (1936), and Keen (1928).

In a recent paper by Person (1940), Temnochila virescens is

compared briefly with the black-bellied clerid, Thanasimus

lecontei (Wole.) ini studies made on the association of this beetle

with the western pine beetle, Dendroctonus brevicomis Lee.

The present paper considers primarily the developmental

period from egg to adult and the feeding habits of adults and

larvae. No attempt will be made here to evaluate the relative

importance of the two species, since this information will be pre-

sented in a separate paper. Natural infestations, rearing records,

and experiments, all concerned with the mountain pine beetle in

sugar pine, supplied the factual material from which this contri-

bution was prepared.*

Temnochila virescens (F.)

Seasonal Development and Habits

In its association with the mountain pine beetle, Temnochila

virescens requires a full year to complete a life cycle. Eggs are

laid from May to September in green trees freshly infested by the

bark beetle. The larvae remain in these trees during the follow-

ing autumn, winter and spring months. Pupation occurs late in

the spring and early in the summer, and adults emerge from

May to August, one year after the deposition of the eggs.

Figure 2 depicts atypical developmental cycle of Temnochila

virescens in relation to its host, beginning in June of a given

year and ending in, July of the following year.

Adults. The adults (fig. 1, A.) are a brilliant, irridescent

metallic blue or green, flattened and elongate, their length rang-

* Observations and experiments were made in the central Sierra Nevada

Mountains near Wawona, California, at elevations between 4,500 and 6,500 feet,

where optimum conditions prevail for sugar pine growth. Mountain pine beetle

infestations here provided continuous material for the study of broods and varia-

tions during the period of this study from'i 1937 to 1940.

OECEMBER

GREEN SUGAR PINES ATTACKED BY J). MONT I COL AE FROM MAY

TO 5EPTE/-BER ATTRACT T. VIRESCENS ADULTS WHICH PREY

ON THEM. HERE TIC PREDATORS MATE AND LAY THEIR EGGS

WHICH HATCH AND FOLLOW TIE COURSE OF DEVELOPMENT

ILLUSTRATED AT TIE RIGHT. EGGS ARE LAID DURING JULY,

AUGUST, AND SEPTEMBER . TIE LIFE CYCLE TO TIE ADULT

STAGE IS COMPLETED ONE YEAR LATER.

(/)

to o

o UJ

X </>

(/>

(/> o

o LlI

X W

JUNE

AUGUST

SEPTEMBER

OCTOBER

NOVEMBER

9 d f)

cmniD' cnunrO

Q. KKnCOAL

ATTACKS AND EGGS LARVAE

SLMCR GENERATION

PUPAE

SECONDARY INSECTS. COAPRISING MANY SPECIES, BUT PREDOM I NANTLY CEAAiCYCIO

AND BUPRESTID LARVAE. FOLLOW £. MONTJCOLAE ATTACKS. TI£Y ARE U5ED AS

SUPPLEMENTARY FOOD BY J. VIRESCENS .

3&s>

i i ( l' ' f i

ate

ADULTS MATE, LAY EGGS

IN BARK SCALES.

LARVAE FEED ACTIVELY CN

C- EfffT I COLAE LARVAE .

PUPAE, CALLOW ADULTS.

LARVAE ARE HALF TO THREE-QUARTERS GROW WI€N fi. MONT I COLAE

ABANDON TREE. Tl£Y REMAIN UNDER BARK. PREYING ON SECOND-

ARY INSECTS, MOSTLY CERAMBYCID AND BUPRESTID LARVAE-

COLO WEATHER

FORCES LARVAE

TO HIBERNATE

JANUARY

FEBRUARY

MARCH

APRIL

MAY

JUNE

JULY

BUPRESTID AND CERAAC'iClD LARVAE NOT EATEN BY I- VIRESCENS LARVAE CCKfLETE

THEIR DEVELOPtCNT AND PUPATE DURING MAY AND JWE. TIC ADLLTS EMERGE DUR-

ING JJNE AND JULY

HIBERNATION CONTINUES THROUGHOUT WINTER

FEEDING ON SECONDARY INSECTS RESJCD

DURING WARM SPELLS TO MATURITY.

SOUE OF ThE LARVAE MAKE PUPAL CELLS.

OTHERS DO NOT. PREPLPAL LARVAE ANO

PUPAE REMAIN QUIESCENT.

ADULTS REMAIN QUIET 20 TO JO

DAYS. EMERGE AND FLY TO NEW

Q. INFESTATIONS.

Fig. 2. Life cycle of Temnochila virescens in relation to Dendroctonus monticolae in sugar pine.

JULY, 1942] STRUBLE— DENDROCTONUS PREDATORS

100

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [y 0 L. XVIII, NO. 3

ing from 10 to 18 mm. In winter they hibernate in the bark

crevices of infested trees, where they remain inactive until the

advent of warm weather. From spring to fall they are most

numerous on treesj that are being infested by bark beetles, where

they crawl stealthily over the bark and in the crevices searching

out their prey.

They feed actively in confinement, consuming an average of

from 1 to 3 mountain pine beetle adults per predator in a 24-

hour period. Frequently! as many as 15 hark beetles are killed,

and many of these are devoured completely in a day by one large

adult of Temnochila virescens. The predator kills by crushing

the body of its victim] with two powerful, piercing mandibles.

The ratio of males to females in the adults, as determined

from 695 specimens reared in the laboratory from the egg stage,

was 1.1 to 1.0. There is little reason to believe that the rearing

environment or the small amount of handling would have had

any influence on this ratio. It indicates an even distribution of

sexes. Determinations were made by use of an external sex char-

acter described by Struble and Carpelan (1940).

A period ranging in length from 4 to 7 weeks is required

before newly emerged females will deposit eggs. Whether this

characteristic is influenced by food habits is not clear, but speci-

mens under observation were fed frequently during the observed

period. They were not compared, however, with unfed individ-

uals. The total life period of both mafe and female adults ranged

between 3% and 8 months among specimens held in confinement

and fed periodically. Females confined during the entire 8-month

period at 75° F. laid eggs consistently each week, following the

initial oviposition.

Eggs. The eggs (fig. 1, B) are 2.5 ! to 3 mm. long and 0.3 to

0.5 mm. wide, with pointed or rounded ends. The color is usually

a delicate shade of pink, although some of the eggs are nearly

white. They are deposited between bark scales, usually deep in

the crevices of the bark, and often near the entrance hole of a

bark beetle. Some are laid singly whereas others are deposited in

groups of from 2 to 50 and are cemented together with a sticky

secretion. The incubation period is 7 to 14 days under field con-

ditions.

The number of eggs laid per female under laboratory condi-

tions was found to range from 38 to 581. The average number

JULY, 1942] STRUBLE— DENDROGTONUS PREDATORS

101

laid by 12 females during one experiment lasting 16 weeks was

111, with individual production ranging from 38 to 232 eggs.

The viability of 2,500 eggs tested was 69 percent

Larvae. The larvae (fig. 1, C) are from 25 to 30 mm. long at

maturity. They are grayish white, with the head black and flat-

tened. The dorsal surface of each of the first two thoracic seg-

ments isi covered by a pair of black sclerotized plates, which are

contiguous along the mid-line. In the third thoracic segment the

dorsal sclerotized plates are smaller and separated from each

other. The last abdominal segment is armed dorsally with a

black, hardened hooklike process. There are three pairs of well-

developed legs.

The first instars remain huddled together for 24 to 48 hours

after hatching, and then scatter. They enter the bark usually

through the entrance or ventilation holes of the mountain pine

beetle. Within the inner phloem layer they search for and devour

larvae, pupae, and callow adults of their beetle prey by burrow-

ing through frass or through phloem tissue. They are not re-

stricted in their diet to the mountain pine beetle, but prey indis-

criminately on all living insects except the hardened mature

adults. They are also highly cannibalistic, even in the presence

of an ample quantity of other food.

For the first 2 months, larvae of Temnochila virescens feed

actively on the brood of the mountain pine beetle. The average

number of grubs devoured during this period ranges from 30 to

60 per individual. After that they are forced to feed on second-

ary fauna under the| bark, mainly cerambycids, owing to the fact

that the mountain pine beetle has completed its development and

emerged. Observations have consistently shown that the larvae

of this predator remain beneath the bark where they first estab-

lished themselves.

To remain alive, newly hatched larvae must feed within 2

weeks, but after they have once fed they aye capable of living

many months without food. In five laboratory tests involving 117

newly hatched larvae, each in a separate container without host

food, mortality consistently amounted to greater than 50 percent

after 7 to 10 days and was 100 percent by the end of 2 weeks. In

two other tests, involving 350 newly hatched larvae placed in

separate containers, each larva was given 3 small larvae of the

mountain pine beetle during a 10-day period in September, 1939.

102

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

Thereafter no host food whatever was given them; but in July,

1940, 10 months later, 178 larvae, or 50 percent of the original

number, were still alive. Many of the others were found to have

died from attacks by the mite, Pediculoides ventricosus (New-

port) .

By reason of great differences in the period required for brood

development, larvae of Temnochila virescens are divided into two

groups designated as short-term and long-term larvae. The short-

term larvae, comprising not over 5 percent of the total number

studied, required from 10 to 12 weeks to reach maturity at 75° F.

The long-term larvae required 30 weeks to reach maturity at 75°,

and 12 months under field conditions. The short-term larvae

molted, consistently, five times during the course of their develop-

ment. The long-term larvae were found to have an additional

molt, with records of seven among some individuals. The cause

of short-term development was not determined definitely, but

studies indicated that it was not linked with, the quantity of food

eaten or with an hereditary strain. The number of short-term

larvae in association with the mountain pine beetle are too few

to be regarded as important.

Pupae. Pupation occurs usually within the bark or in the

phloem, at or near the position occupied by the last instar. As a

rule the larva hollows out a pupal cell, but not always, for the

pupae are often! found lying in loose frass beneath the bark. The

pupae (fig. 1 , D) are at first pinkish or cream colored, turning

darker with age. The pupal period ranges from 11 to 20 days at

field temperatures.

Natural Enemies

No important natural enemies of Temnochila virescens were

found in any stage of its development under field conditions.

This was also the case in laboratory rearing experiments except

in the one instance wherein the mite, Pediculoides ventricosus,

infested one group of larvae, causing considerable mortality.

Adults occasionally become infested with a reddish-colored mite

which does no apparent harm. In combination with the competi-

tion from other predaceous insect larvae associated with infesta-

tions of the mountain pine beetle, the factor of cannibalism tends

to regulate its numbers.

July, 1942]

STRUBLE— DENDROCTONUS PREDATORS

103

Enoclerus sphegeus (F.)

Seasonal Development and Habits

The red-bellied clerid, Enoclerus sphegeus (F.), develops one

generation annually. The adults are found in September, Octo-

ber, and November in sugar pines that are being attacked by the

mountain pine beetle. They remain in these trees, hibernating in

the bark crevices during the winter months. Eggs are laid on

warm days in thq fall and again in the spring. The larvae reach

maturity and migrate to the base of the tree to pupate by the time

the host brood has begun to emerge in June. They remain' inactive

for 30 or more days before pupation.

Figure 3 illustrates a typical development cycle of Enoclerus

sphegeus in relation to the overwintering generation of the moun-

tain pine beetle in sugar pine.

Adults. The adults (fig. 1, E) are much more active than

other bark beetle predators, and in their rapidity of movement

resemble large flying ants or wasps. They range in length from

8 to 12 mm. They are bronze black with a transverse wavy bar

of white pubescence across the middle of the elytra. The abdomen

is bright orange. The entire body is covered by short white setae,

giving it a grayish cast.

During warm weather in the fall and spring the adults are

found running over the bark surface and darting among the

cracks of recently infested sugar pines. They are difficult to catch

because they hide quickly or fly away at the least disturbance.

They are most numerous on the trunks of green trees that are

being attacked by mountain pine beetles.

They prey on Dendroctonus monticolae in a manner charac-

teristic of this insect. The adult usually approaches its prey from

behind, but it may attack it from any position. Then, by quick

and precise manipulation with the front and middle pairs of legs,

it grasps the host and turns it over so that the ventral portion

faces the mandibles of the attacker. Instantly it bites into the

soft tissues between the head and thorax, or between the pro-

thorax and the mesothorax, and drains the body of its juices and

soft tissues. Wings, wing covers, and appendages are dismem-

bered, and the body segments are torn apart. Only fragments of

the host are left after 20 minutes to a half-hour of feeding. In

104

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST £vOL XVIII NO 3

the laboratory the average number of D. monticolae devoured in

repeated tests was about 1 beetle in 27 hours.

Enoclerus sphegeus adults are shorter lived than those of

Temnochila virescens. Under laboratory manipulation involving

mating pairs in individual containers the maximum life period

was 2% months, and the egg-laying period 8 weeks. This life

period is considerably less than that occurring under field condi-

tions where adults are known to hibernate during the winter.

Often in the close quarters the nervous activity of the beetles led

to entanglements which resulted in death to one of them, usually

the male.

Eggs. The eggs (fig. 1, F) are pink or orange. They are cigar

shaped and range in length from 3 to 4 mm. They are deposited

beneath the bark scales, usually near the entrance hole of a bark

beetle, in groups of 2 to 25, and are cemented together. In lab-

oratory tests the average number of eggs laid per female was

51, the maximum 93, and the minimum 5. The incubation period

ranges in length from 8 to 14 days under field conditions. Egg

viability was somewhat less than 70 percent.

Larvae. The newly hatched larvae are pink or light orange.

As they develop the color turns to deeper orange, and finally

becomes a bluish purple in the last instar before pupation. Ex-

cept for color the general appearance of the larvae (fig. 1 , G) is

similar to that of Temnochila virescens. The head and sclerotized

portions of the thorax are brownish black; the thoracic spots are

less conspicuous. The last abdominal segment terminates dorsally

in a forked caudal appendage.

The larvae crawl readily by means of three pairs of well-

developed legs. They begin migration to the interiorl of the bark

within 24 to 48 hours after they have hatched in the fall or

spring, entering usually through an entrance or ventilation hole

of the mountain pine beetle. Beneath the bark they prey upon all

stages of the mountain pine beetle brood except the mature adults.

They are active feeders. Each larva requires approximately 10

mature larvae of the mountain pine beetle for complete develop-

ment. They are also cannibalistic, especially within limited

spaces.

Under favorable temperature conditions they develop to ma-

turity in from 4 to 6 weeks, passing through three instars. Most

of them are mature by the end of June among the overwintering

JULY, 1942] STRUBLE— DENDROCTONUS PREDATORS

105

106

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

broods of Dendroctonus monticolae. With the beginning of

emergence of the mountain pine beetle the larvae migrate down

the bole to the duff level, where they burrow into the outer bark.

Each larva then hollows out a pupal cell, lining it with a silvery,

foamlike secretion which exudes from the mouth. Then they re-

main quiescent in the cell with the head and thorax bent in

against the abdomen. Within 30 days after this migration the

larvae begin to pupate. About 30 percent do not pupate until

the following] spring, remaining unchanged throughout the sum-

mer and hibernating during the winter months. Pupal cells are

found occasionally within the duff or in decomposing wood near

the base of a tree when there is insufficient suitable bark, as is

the case on trees heavily scarred by fire.

Pupae. The pupal stage (fig. 1, H ) is found chiefly during

August. The body portion of the pupa, is light orange, while the

appendages are nearly translucent. With advancement in age all

portions turn darker. The pupal period at normal summer tem-

peratures requires an average of 20 days before emergence of

adults. Adults begin emerging early in September, but do not

appear in numbers before October and November.

Natural Enemies

Like Temnochila virescens this insect is comparatively free

from insect enemies. Reddish-colored mites were obserevd fre-

quently on the adults, but these did not appear to affect them

appreciably. Cannibalism, however, is common, and this habit

may account for the death of many. The effect of other preda-

ceous Coleoptera; associated with Enoclerus sphegeus beneath the

bark of infested sugar pines is probably negligible, since they

are all very much smaller.

Summary

Temnochila virescens and Enoclerus sphegeus are two native

coleopterous predators of bark beetles and are commonly asso-

ciated with infestations in many conifers in the West. In sugar

pine they are associated with infestations of the mountain pine

beetle. Their habits and life histories with this host were investi-

gated as a preliminary step to determine their importance as

control factors.

JULY, 1942] STRUBLE— DENDROCTONUS PREDATORS

107

Both insects in the adult stage prey on mountain pine beetle

adults as the latter attack green trees. In the larval stage they

enter the bark to prey on the immature broods of the mountain

pine beetle.

Each predator requires one year to complete development

from egg to adult. Temnochila virescens develops its broods in

trees attacked in the summer, whereas Enoclerus sphegeus de-

velops its broods in trees attacked in the fall. Thus each predator

is reared separately on the two seasonal broods of the mountain

pine beetle.

Temnochila virescens lays its eggs from May to September.

The larvae feed actively until the summer-generation broods of

the mountain pine beetle take flight. They complete their develop-

ment on secondary insects occurring beneath the bark. Adults

emerge one year after the eggs are laid.

Enoclerus sphegeus lays its eggs during warm weather in the

fall and spring. The larvae complete development and migrate

to the base of the infested tree when mountain pine beetles begin

flight in June. They pupate in cells during August. The adults

emerge during September, October, and November.

Natural enemies of these two predators are unimportant, but

cannibalism is a definite factor which tends to reduce their

numbers.

Literature Cited

Boving, A. G., and A. B. Champlain. 1920. Larvae of North Ameri-

can beetles of the family Cleridae. U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc.

57(2323) : 275-649. 12 pis.

Doane, R. W., E. C. Yan Dyke, W. J. Chamberlin and H. E, Burke.

1936. Forest insects. McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York

and London. 1-463. 234 figs.

Essig, E. O. 1926. Insects of Western North America. MacMillan

Co., New York. 1-1035. 766 figs.

Keen, F. P. 1928. Insect enemies of California pines and their

control. Calif. State Dept, of Nat. Res., Div. Forestry Bui.

7:1-113. 51 figs.

Person, H. L. 1940. The clerid Thanasimais lecontei (Wole.) as a

factor in the control of the western pine beetle. Jour. For.

38:390-396. 1 fig.

Struble, G. R. and L. H. Carpelan. 1941. External sex; characters

of two important native predators of the mountain; pine beetle

in sugar pine. Pan-Pacific Entomologist. 17:153-156. 2 figs.

108

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

NORTH AMERICAN BEES OF THE GENUS ANCYLOSCELIS

( Hymenoptera, Anthophoridae)

BY CHARLES D. MICHENER

American Museum of Natural History, New York *

Ancylosceli s; is ai genus of bees widely distributed in the Neo-

tropical Region and ranging northward as far as southern Colo-

rado. In the present paper only those species known to occur in

Mexico and the United States are considered.

Since the generic name Ancyloscelis has been subject to con-

fusion for many years, its history is here briefly reviewed. The

French vernacularized name Ancyloscele was listed without de-

scription by Latreille (1825:463) and this is given as the orig-

inal citation for Ancyloscelis by both F. Smith (1854:367) and

Dalla Torre (1896:222). The name Ancyloscelis, however, was

apparently first used by Berthold (1827:466) in his German edi-

tion of Latreille’s work of 1825. Being unaccompanied by a

description or figure, the name was a nomen nudum. In 1829

Latreille [in Cuvier, (1829:355)] gave a brief description of

Ancyloscelis, but mentioned no species. The name is treated in

approximately the same manner in the numerous later editions of

Cuvier’s work. Not until 1836 was a species included in the genus.

In that year Haliday, using the spelling Ancylosceles, described a

species, ursinus. Cockerell has used this latter spelling; and cred-

ited the generic name to Haliday. However, Haliday ’s Ancylo-

sceles is evidently only a misprint or an incorrect use of the French

pleural vernacular ( les Ancylosceles) which appears in the sec-

ond and following editions of Cuvier’s “Regne Animal.” Since

Haliday clearly intended to place his species in Latreille’s genus,

A. ursinus Haliday, as the first included species, necessarily be-

comes the type species of Ancyloscelis Latreille, even though

Latreille’s original specimens apparently belong to the genus

now called Tetrapedia (see Cockerell, 1922).

Diadasia Patton was placed as a synonym of Ancyloscelis

by Ashmead (1899:64). Friese (1906:92) following Ashmead

in his interpretation of Ancyloscelis, proposed the name Dipedia

for the species of Ancyloscelis as now understood. Cockerell, on

the other hand, placed these forms in Leptergatis Holmberg.

Upon studying specimens identified as L. halictoides Holmberg,

the type species of Leptergatis, he concluded that that genus was

* This paper was prepared at the University of California, Berkeley, California.

July, 1942]

MICHENER— ANCYLOSCELIS

109

related to Melitoma and distinct from Ancyloscelis. His examina-

tion of the type specimen of Ancyloscelis ut sinus Haliday showed

it to belong to the genus Ancyloscelis as understood by recent au-

thors and not, as Ashmead had supposed, to the group* now called

Diadasia. Dipedia Friese therefore becomes a synonym of

Ancyloscelis.

Genus Ancyloscelis Latreille

Ancyloscelis Latreille, 1829, in Cuvier, Reg. Anim., 2nd ed., 5:355;

Haliday, 1836, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 17:320 (as Ancylo-

sceles) ; Smith, 1854, Cat. Hymen. Ins. Coll. Brit. Mus., 2:367;

Holmberg, 1903, Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, (3)2:430;

Friese, 1904, Zeit. f. syst Hymen, u. Dipt., 4:20; Brethes, 1909,

Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, (3)12:221; Lutz, 1920, Bull.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 42:641; Cockerell, 1921, Ent. News, 32:76

(as Ancylosceles) . Genotype: Ancylosceles ursinus Haliday,

by single reference (Haliday, 1836).

Dipedia Friese, 1906, Flora og Fauna, 8:92; Lutz and Cockerell,

1920, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 42:592. Genotype: Ancylo-

scelis armata Smith, designated by Lutz and Cockerell, 1920.

Leptergatis Cockerell (nec Holmberg), 1912, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

(8)10:29; Lutz and Cockerell, 1920, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.,

42:592.

Key to the North American Species of Ancyloscelis

Males

1. Small tooth of inner ventral angle of posterior tibiae far be-

yond middle; tooth of base of posterior basitarsi small ..toluca

—. Small tooth of inner ventral angle of posterior tibiae but little

beyond middle; tooth of! base of posterior basitarsi large 2

2. Clypeus with an apical transverse white band; labrum largely

white; apical emargination of sixth sternum deep with sides at

acute angle to one another armatus

Clypeus black; labrum with at least large black areas; apical

emargination of sixth sternum broader and shallower 3

3. Apical emargination of sixth sternum with sides at a slightly

obtuse angle to one another sejunctus

— . Apical emargination of sixth sternumi with sides at a slightly

acute angle to one another melanostomus

Ancyloscelis toluca (Cresson)

Melissodes toluca Cresson, 1878, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 219.

Diadasia , toluca, Fox, 1894, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (2)4:118.

Eucera toluca, Dalla Torre, 1896, Cat. Hymen., 10:249.

Entechnia toluca, Cockerell, 1905, Am. Nat., 39:741.

Leptergatis toluca, Cockerell, 1912, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8)10:29.

Ancylosceles toluca, Cockerell, 1923, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)12:

84.

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, .'JO. 3

This species is unknown to me. A. wheeleri (Cockerell) (T912,

Psyche, 19:105) described from Guatemala is apparently closdy

related to toluca, if not synonymous with it. A. toluca itself has

been recorded from Guatemala.

Type: from Mexico, in the Academy of Natural Sciences

of Philadelphia. It is possible that the Fox Lower Californian

record of toluca refers in reality to melanostomus.

Ancyloscelis armatus Smith

Ancyloscelis armata Smith, 1854, Cat. Hymen. Ins. Coll. Brit. Mus.,

2:867; Friese, 1904, Zeit. f. syst. Hymen, u. Dipt., 4:22.

Ancyloscelis armatus, Cockerell, 1905, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 31:325.

Eucera armata, Dalla Torre, 1896, Cat. Hymen., 10:2,25.

Dipedia armata, Friese, 1906, Flora og Fauna, 8:92.

Leptergatis armata, Cockerell, 1912, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8)10:

29.

Male: Length, 7 to 7% mm. Inner margins, of eyes converging

below; flagellum dark brown beneath; clypeus rather coarsely

punctured with a narrow, transverse, yellowish white, subapical

band; labrum yellowish white, the margin narrowly fuscous; man-

dibles with large basal areas white, median parts reddish, apices

black; frons and vertex considerably more finely punctate than

clypeus. Mesoscutum and mesoscutellum more coarsely and closely

punctate than clypeus; mesepisterna similarly but a little less

closely punctate, especially below; tegulae translucent brown;

wings clear; tarsi ferruginous; posterior legs greatly thickened;

inner ventral angle of posterior tibiae with a small tooth a little

distad to middle of tibiae; posterior tibial spurs slightly bent,

outer markedly shorter than inner; posterior basitarsi produced

ventrally at apex to an acute point, ventrally at base to form a

large, curved, acute tooth; claws and terminal segments of pos-

terior tarsi far larger than those of other tarsi; posterior surface

of propodeum, including enclosure, rather dull and minutely rough-

ened. Abdomen finely punctate; posterior margins of terga one

to five with fasciae of white pubescence, broken medially on first

tergum; fascia of sixth tergum reddish brown; pubescence between

abdominal fasciae short, sparse, fuscous; emargination of sixth

sternum deep and acute.

This species was described from Brazil but has been recorded

from Argentina (Friese, 1906) and from as far north as

Guatemala (Cockerell, 1912) and Mexico (Friese, 1904). Two

male specimens from, Uvalde, Texas, June 15, 1930 (E. G. Lins-

ley and J. O. Martin, Calif. Acad. Sci.) agree well with descrip-

tions of armatus and are placed in that species for the present,

although the examination of South American material may event-

July, 1942]

MICHENER — ANCYLOSCELIS

111

ually show them to represent distinct species. The preceding

description is based upon the Texan specimens.

Type: male, from Brazil, in the British Museum (Natural

History) .

Fig. 1, Lateral view of Ancyloscelis sejunctus Cockerell, male;

Fig. 2, Emargination of sixth abdominal sternum of A. armatus

Smith, male; Fig. 3, Emargination of sixth abdominal sternum of

A. sejunctus Cockerell, male; Fig. 4, Emargination of sixth ab-

dominal sternum of A. melanostomus Cockerell, male.

Ancyloscelis sejunctus Cockerell

Ancylosceles sejuncta Cockerell, 1933, Am. Mus. Nov., 595:1.

Ancylosceles maculifera Cockerell, 1934, Am. Mus. Nov., 697:8 (new

synonym); Cockerell, 1935, Am. Mus. Nov., 766:4.

This species, in the male, differs from armatus thus: clypeus

black; labrum black or with small whitish area medially; white

hair bands of abdominal terga broader, more broadly broken on

anterior two terga, that of sixth tergum white like preceding ones ;

apical emargination of sixth sternum broad and slightly obtuse.

A. sejunctus was described from Baca County, Colorado,

and has been twice recorded (as maculifera ) from Bexar

County, Texas. Specimens before me are from Sabino Canyon,

Arizona, August 14, 1924 (E. P. Van Duzee).

112

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yOL. XVIII, NO. 3

Type: male, Regnier, Baca County, Colorado, in the Ameri-

can Museum of Natural History.

I am much indebted to Mr. H. F. Schwarz for the information

upon which the above indicated synonymy is based. At my re-

quest, he has examined the types of both sejunctus and macuM-

fera, comparing them with an Arizona specimen. He found the

types of sejunctus and maculifera to be very similar, differing

chiefly in the presence of a dull whitish spot on the labrum of the

latter. This spot is absent in the San Antonio, Texas, specimens

recorded as maculifera by Cockerell in 1935. Certain differences

which appear from the descriptions to separate the two forms are

of no value. Thus the pterostigmata are of the same color in the

two types, and the mandibles of both have whitish areas basally,

barely less conspicuous in sejunctus than in maculifera, although

such areas are described as absent in sejunctus.

Ancyloscelis melanostomus Cockerell

Ancylosceles melanostoma Cockerell, 1923, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.,

(4)12:83.

This is probably a form of sejunctus, from which it seems to

differ only in the larger and deeper emargination of the sixth

sternum of the male. In view of the extremely limited amount

of material available, the abesnce of specimens intergrading be-

tween sejunctus and melanostomus, and the apparent geographic

Reparation of the two forms, it has seemed best to regard them as

separate species for the present. The mandibles in the holotype

of melanostomus have a dull whitish area basally on each, just

as in sejunctus, although they were described as black.

Type: male, La Paz, Lower California, in the California

Academy of Sciences.

Literature Cited

Ashmead, W. H. 1899. Classification of the bees or the super family

Apoidea. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 26:49-100.

Berthold, A. A. 1827. Natiirliche Familien des Thierreichs. Indust.-

Compt., Weimar, 602 pp.

Cockerell, T. D. A. 1921. The bee-genus Ancylosceles Haliday

(Hymn.). Ent. News, 32:76-77.

1922. Descriptions and Records of Bees. — XCIV. Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist., (9)9:660-668.

Dalla Torre, C. G.,de. 1896. Catalogus Hymenopterorum. Engleman,

Leipzig, 10:viii+643.

July, 1942]

BARR — ACMAEODERA

113

Friese, H. 1906. Resultate einer Reise des Herrn A. C. Jensen-

Haarup in die Gegend von Mendoza (Argentina). Flora og

Fauna, 8:89-102.

Haliday, A. H. 1936. Descriptions of Hymenoptera collected by

Capt. King in the survey of Straits of Magellan. Trans. Linn.

Soc. London, 17:316-331.

Latreille, P. A. 1825. Families naturelles du regne animal. Bailli-

ere, Paris, 570 pp. I

1829. in Cuvier, Regne animal, 2nd. ed., Deterville, Paris, 5 :xxiv

+556.

Lutz, F. E. and T. D. A. Cockerell. 1920. Notes on the distribution

and bibliography of North American bees of the families

Apidae, Meliponidae, Bombidae, Euglossidae, and Anthopho-

ridae. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 42:491-641.

A NEW SPECIES OF ACMAEODERA FROM SOUTHERN

CALIFORNIA

(Coleoptera, Buprestidae)

BY WILLIAM F. BARR

University of California, Berkeley

The writer wishes especially to thank M. A. Cazier for his

helpful suggestions and loan of specimens and E. C. Van Dyke,

E. S. Ross, E. G. Lansley, and J. N. Knull for their generous and

valuable assistance.

Acmaeodera ephedrae Barr, new species

Medium-sized, robust. Head and pronotum unicolorous, aeneous

black, shining. Elytra straw colored, suture, umbones and outer

margins cupreous brown. Under surface uniformly, closely punc-

tate throughout and, densely clothed with what appears to be a

dense felt-like tomentum; prostemal margin slightly retracted

from anterior pronotal angles; last abdominal segment evenly

rounded without a subapical carina.

Head rather deeply, coarsely punctate, reticulate, matted with

short, silvery white, recumbent hairs, thinning out on vertex, two

denuded areas just above antennal insertions; clypeus rather

deeply emarginate, finely punctate, sparsely covered with short,

suberect, whitish hairs; antennae abruptly serrate beginning with

fifth segment, extending to hind margin of pronotum.

Pronotum widest at basal fourth, slightly wider than elytra,

slight trace of median depression, convex, shallowly, coarsely,

punctate, reticulate, densely covered with short, silvery-white, re-

cumbent hairs except on disk which is sparsely covered with long,

white, subrecumbent hairs; anterior margin sinuate, as wide as

base; basal margin slightly emarginate; side margins obsolete, not

visible from above.

114

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

Elytra with sides strongly sinuate behind unibones, middle not

as wide as base, evenly rounded to blunt apex; margins of apical

third serrate; striae well pronounced, strial punctures deep, rather

small,, separated by their own width or less than their own width,

striae distinctly separated by more than width of strial puncture,

interspaces with small punctures rather widely separated, each

small puncture giving rise to a short, white, suberect, setiform

hair.

Legs with femora densely clothed with long, silken, white, re-

cumbent hairs and dense, felt-like tomentum; tibiae and tarsi

more sparsely clothed with silken, white, recumbent hairs.

Length, 7.8 mm.; width, 2.8 mm.

Holotype in author’s collection, collected five miles north of

Palm Springs, Riverside County, California, July 2, 1941

(W. F. Barr). A single specimen was collected from Ephedra.

This species, belongs in) the truncate group' and in Fall’s key 1

will run to Acmaeodera neglecta Fall and the immaculate forms

of A. quadrivittata Horn. However, it is only distantly related

to these species. A. ephedrae' is most closely allied to the recently

described species, A. fisheri Cazier, A. barri Cazier, and A. palma-

rum Timberiake. It also bears a superficial resemblance to A.

discalis Cazier from which it may easily be distinguished by the

finer elytral punctures, sinuate sides of elytra, lack of vittae and

by the presence of the dense felt-like tomentum on the ventral

surface. A. ephedrae differs from A. neglecta and A. quadrivit-

tata in that it is larger, more convex and sinuate, has coarse,

shallow, reticulate pronotal punctures, and has a different type of

vestiture beneath. In separating A. fisheri from A. ephedrae, the

latter species is more convex, the pronotum is more densely punc-

tured with the disk containing long, silky, subrecumbent hairs

and the elytra are immaculate. A. ephedrae is easily distin-

guished from A. barri by its much broader form, its straw color

and by the elytral vestiture which is composed of hair rather than

scales. A. ephedrae differs from A. palmarum by its larger,

flatter, broader form, the presence of hair rather than scales on

the elytra, and by the dense felt-like tomentum rather than distinct

scales of the under surface.

The writer is also, aware of a species described by Kerremans

under the name Acmaeodera pallidula. No specimens of this

species were available for examination but A. ephedrae is un-

doubtedly distinct from it as A. pallidula lacks the dense tomen-

tum beneath.

1 Fall, H. C., 1899, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 7(1) :l-37.

July, 1942]

MITCHELL— MEGACHILE

115

NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEARCTIC MEGACHILE

(Hymenoptera, Megachilidae) 1

BY THEODORE B. MITCHELL

University of North Carolina, Raleigh

Since the publication of the several parts of the Revision of

the Genus Megachile in the Nearctic Region 2 , a considerable

number of collections of these bees have been received from sev-

eral institutions and individuals for determination. The limita-

tions of space make it difficult to publish all of the records that

have accumulated through the study of this material, but some

apparently new species which have been discovered are in need

of description, and there are some remarks of significance to be

made about a number of previously known species.

Megachile (Anthemois) nivalis Friese

Evidence has accumulated which seems to indicate that niva-

lis is very closely related to M. relativa Cresson, and may possibly

represent a race of that species. Several males have come to hand

which have been collected along with females of nivalis, although

no instances of pairs in copula have been noted. These males are

so nearly identical with the males of relativa that no satisfactory

means of separating them has been found. Moreover, there is

some variability in the females of nivalis in the extent of black

hairs in the scopa. Typically the scopa is entirely black on the

fifth and sixth sterna, but several specimens have been examined

in which that on the fifth segment is considerably paler in color,

or with the more basal hairs pale. In all specimens, however,

the sixth tergum is entirely fuscous pubescent, in marked con-

trast to the golden tomentum of relativa, and the 1 average size of

nivalis exceeds considerably that of relativa. It remains to be

proven that these males that have been associated with nivalis

are actually that species.

In addition to records of females from Alaska, Alberta,

Maine, Manitoba, Montana, Ontario, Oregon and Wyoming,

1 Research Contribution No. 14 published with the aid of the State College

Research Fund, Department of Zoology, North Carolina State College of Agri-

culture and Engineering of the University of North Carolina.

2 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. LIX, pp. 295-361 (1934) ; LXI, pp. 1-44, 155-205

(1935) ; LXII, pp. 117-166, 323-382 (1936, 1937) ; LXIII, pp. 45-83, 175-206,

381-426 (1937).

116

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

the following records include both sexes: 1 5, 2$, Pamelia L.,

Mt. Jefferson, Oregon, 3,0001 ft., July 25 and 27, 1907 (J. C.

Bridwell ) . 15, 1 $ , Bedford Point Lookout, east of Estacada,

Oregon, 2500 ft., August 15, 1937. 15, 3$, Pittsburgh, Co-

lumbia County, Oregon, 2000 ft., July 27, 1937, on Epilobium

angusti folium, (H. A. Scullen). 2 5, 1$, Metaling Falls,

Washington, 2500 ft., July 25, 1931 (F. B. Foley).

Megachile (Delomegachile) frigida Smith

Shortly before her death Dr. Grace Sandhouse called my at-

tention to the fact that I was in error in my use of the name

vidua instead of frigida for this species. Smith proposed both

names, vidua for the female on p. 192 and frigida for the male

on p. 193 (Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. I, 1853). As the name vidua has

page precedence, it was thought proper to use. However, Cresson

in his Synopsis of Hymenoptera, p. 303, 1887, made vidua a

synonym of frigida in spite of the page precedence of vidua, and

according to article 28 of the International Rules of Zoological

Nomenclature, “If; the names are of the same date, that selected

by the first reviser shall stand.”

Megachile (Xanthosarus) cochisiana Mitchell

At the time that this species was described, the female was

unknown, although a series of that sex from Guadalajara, Mexico,

was suspected to represent it. Since then a considerable series of

males and females from California has been received and studied.

The female is almost identical with that of dentitarsus Sladen

and runs to it in the key (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. LXII, p. 122,

1936). The only recognizable difference which seems to be at all

constant is the black pubescence in the center of the vertex, that

being white in dentitarsus. In this latter species there is often

dark shorter pubescence intermixed with the longer pale hairs

on the vertex laterally, but there are no black hairs medially.

In cochisiana the entire vertex is black pubescent.

The following records are in addition to previous records

from Arizona and Mexico. California: 21 5 , Big Pine, Inyo

County, June 8, 1937. 1 5 , Arvin, June 9, 1936 (R. M. and G. E.

Bohart). 12 5, 3$, Big Pine, June 8, 1937 (Michener, on Thely-

podium brachycarpum and Parosela polyadenia) . 115, 10$,

north end of Owens Lake, Inyo County, June 2 and 4, 1937

Michener, on Trifolium). 115, 19$, Lone Pine, Inyo County,

July, 1942]

MITCHELL— MEGACHILE

117

May 2 and 31, 1937 (E. C. Van Dyke). Nevada: 17, Indian

Springs, Clark County, May 26, 1940 (Reeves, Cazier & Ting).

New Mexico: 1<2, Albuquerque, August, 1894 (Snow).

Megachile (Xeromegachile) subnigra var. angelica Mitchell

It now seems probable that M. blaisdelli Mitchell is the

female of angelica, and that this species represents a color variant

of M. subnigra Cresson rather than a distinct species. The male

(angelica) differs from subnigra chiefly in the pale pubescence

of the legs and the presence of white apical fasciae on the ab-

domen. In subnigra the fasciae are lacking and the legs are black

pubescent. Likewise the female ( blaisdelli ) is conspicuously

white fasciate, while the female of subnigra is not, and no other

constant differences have been found.

Megachile (Xeromegachile) inyoensis Mitchell, new species

In the key to females of Xeromegachile (Trans. Am. Ent.

Soc. LXII, 1936, p. 326) this specimen runs to M . hilata or red-

landica, but differs from both in the puncturation of the clypeus

and in the lack of dark pubescence on the disc of the second

abdominal tergum.

Female. Size: Length, 10.5 mm.; breadth of abdomen, 4 mm.;

anterior wing, 7.5 mm.

Structure: Length and breadth of face subequal; eyes sub-

parallel; clypeal margin straight; mandible 4-dentate; second

joint of flagellum subequal to pedicel, the first joint longer; lat-

eral ocelli very slightly nearer edge of vertex than to eyes ; margin

of vertex incurved; cheeks below broader than eyes, narrowed

above; mid and hind metatarsi distinctly shorter and narrower

than their tibiae; apical margins of segments 2-5 of abdomen dis-

tinctly though not deeply depressed; sixth tergum straight, with

very short erect hairs visible in profile.

Puncturation: Minute and crowded at sides of clypeus and face,

more distinct and relatively coarse in center of clypeus, the in-

tervening spaces between punctures dull; fine and indistinct on

the) shining cheeks; deeper and more distinct, but fine and close on

vertex medially, slightly more coarse and sparse laterally; fine

and close on pleura above and on mesonotum and scutellum later-

ally, becoming more coarse and sparse medially and on pleura

below; minute, dense and obscure on abdomen basally, becoming

more distinct and sparse, but still very fine to fifth tergum, very

fine and closei on sixth tergum.

118

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

Color: Black; wings subhyaline; tegulae, wing nervures,

flagella beneath, and spurs dark ferruginous to piceous.

Pubescence: Entirely white on face, cheeks, pleura, propodeum,

legs and first two segments of abdomen, the under surfaces of the

tarsi ferruginous ; white around periphery of mesonotum, but with

evident dark pubescence in center of disc and probably on scutel-

lum (which is denuded) ; vertex with intermixed long pale hairs

and shorter black ones; short and black on discs of third to fifth

abdominal terga, the sixth with very short erect dark hairs and

some very obscure whitish pile; segments 1-5 with entire white

apical fasciae; scopa entirely pale yellowish, a few dark hairs on

sixth sternum apically. ,

Holotype, female, No. 5232, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent. Pana-

mint Mountains, Inyo County, California, May 29, 1937

(E. C. Van Dyke) at Wild Rose C.C.G. Camp.

Megachile (Pseudocentron) morio Smith

Thi9 is probably a melanistic form of M. pruina Smith. The

variety nigropinguis Mitchell seems to be intermediate in its

color characters between morio and typical pruina.

Megachile (Sayapis) inimica Cresson

The following notes on the habits of inimica as observed at

San Antonio, Texas, were received from Mr. H. B. Parks: “This

bee was not seen during the last part of June, all of July and

until late August, when a few females were captured, while work-

ing valley sage (Salvia ballolae flora Benth.) and four males on

Vitex negundo incisa. These werei the only males seen. In Sep-

tember the females were common, collecting both pollen and

nectar from Laciniaria punctata Kuntze. All through October

and up to this date, November 6, the females have worked Ximen-

sia encelioides Cav. abundantly for pollen and nectar. The fe-

males made their nests in ‘worm holes’ in mesquite trees or

mesquite fence posts. The holes are lined with circles cut from

the leaves of Monisia pallida Planch.”

Megachile (Chelostomoides) felipiana Mitchell

The type and only specimen of this species to be recorded

previously was collected in San Diego County, California. The

following record, therefore, is of the second specimen to be found.

1 $ , Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, May 9, 1937 (W.

Benedict) .

july, 1942]

BOHART — MICRALICTOIDES

119

A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS MICRALICTOIDES

( Hymen optera, Apoidea)

BY G. E. BOHART

Ensign, U. S . Navy

Genus Micralictoides (Timberlake)

Micralictoides Timberlake, 1939, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 32:397 (as

subgenus ) .

Size small (from 4 to 5 mm.) ; punctures of head and mesono-

tum broad and shallow as in beaten copper; legs black with testa-

ceous markings or abdomen reddish and legs all black; body with-

out metallic reflections; maxillary palpus nearly or quite as long

as antennal flagellum of female; tibial spurs translucent pale

testaceous with far separated, needle-like teeth, sometimes present

on both margins; mesepisternal fossa extending anteriorly and

posteriorly as a distinct groove from mesepisternal suture to

posterior margin of mesepisternum; “enclosure” of propodeum

with weak, irregular ridges disappearing toward posterior crest

which presents a broadly rounded, obtuse profile; males without

modified legs or antennal hairs; visible abdominal sternites of

male simple, resembling those of female; seventh sternite of male

with apical lobes slender, depressed, each with terminal incurved

or hooked appendage; eighth sternite of male with a single

median, articulating lobe and a simple, slender, apical lobe not

over one-third the total sternite length; male genital capsule

with stipites each bearing a simple, slender, apical lobe and with

a common dilated basal portion larger than the cardo; sagittae

small and scarcely arched basally above surface of stipites.

Genotype: Halictoides altadenae Michener.

Micralictoides is apparently the simplest in structure of the

bees allied to Dufourea and so may be considered the most prim-

itive. Among the species of Dufourea, Micralictoides resembles

most the small “ Chloralictus-like ” group found! in western United

States and especially the latter’s most primitive representatives,

leachi Timberlake and viridis Timberlake. This would indicate

for the group as a whole a New World origin centered in Cali-

fornia with Micralictoides representing most nearly the ancestral

type and with the Old World receiving an early migration

through Siberia from forms like leachi and arriving in Europe

as the “typical” Dufourea represented by the genotype, minuta

Lepeletier.

120

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

Key to the Known Species of Micralictoides

1. Abdomen largely red ruficaudus

-. Abdomen black 2

2. Clypeus of female strap-like, at least three times as broad as

long between anterior tubercles ; male with antennal flagellar

segments (except apical one) broader than long and with

partially greyish facial hair altadenae

— . Clypeus of female longer in proportion to width; male with

most antennal segments as long as or longer than broad and

with white facial hair. mojavensis

Table I. Comparative Measurements of Species of

Micralictoides

Species

and Sex

Body*

Length

Anterior*

Wing

Length

Face length

ant. view**

Face width

ant. view**

Smallest dis-

tance between

eves**

Median

Clypeal

Length**

ruTicaudas

5 males

4.1

2.5

43.2

33.2

21.5

ruricaudaa

5 females

4.6

3.05

45.8

51.6

34.1

26.2

altadenae

3 males

4.5

3.05

Ul.3

54.2

34.6

18.3

altadenae

3 females

3.2

58.5

mojavensis

5 males

L.2

2.6

45.2

46.2

30.2

20.8

mojavensis

3 females

4.7

54.7

■ 35.1

_22

Micralictoides mojavensis Bohart, new species

(PL I, fi g. 1 , 3, 6)

Male: Black; apical two-thirds of mandibles reddish brown;

antennae brownish black; abdominal venter and sixth and seventh

tergites dark testaceous; first and second tarsal segments, bases

and apices of tibiae and apices of femora pale testaceous; tibial

spurs nearly white. Head: Clypeus less than twice as broad as

long, sparsely punctate apically; frons and vertex coarsely, closely

punctate, the punctures much less than one puncture width apart;

lower half of face sparsely covered with decumbent white hair;

apical five flagellar segments as long as or longer than broad.

Thorax: Mesonotal punctures averaging about one puncture width

apart; dorsum sparsely covered with erect white pubescence often

longer than a flagellar segment; meta thoracic leg with first tarsal

segment slightly less than 4 times as long as broad; spurs of

middle and posterior tibiae with teeth on both margins; “enclos-

ure” of propodeum with irregular ridges rather strong almost to

posterior margin. Abdomen: First three segments nearly glabrous

medially and with small but distinct, apparently non-setigerous

punctures, mostly many puncture widths apart ; sides of first three

segments and sides and dorsum of remaining segments sparsely

covered with white pubescence.

Female: Color as in male except for flagellum which is yellow-

July, 1942]

BOHART— MICRALICTOIDES

121

ish brown apically, tarsi which are dark testaceous to dark brown

and abdominal venter which is nearly black; tibial spurs toothed

on one margin only, pubescencel around pygidium testaceous.

Holotype, male, Mojave, California, April 11, 1938, on

Malacothrix (G. E. Bohart). Allotype, GAVILON, Los ANGELES

County, California, April 30, 1940, on Gilia multicaulis (P. H.

Timberlake) . Paratypes: 4 males, 10 females, Gavilon, Cali-

fornia, April 10, 17, 18, 30, 1940, on Gilia multicaulis, Platy-

stemurn calif ornicus. Salvia columbariae, Baeria gracilis (P. H.

Timberlake) ; 1 female, Mojave Desert south of Avaunter

Mountains, California, April 30, 1927, on Malacothrix cali-

f ornicus (P. H. Timberlake).

The longer clypeus of the female, shorter tarsi, longer an-

tennae, and peculiar seventh abdominal stemite of the male

separate this from the other black species, altadenae Michener.

The color of the tarsi and abdominal venter varies from pale

testaceous to dark brown. The punctures of some specimens are

more than one puncture’s width apart on head and mesonotum.

One female specimen from Mint Canyon, California, which may

be a different species, has entirely setigerous abdominal punc-

tures like altadenae.

Micralictoides ruficaudus (Michener)

(PI. I, fig. 4, 6)

Halictoides ruficaudus Michener, 1937, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

19(10) :397.

Black with dark brownish black appendages, first three and

anterior half of fourth abdominal segments red. Head : Clypeus

distinctly convex apically, less than twice as wide as long between

anterior tubercles; lower half of face sparsely covered with de-

cumbent white pubescence; punctures of frons coarse, dense, much

less than one puncture width apart; antennal flagellar segments

of male, except the apical one, broader than long. Thorax : Meso-

notal punctures, except posteriorly on mesonotum, as coarse as

those on head; dorsum covered sparsely with very short, erect

white pubescence; legs entirely black to brownish black; meta-

thoracic leg of male with first tarsal segment four times as long

as broad; “enclosure” of propodeum with ridges irregular* and not

clearly distinct from one another. Abdomen : First three tergites

nearly glabrous medially, with distinct, apparently non-setigerous

punctures averaging a little more than one puncture width apart;

pubescence of fifth and sixth tergites of female dark grey to black

medially; impunctate posterior borders oft first three tergites ap-

proximately unicolorous with the punctate portions.

122

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

3 4

Fig. 1, mojavensis, male seventh abdominal sternite; fig. 2, alta-

denae, male seventh abdominal sternite; fig. 3, mojavensis, male

eighth abdominal sternite; fig. 4, 7~aficaudus, male eighth abdomi-

nal sternite; fig. 5, mojavensis, male genitalia in dorsal view;

fig. 6, ruficaudus, male sixth abdominal sternite.

July, 1942]

BOHART — MICRALIGTOIDES

123

Records: Type series (C. D. Michener) Altadena, Lqs An-

geles County, California, from Eschscholtzia californica; 1

female, Saugus, Los Angeles County, California, April 15,

1939, from Cryptantha (R. M. Bohart) ; 12 females, 5 males,

Riverside, Riverside County, California, April 15, 1938, from

Eschscholtzia californica (P. H. Timberlake) ; 1 female, Placer-

ville, Placer County, California, April 6, 1939, from Nemo-

phila menziesii (G. E. Bohart) ; 1 female, Muir Woods, Marin

County, California, May 4, 1913 (E. C. Van Dyke) .

This species is easily distinguished by its red abdomen and

wholly dark colored legs. There is! some variation in the extent

of red, in some specimens the fourth segment being wholly black

and the second and third with dark lateral areas.

Micralictoides altadenae (Michener)

(PI. I, fig. 2)

Halictoides altadenae Michener, 1937, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

19(10) :395.

Black; antennal flagellum of female, mandibles, venter of ab-

domen and tegulae brown; basitarsi, bases of other tarsal seg-

ments and femoro-tibial joint areas brownish testaceous. Head :

Clypeus of females strap-like, usually as broad as long between

anterior tubercles, truncate along anterior margin; male with

lower half of face covered with nearly erect greyish hairs about as

long as the clypeus and with antennal segments two to ten broader

than long. Thorax : Mesonotal punctures moderately close, aver-

aging slightly less than one puncture width apart; some mesonotal

pubescence longer than an antennal segment; males with first

posterior tarsal segment over five times and second segment twice

as long as broad; “enclosure” of propodeum finely, irregularly

carinate, the carinae continuing but weakening toward posterior

margin. Abdomen : Punctures of tergum numerous, tiny, setigerous,

uniform in number except on impunctate testaceous hind borders

of segments ; female with abundant, fine, short pubescence medially

on first three tergites and longer testaceous pubescence medially

on fifth and sixth tergites.

Records: Type series (C. D. Michener) Eagle Rock, Los

Angeles County, California, May 9, 1936, from Eriophyllum

confertiflorum ; 1 male, Aliso Canyon, Los Angeles County,

California, May 3, 1934 (C. D. Michener).

The very short clypeus, slender male tarsi, greyish pubescence,

and setigerous abdominal punctures of this species are charac-

teristic. The seventh abdominal sternite of the male shows dif-

ferences from mojawensis as illustrated. Markings of the legs

vary from light to dark testaceous.

124

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

HEBRUS CURTIS ANTEDATES NAEOGEUS LAPORTE

( Hemiptera, Hebridae )

BY H. M. HARRIS

Iowa State College, Ames

There has been some question as to the priority of the generic

names, Hebrus Curtis and Naeogeus Laporte, also/ as to their syn-

onymy and the name to be applied to the family. Kirkaldy

(Entomologist, 1900, p. 241), assuming that Laporte’s work

antedated that of Curtis cited Hebrus in synonymy and on the

basis of the oldest included genus proposed for the group the

family name N aeogeidae. That the haplotype of Naeogeus ( ery -

throcephalus Laporte) was congeneric with the haplotype of

Hebrus ( pusillus Fallen) had already been suggested by Spinola

(Essai Hemip., p. 223, 1840) and Fieber (Europ. Hemip., p. 104,

1860) . Horvath, however, was inclined to doubt that Hebrus

pusillus Fallen and Naeogeus erythrocephalus were congeneric

and based the family name more logically on its type genus

— the type genus having been established by Fieber’s use of

Hebroidea* in 1851. Now, if erythrocephalus and pusillus are

congeneric, as modern hemipterists are agreed (actually most

workers consider erythrocephalus Laporte as only a variety of

the older pusillus Fallen), and if Laporte’s paper antedates

Curtis’s as all recent bibliographies indicate, then the genus name

Naeogeus will have to hold and the' family name will he N aeoge-

idae.

However, abundant evidence has been presented (China, Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 19:114, 1927) to show that the paper by

John Curtis, entitled “Characters of some undescribed Genera

and Species indicated in the Guide to an Arrangement of British

Insects,” in which the genus Hebrus was established, was in print

prior to January 10, 1833.

It now seems equally evident that Laporte’s Essai, in which

Naeogeus is established, did not appear in 1832 as is cited by

most present-day hemipterists, but instead actually was not in

print in its entirety until after April, 1833 (see Harris, The date

of publication of Laporte 7 s Essai, to follow in the next issue.)

By reason of this, Hebrus Curtis, 1833, takes precedence over

Naeogeus Laporte, 1833, and the name of the family of this

group of bugs will be Hebridae.

* Horvath failed to indicate the use of Hebrides by Amyot and Serville in 1843.

July, 1942]

CHAMBERLIN— PANAMA CENTIPEDS

125

TWO NEW CENTIPEDS FROM THE CHILIBRILLO CAVES,

PANAMA

BY RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN

University of Utah, Salt Lake City

The present article contains descriptions of two new centi-

peds, one in the family Scutigeridae, the other in the Otostig-

midae. The types of these species were collected in the Chili-

brillo Caves, near Buenos Aires, Panama, by Mr. Kenneth W.

Cooper through whose courtesy I have had the privilege of study-

ing them. The types are in the author’s collection at the Uni-

versity of Utah.

Pselliodes harveyi Chamberlin, new species

Having the general markings and appearance of P. nigrovittata

(Meinert), the type locality for which is also Panama. It differs,

however, clearly in the details of coloration. The median yellow

stripe with lateral borders lighter yellow or almost white; a band

on side of stoma but not extending in front of saddle distinctly

orange in color; no black spot on saddle. A light sub-marginal

yellow stripe on each side of this band interrupted near middle

and not extending over caudal portion of plate.

Femora with dark annuli widely interrupted above and only the

distal one complete below; the succeeding article dark at ends and

with two broad complete dark annuli. Tibiae dark except for a

narrow yellow annulus at end of about first third and one at distal

end. Tarsi dark with light annuli except distal portion which is

entirely yellow. First flagellum of antenna composed of about 57,

mostly rather long, articles; the second flagellum of about 325

articles. First tarsal division of fourth legs composed of 12 arti-

cles, the second of 35 or 36. First division of tarsus of eighth legs

composed of 8 articles, the second of 35.

Claws of gonopods of female more than twice the length of the

consolidated base; claw angled on mesal side near middle, the

angle bearing 4 or 5 stout spiniform setae. Tergite of genital

segment strongly narrowed caudad and narrowly rounded at caudal

end; subdensely setose above.

Length, about 20 mm.

Locality. Panama: Buenos Aires, Chilibrillo Cave A, on walls

of main chamber. One female taken January 15, 1941, by K. W.

Cooper. This species is dedicated to Professor E. Newton Harvey

of Princeton University.

126

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

This is a much smaller and more graceful species than P.

cavincola (Chamberlin), the type of which was taken in

Guacharo Cave on Trinidad Island.

Otostigmus cooperi Chamberlin, new species

In the preserved holotype the dorsum is olive green with sides

and legs a lighter green. The smaller paratype is described by

Mr. Cooper as having been in life, “a superbly rich metallic

purple with orange-red legs.” As preserved it still retains a

purple tinge but the legs are green as in the larger specimen.

Head appearing smooth and shining, under the lens showing

shallow, scattered punctate antennae consisting of 17 articles of

which the first two have the basal fourth (or less of the third)

glabrous and shining.

First two dorsal plates nearly smooth but plates from third

onward densely finely granular or scabrous. In the middle and

posterior region the plates present a distinctly elevated median

longitudinal ridge with a pair of similar ridges each side of it,

with the surface ectad of the ridges on each side strongly wrinkled.

In the more anterior region the ridges are still distinctly but less

strongly developed but are not evident on the first two plates. The

plates of the posterior region have the lateral margins elevated

and rounded, the limiting furrows not sharply impressed, the mar-

gins less distinctly set off in the middle region and more or less

vague and irregular on the most anterior plates.

Anal scutum with caudal margin obtusely angular; dorsal sur-

face with a wide median longitudinal furrow which is divided

anteriorly by a median ridge; lateral margins sharply elevated.

Ventral plates without paired sulci; at middle of plate with a pair

of shallow depressions. Last ventral plate narrowed cauda d, the

caudal margin weakly incurved; a median longitudinal furrow.

Pseudopleurae rounded behind, entirely without processes or

spines.

Tarsi of first three pairs of legs with two spines, those of

fourth to twentieth with spine single. Femora of anal legs in

female smooth, entirely lacking in spines.

Length of holotype, 95 mm.

Locality. Panama: In Chilibrillo Cave A at Buenos Aires.

Two specimens taken January 18, 1941, on walls of main cham-

ber. Reported by Mr. Kenneth W. Cooper as feeding on a “huge

Blaberus nymph.” Dilfers from 0. scabricaudus (H. and S.) in

the conspicuous dorsal ridges, larger size, green instead of yellow

legs, etc. It is named for the collector.

July, 1942]

LINSLEY— PARASITIC BEES

127

NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NORTH AMERICAN

PARASITIC BEES

(Hymenoptera, Nomadidae)

BY E. GORTON LINSLEY

University of California, Berkeley

The following descriptions are offered in advance of more

comprehensive studies in order that the names may be available

for the use of other workers who have requested them.

Neopasites Ashmead

Linsley and Michener 1 , in their discussion of the misidentified

genotype of Neopasites, did not sufficiently emphasize the fact that

evidence of' the misidentification is clearly given in the original

description. Ashmead 2 states in his generic diagnosis that the

“front wings have two complete submarginal cells, the first being

longer” and that “the first recurrent nervure joins the first sub-

marginal cell.” Obviously, he was not describing Phileremus

fulviventris Cresson, which he designated as his genotype, since

in that species the two submarginal cells are about equal in

length and the first recurrent nervure joins the second submar-

ginal cell. On the other hand, the statements agree well with the

group of species congeneric with Neopasites camia Ckll., the

species upon which he actually based his generic description.

These wing venational differences are not only of generic but

possibly even of tribal value.

Trichop asites Linsley, new subgenus

Body form robust; integument coarsely punctate; pubescence

squamiform; eyes densely clothed with fine, short, erect pubes-

cence; ocelli small, anterior and lateral ocelli separated by at least

three times their diameters; supra-antennal area polished, im-

punctate; sides of face at clypeal margin without a broad tooth.

Type: Neopasites (Trichop asites) insoletus Linsley.

This subgenus may be recognized at once by the small, widely

separated ocelli and smooth supra-antennal area. The pilose eyes

are found elsewhere only in Odontopasites.

1 Linsley, E. G. and C. D. Michener, 1939, Trans. Amer. Ent. Sac.. 65:277.

2 Ashmead, Wm., 1898, Psyche, 8 :284.

128

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

Neopasites (Trichopasites) insoletus Linsley, new species

Female: color piceus, abdomen, red; pubescence white, scale-

like, forming patches on head, thorax, and abdominal tergites.

Head with a conspicuous white patch at base of antennae, extend-

ing laterally nearly to the eyes and partially encircling 1 the an-

tennal insertions ; occiput with an indistinct patch behind the eyes ;

antennae with first segment of flagellum subequal in length to the

two following together; vertex coarsely, subcontiguously punc-

tured; pubescence of eyes brownish; sides of face and clypeus

coarsely, subcontiguously punctured, sparsely clothed with a few

short, suberect, pale hairs; labrum carinate, coarsely punctuate;

mandibles reddish, base piceous. Thorax coarsely, closely punctate;

mesoscutum with a thin patch of white pubescence along anterior

half of median line and similar patches on each side, one just

anterior to, the other to one side of, the tegulae; mesoscutellum

with a subtriangular white pubescent patch on apical margin ex-

tending forward on median line for about one-third its length,

lateral margin irregularly lined with white pubescence; vertical

face of mesepisterna irregularly margined with white pubescence;

mesosternum a little more shining and more irregularly, less

closely punctured than mesoscutum; propodeum coarsely punc-

tured, triangular area glabrous, finely punctured and tesselate.

Wings pale brownish, first submarginal cell about twice as long

as second, receiving first recurrent nervure just before apex (nearly

interstitial with first transverse cubitus), second submarginal cell

receiving its recurrent nervure at apical one-third. Legs clothed

with short, suberect, pale hairs, with -a few irregular patches of

white hairs on posterior faces of femora and tibiae. Abdomen

opaque, closely and rather coarsely punctured, indistinctly clothed

with fine, pale hairs; first tergite with a white patch on each side

of middle of basal margin and a pair of smaller patches at lateral

apical margins, tergites two to four with an oval or subtriangular

white spot on each side of middle at base and a similar patch on

each side at lateral apical margin, these latter becoming smaller

on successive segments, that of the fourth tergite only feebly

indicated; fifth tergite with coarse longer golden hairs on each side

of middle at base, apex densely fringed with fine, pale, erect hairs,

sternites two and four with a narrow apical band of denser white

pubescence, fifth sternite a little more densely pubescent than the

preceding, apex slightly emarginate. Length, 5.5 mm.

Holotype, female, No. 5290, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., from

Tex Canyon, Chiracahua Mountains, Arizona, alt. 5000-6000

feet, September 16, 1927, J. A. Kusche, collector.

Odontopasites Linsley, new subgenus

Body form robust; integument coarsely punctate; pubescence

squamiform; eyes densely clothed with fine, short, erect pubes-

cence; ocelli large, anterior and lateral ocelli separated by less

July, 1942]

LINSLEY— PARASITIC BEES

129

than twice their diameters; supra-antennal area closely, coarsely

punctate; sides of face at clypeal margin with a broad tooth.

Type: Neopasites ( Odontopasites ) arizonicus Linsley.

Distinguished from Trichopasites by the larger ocelli, shorter

pubescence of the eyes, punctate supra-antennal area, and dentate

sides of the face.

Neopasites (Odontopasites) arizonicus Linsley, new species

Female: color black, antennae, legs, and tegulae piceous or

reddish, abdomen red ; pubescence white, scale-like, forming patches

on head, thorax, and abdominal tergites. Head with a dense patch

of white pubescence about bases of antennae; vertex coarsely,

subcontiguously punctured; labrum reddish, carinate for more than

two-thirds its length; under side of head on each side of gular

groove very closely punctate, punctures all less than one puncture

width apart; mandibles pale reddish, base piceous. Thorax coarsely,

closely punctate; pronotal tubercles densely clothed with white

pubescence; mesoscutum with a small patch of white pubescence on

median line at anterior margin, another beside tegulae, and a

transverse line along apical margin at middle; mesoscutellum and

metanotum with a dense white patch at each side; mesepisterna

with a broken band of white pubescence along anterior, dorsal,

and ventral margins of vertical face. Wings pale brownish; first

submarginal cell much longer than second, receiving first recur-

rent nervure just before apex, second submarginal cell receiving

its recurrent nervure at apical one-third. Legs clothed with short,

suberect, pale hairs, with a few irregular patches of white hairs

on posterior faces of femora and tibiae. Abdomen opaque, mod-

erately coarsely, closely punctate; first tergite with a white patch

on each side of middle at base and a small lateral white patch on

apical margin; tergites two to four with a transverse band of

white on each side of middle at base and a small apical patch at

sides; sternites thinly pubescent, the pubescence a little denser

along basal margins. Length, 6-7 mm.

Male: White pubescence denser; abdomen with white pubescent

patches on tergites one to five; pygidial plate about one and one-

half times as long as broad, apex broadly rounded. Length, 5-7 mm.

Holotype, female, No. 5290, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent. and allo-

type, male, and two female paratypes from Yuma, Arizona, May

6, 1939, R. M. Bohart, collector. Additional paratypes are as

follows: a male and female, Tucson, Arizona, August 2, 1909,

A. K. Fisher, one male, Hereford, Cochise County, Arizona,

W. M. Mann (in collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences,

Philadelphia) and three males from San Pedro, 18 miles south

of La Paz, Lower California, October 7, 1941, E. S. Ross and

G. E. Bohart.

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

130 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

Gnathopasites Linsley and Michener

The discovery of several additional species of Gnathopasites

has revealed the necessity for recognizing two subgeneric groups

differing primarily in the form and structure of the maxillary

palpi and venation of the wings.

Micropasites Linsley, new subgenus

Body small, form robust; integument finely punctate; mandi-

bles with an inner tooth near apex; maxillary palpi short, com-

posed of one or two free; segments. Anterior wings with two sub-

marginal cells, the second submarginal cell as long as first.

Type: Neopasites cressoni Crawford.

In Gnathopasites, s. str., the maxillary palpi are elongate and

composed of four free segments and the second submarginal cell

is a little shorter than the first. The species of the typical sub-

genus are also larger in size.

Townsendiella Crawford

Three subgenera are now recognizable in this genus.

Xeropasites Linsley, new subgenus

Head with lateral ocelli separated by less than ocell-ocular

distance; antennae with flagellum distinctly thickened beyond mid-

dle; maxillary palpi less than half as long as antennal flagellum,

composed of four segments subequal in length but becoming suc-

cessively slightly shorter toward apex, basal segment inserted on

a tubercle; labial palpi with first segment about twice as long as

second, third and fourth segments short, subequal in length, to-

gether about two-thirds as long as second segment. Wings moder-

ately elongate, anterior pair about one and one^half times as long

as thorax along mid-dorsal line ; marginal cell moderately elongate,

about as long as distance from, its apex to tip of wing; first sub-

marginal cell nearly twice as long as second; first recurrent vein

received by second submarginal cell.

Type: Townsendiella ( Xeropasites ) rnfiventris Linsley

This subgenus differs from typical Townsendiella in the

shorter maxillary palpi which are only four-segmented, the

thickened flagellum, the shorter wings and elongate first sub-

marginal cell.

Townsendiella (Xeropasites) rufiventris Linsley, new species

Female: Color black or dark piceous, abdomen red, tegulae, legs

and mouth-parts wholly or partially reddish; pubescence short,

scale-like, white and yellowish brown. Head finely, closely punc-

tate; pubescence of upper frons and vertex yellowish brown, dense

July, 1942]

LINSLEY— PARASITIC REES

131

but not entirely obscuring 1 surface, that of lower face denser,

white, obscuring surface; inner ocular margins straight; antennae

dark brownish; clypeus dark, anterior margin reddish, surface

finely, closely punctate, pubescent; mandibles pale reddish, darker

at apex. Thorax piceous; pronotum and tubercles densely 1 clothed

with yellowish brown hairs except a pair of white lines, fre-

quently obliterated, on each side of middle and a narrow white

marginal band; tegulae reddish; mesoscutellum, except disk, and

metanotum densely white pubescent; mesoscutum and mesepi-

sterna densely clothed with unbroken white pubescence which ob-

scures the surface. Wings moderately narrow, anterior pair about

two and one-fourth times as long as apical width; membrane

slightly dusky, veins and stigma brown; marginal cell a little more

than twice as long as greatest width; ratio of length of first sub-

marginal cell to second, measured along posterior margin, 2 : 1.

Legs reddish or piceous; posterior face of femora and outer face

of tibiae densely clothed with white pubescence. Abdomen red;

tergites finely, closely punctate, with a narrow band of dense white

pubescence along apical margin and a patch of white pubescence

at sides, sternites frequently brownish, more or less wholly white

pubescent.

Male : Generally similar to female, legs and abdominal sternites

frequently darker.

Holotype, female, allotype, male, and two paratypes from

Palm Springs, Riverside County, California, March 26, 1932,

collected by P. H. Timberlake. Types in the collection of P. H.

Timberlake, Citrus Experiment Station, Riverside, California.

Eremopasites Linsley, new subgenus

Head with lateral ocelli separated by less than ocell-ocular

distance; antennae with flagellum more or less uniform in diameter;

maxillary palpi composed of six segments of unequal length, first

segment shortest, second segment longest, more than twice as long

as first, third and fourth segments subequal in length, each a little

longer than first, about half as long as second segment, fifth seg-

ment just perceptibly longer than fourth, a little shorter than

sixth which is two-thirds as long as second; labial palpi with first

segment longest, second segment about two-thirds as long as first,

third and fourth segments subequal in length, together nearly two-

thirds as long as second segment. Wings short, anterior pair less

than one and one-half times as long as thorax along mid-dorsal

line; marginal cell short, much shorter than distance from its apex

to tip of wing; first submarginal cell nearly twice as long as sec-

ond; first recurrent vein received by first submarginal cell, rarely

interstitial with first transverse cubitus.

Type : T ownsendiella calif ornica Michener.

Eremopasites differs from T ownsendiella, s. str., in the short

wings with the marginal cell barely more than half as long as

132

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

the distance from its apex to the tip of the wing, the first sub-

marginal cell nearly twice as long as the second and usually

receiving the first recurrent nervure near its apex. In addition,

the proportions of the segments of the maxillary palpi are quite

different. From Xeropasites, it may be separated by the six-

segmented maxillary palpi, slender flagellum, shorter wings, etc.

THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF CICINDELA FORMOSA

SUBSPECIES GIBSONI W. J. BROWN

( Coleoptera, Cicindelidae)

BY RICHARD G. DAHL

Alameda, California

Since the description of Cicindela formosa subspecies gibsoni

by W. J. Brown 1 , there has been some argument as to its validity

as a subspecies. The few facts presented herewith should help to

clarify this difficulty.

It is first necessary to know that Cicindela formosa Say is con-

sidered a valid species, and that C. f. generosa Dejean and C. f.

manitoba Leng are good subspecies. The latter two are geograph-

ical subspecies, since generosa can be connected by a continuous

series of intermediates with typical formosa and manitoba is

connected from its occurrence in the north, by a continuous

series of intermediates, south to Kansas and Colorado, where

typical specimens of formosa are found.

Gibsoni can be connected by a series of intermediates with

manitoba. However, in this case both forms can be collected at

the same locality. This is similar to the case of latesignata Lee.,

with a narrowed pattern and obliviosa Csy., with a uniformly

widened pattern, both forms being collected from the same

colony.

In the type series of manitoba the elytral pattern varies in

width by degrees, and in one specimen the markings are widened

so as to be almost identical to the drawing made by W. J. Brown.

In the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, there is

one specimen with the elytral markings wider than in typical

manitoba and closely approaching gibsoni.

Hence the conclusion that gibsoni is the extreme form in uni-

formly widened elytral markings of manitoba, both of which

occur regularly together. Under the circumstances, subspecific

status seems unjustified.

1 Brown, W. J. Some new and poorly known species of Coleoptera. Can. Ent.

72:182-187, 1940.

july, 1942]

SVIHLA— CTENOPHTHALMUS

133

A NEW CTENOPHTHALMUS FROM FORMOSA

(Siphonaptera)

BY RUTH DOWELL SVIHLA

University of Washington, Seattle

To the best of our knowledge, this is the first species of

Ctenophthalmus to be described from Formosa (Taiwan). It

was collected from Eothenomys melanogaster (a microtine) at

Arislan, Formosa, November 12, 1936, by Ruth and Arthur

Svihla. The two nearest allied species are from China, Cten-

ophthalmus yunnanus Jordan 1932 (Novitates Zoologicae,

XXXVIII, p. 287, no. 11, text-fig. 46) from Yunnan, only the

male known; and Ctenophthalmus dinormus Jordan 1932 (Novi-

tates Zoologicae, XXXVIII, p. 288, no. 12, text-fig. 47) from

Szechuan, only the female known.

Ctenophthalmus formosanus Svihla, new species

Male : Genal process (above genal comb of 3 spines) as narrow

as upper spine (fig. 1, A) ;l obliquely flattened at distal end. Pro-

boscis not quite reaching apex of forecoxa; with a curved bristle

at apex. Pronotal comb of 18 spines, the small ventral ones in-

clusive. Epimeron of metathorax with 5 bristles (2, 3). Bristles

in row before long ones on posterior terga of abdomen reduced to

1 or 2 each side. Abdominal sterna III to VII without bristles in

front of row of’ long ones. Stigma of segment VIII of the Y-type;

no bristles above it. Segment IV of hind tarsus barely one-half

longer than broad. Fourth apical bristle of clasper (Cl. fig. 2)

slightly more ventral than in yunnanus. Ventral arm of IX st.

much shorter, broader and truncate. Digitiform sclerite F broader

at apex. Paramere of phallosome (Par, fig. 2) with ventral apical

hook, which is not present in, yunnanus.

Female: Genal process (fig. 1, B) twice as broad as that of

male and rounded distally. Upper and median lobes of VII st.

(fig. 3) much broader than in dinormus. Sclerotization along apical

margin of VII st. absent ; the curved ridge of dinormus represented

by a longer straight ridge (ri, fig. 3). Spermatheca (R.s., fig. 3)

broader, but this is probably due to its body bearing a vertical

fold in the middle which means that the spermatheca is artifically

shortened and incidentally broadened; apex of its tail almost

pointed, rounded ip dinormus. VIII st. very narrow. Each tergite

bearing two rows of bristles as follows: I, 3 and 5; II, 4 and 5;

III and IV, 4 and 6 ; V and VI, 3 and 6; VII, 4 and 4; sternite

II, none; III, 2 and 5; IV, 1 and 6; V, 1, 5 and 1; VI,, 3 and 5.

134 THE pan-pacific entomologist [ vol xvm? no 3

Ctenophthalmus formosanus Svihla, n. sp. Fig. 1, genal process,

A, male; B, female. Fig. 2, male genital segments. Fig 3, female

genital segments.

July, 1942]

BEAMER — DORYCEPHALUS

135

Mid-tarsal segments: 8 73, 65.7, 43.8, 29.2, 80.3a; $ 87.6, 73,

51.1, 36.5, 73 a.

Hind-tarsal segments: 8 219, 146, 80.3, 31.1, 87.6a; $ 226.3,

160.6, 87.6, 51.1* 102.2a.

Length, 8 , 2 mm.; $, 2 mm.

Hind femur : $ 0.30 mm. ; $ 0.36 mm.

Formosa (Taiwan), Arisan, Nov. 12, 1936, on Eothenomys

melarwgaster, 2 8 8 , 1 2. No. 123.; type 8 and paratype $ in

author’s collection, paratype 8 in British Museum. I am very

much indebted to Dr. Karl Jordan, F. R. S., for advice and help.

A NEW SPECIES OF DORYCEPHALUS

(Homoptera, Cicadellidae)

BY R. H. BEAMER*

University of Kansas, Lawrence

Dorycephalus sinuatus Beamer, new species

Resembling D. platyrhynchus Osh. but smaller with margins

of head sinuate in female and dorsal surface of vertex of male

covered with fine longitudinal ridges parallel to margins. Length

of male 7.5 mm., female 13 mm.

Vertex of female almost three times as long as width between

eyes; male one-third longer than width between eyes. Margins of

vertex slightly sinuately converging to two-thirds as wide on outer

half as through eyes. Disc of vertex highly arched two-thirds its

length with median carina entire length in female; male with

median carina much higher throughout, and general arching much

less. Elytra of male rounded at apex, covering abdomen; those of

female rather pointed, exposing pygofer and two abdominal seg-

ments.

Color of female stramineous; of male smoky brown.

Genitalia: Last ventral segment of female slightly longer than

preceding segment; posterior margin slightly excavated to a rather

broad median lobe. Male valve barely visible, broadly rounded,

plates broader than valve at base, abruptly narrowed on basal

half to long slender points; pygofer twice as long as plates.

Holotype male, allotype female, and one pair of paratypes,

Oak Creek Canyon, Arizona, July 9, 1941, R. H. Beamer. One

male paratype, same data, E. L. Todd.

♦ Contribution from the Department of Entomology, University of Kansas.

136

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

COLLECTING WILD BEES IN THE YOSEMITE

BY T. D. A. COCKERELL

Boulder, Colorado

When our kind friend, Mr. Guy Haselton, the well-known

photographer of Hollywood, offered to take us to the Yosemite,

my wife and I were, of course, delighted to go with him, never

having visited this famous valley. We were there from May 5

to 11, 1941, probably the best time of year to enjoy the extra-

ordinary beauty of the place, which I will not pretend to describe.

I will only refer to the great abundance of the western dogwood,

its great white flowers conspicuous everywhere. This plant was

named Cornus mittalli by Audubon, who figured it with the

band-tailed pigeon in his famous work on American birds. The

bees recorded were taken on the floor of 1 the valley (alt. approx.

4000 ft.), except a few from the Myers Ranch, 11 miles away, at

a considerably higher altitude. I could not have prepared this

report without the aid of Mr. P. H. Timberlake and access to the

collection at the University of California Citrus Experiment Sta-

tion at Riverside. Timberlake critically examined the specimens

and gave me his determinations, which are certainly the most

reliable to be had at the present time. Even in the case of species

which I myself described, it frequently happens that I have not

looked at them for a long time, perhaps a quarter of a century;

and in addition, they now have to be differentiated] from numer-

ous related species, more recently made known.

My list of captures represents, of course, but a fragment of

the actual bee fauna, but it is interesting as an introduction to

the subject. Mr. Darwin Tiemann, of the Yosemite Museum, has

been collecting bees, and has obtained many species (especially

of Osmia) which I did not find. I make no further reference to

these now, as I presume a list of his captures will eventually be

published.

Where no locality is given, the floor of the valley, not far

from Yosemite Lodge, is to be understood.

Annotated List of Species

Hylaeus verticalis Cresson. One male at Myers Ranch, visiting

Ranunculus californicus Bentham, May 9.

Spkecodes sp. Male. Same as presumed new species found at

Riverside.

Sphecodes sp. Females of two different species, believed to be

July, 1942]

COCKERELL — YOSEMITE BEES

137

new. Timberlake has a long series of apparently new Sphe-

codes, which he will publish as circumstances may permit.

Halictus aspilurus Cockerell. Three females at flowers of Nemo-

phila exilis Eastwood.

Halictus mellipes Crawford. At Cryptantha flaccida (Douglas),

female (W. P. Ckll.), and at Ribes.

Halictus ( Seladonia ) tripartitus Cockerell. At Nemophila exilis ,

three females. This is the H. catalinensis Ckll., as generally

understood in California, but we follow Miss Sandhouse in

considering this and H. meliloti Ckll., as forms of H. tripar-

titus. It may be possible to define two or three subspecies, on

careful study of a sufficient amount of material.

Halictus n. sp. Timberlake MS. A species related to H. bardus

Cresson, taken by Timberlake on San Jacinto Mtn. He also

has one from the Yosemite, collected by D. W. Clancey. I

took one female at flowers of Ribes.

Agapostemon californicus vandykei (Cockerell). Three females

at Nemophila maculata Bentham. This beautiful insect, with

brassy tints on the abdomen, is apparently to be separated

as a race of the common green species of California.

Andrena* sp. Male at Salix. Allied to A. placida and A. medi-

onitens. Timberlake says that A. medionitens Ckll. occurs in

this region in June.

Andrena sp. One at Salix (W. P. Ckll.). This is apparently

identical with one from Ribes, which was seen by Viereck

and labeled by him “near excellens.”

Andrena albihirta (Ashmead). Two females at Salix, differing

by the darker venation. A male from Salix should be this, but

does not quite agree.

Andrena auricoma Smith. Not quite typical. At Salix, Oenothera,

Montia perfoliata and Cryptantha flaccida.

Andrena nigrocaerulea Cockerell. One female at Nemophila ex-

ilis. Compared with the type it seems to be the same species,

but there is some difference in the process of the labrum. A

female from Oenothera has a more shining clypeus (approach-

ing herein A. epileuca (Ckll.) but dullish abdomen.

Andrena monogonoparia Viereck, n. subsp. Timberlake MS.

One female at Arctostophylos patula at Meyers Ranch. Tim-

berlakei got it in the San Bernardino and San Jacinto Mtns.

* The genus Andrena is represented in California by very many species, a

large proportion of them still undlescribed.

138 the pan-pacific entomologist [ vol . X viii, n0 . 3

Andrena n. sp. Timber lake MS. Five females at Ribes. Timber-

lake also collected it at Ribes.

Panurginus sp. Two females at Nemophila exilis. Probably P.

atriceps Cresson, but the male is needed.

Nomada erythraea Dalla Torre. At Arctostaphylos patula Greene.

Nomada sp. Female at Arctostaphylos patula. It runs in my key

(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, p. 559) to California

species to N. tintinnabulum Ckll., but it is 8 mm. long, and

differs in many respects. It is probably new, and it is not in

the collection at Riverside.

Chelostomopsis rubifloris (Cockerell). A common species; twelve

females and fifteen males were taken. It visits Cryptantha

flaccida

Bombomelecta pacifica Cresson. One at Myers Ranch, May 9

(W. P. Ckll.).

Osniia lignaria Say. Very many nesting in the ground along a

path. Females at Cercis and Nemophila exilis ; males at apple,

Ribes and Nemophila exilis. This species was originally de-

scribed as nesting in wood, as the name implies. The ground

nesting habit is surprising, and raises again the question as

to the possible distinctness of the western O. propinqua

Cresson.

Osmia faceta Cresson. One male at Nemophila exilis. Tiemann

gave me one he collected on Azalea.

Osmia densa pogonigera (Cockerell). At Salix (W. P. Ckll.),

and at Myers Ranch at Arctostaphylos patula. We also took

nine males which are presumed to- belong here, at Nemophila

maculata and N. exilis, at Salix, and one taken by Tiemann

on Azalea.

Osmia coloradensis Cresson. One male at Nemophila maculata,

May 11.

Osmia calif ornica Cresson. Five males, at Ribes, Arctostaphylos

patula, and Nemophila. This is O. nassa Ckll., which ac-

cording to Miss Sandhouse is the true 0. californica, that

species having been misunderstood.

Osmia atrocyanea Cockerell. Male on yellow violet, and two at

Myers Ranch, on Arctostaphylos patula.

Osmia hincaidii Cockerell. At Nemophila exilis (W. P. Ckll.)

and at Cryptantha flaccida.

Osmia pusilla Cresson. One at Nemophila exilis (W. P. Ckll.) .

Osmia cyanella Cockerell.

One, May 10.

July, 1942]

KROMBEIN— A NEW TIPHIA

139

Osmia wheeleri Cockerell. At Cercis and Nemophila exilis.

There has been; much confusion as to the identity of 0. brevis

Gresson, and it may be that the species here recorded is the

true O'. brevis.

Ceratina acantha submaritima (Cockerell). Both sexes. It was

found on Cryptantha flaccida, Nemophila maculata, N. exilis

and Oenothera.

Ceratina nannla rigdenae Michener. One male at Nemophila

maculata , May 11.

Ceratina punctigena Cockerell (or possibly C. subpunctigena

Michener). One male at Oenothera, May 10 (W. P. Ckll.).

Xylocopa orpifex Smith. One male at Nemophila patula (W.

P. Ckll.).

Psithyrus crawfordi Franklin. One, May 10.

Bombus vosnesenskii Radoszkowski. May 11. A variety with the

light hair on head/ and thorax very pale.

A NEW SPECIES OF TIPHIA FROM CALIFORNIA

(Hymenoptera, Tiphiidae)

BY KARL V. KROMBEIN

Bureau, of Entomology and Plant Quarantine

United States Department of Agriculture

The following description of a new species of Tiphia is offered

at this time so that a name will be available for some observations

on the biology by Dr. E. G. Linsley and Dr. C. D. Michener. Dr.

Linsley has been kind enough to permit the writer to place the

type series in the collection of the United States National Museum

except for a pair of paratypes which are to be deposited in the

collection of the California Academy of Sciences.

Tiphia shastensis Krombein, new species

Female. 14.5 mm. long-. Black; mandible in the middle castan-

eous; flagellum beneath and apex of pygidium ferruginous. Body

inconspicuously clothed with grayish, suberect pilosity which is

longer, more conspicuous, and tending toward yellowish at the

apices and sides of the abdominal segments; hind tibial calcaria

black; some of the tarsal spines fulvous. Wings brownish, some-

what infumated; stigma and basal veins dark brown, the apical

veins lighter.

Head shining, moderately closely and coarsely punctured;

mandible not denticulate along the superior or inferior margin;

clypeus on basal half with several rows of subcontiguous punc-

tures, apical half impunctate, apical margin broadly rounded;

140

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

vertex much less closely punctured than the front; areas imme-

diately in front of the fore ocellus and laterad of the hind ocelli

deeply impressed so the fore ocellus faces forward and the hind

ocelli more laterad than is normal for the genus; postocellar dis-

tance three-fifths the ocellocular distance; a slight groove runs

from between the antennal insertions about one-third the distance

to the fore ocellus; post-mandibular triangle glossy with a very

delicate shagreening and several minute punctures.

Dorsal surface of pronotum: shining, anterior transverse carina

lacking, posterior third impunctate, anterior two-thirds moderately

closely punctate, minute, interspersed punctures lacking; lateral

surface of pronotum subopaque with delicate oblique rugulae on

upper half and o,blique carinae on lower half, median oblique

groove lacking; propleuron subopaque, moderately closely punctate

with a few scattered, interspersed, minute punctures ; scutum

shining, with a median patch of dense minute punctures and a few

scattered larger ones on the adjacent areas; tegula glabrous, about

as broad as long, with a groove along the outer and posterior

margins; scutellum shining, with a few large punctures which are

concentrated on the lateral and posterior margins of the disk;

postscutellum shining, with a few scattered large punctures ; meso-

pleural disk shining, with scattered large punctures and a few

interspersed minute ones, posteriorly with numerous minute punc-

tures; propodeum dull above, enclosure subrectangular, slightly

over twice as long as wide, the base a bit wider than the apex, and

with a distinct median ridge, area adjacent to enclosure moderately

shagreened and with numerous minute punctures; posterior sur-

face of propodeum shagreened and dull, set off from the dorsal

and lateral surfaces by strong ridges and with a few irregular

carinae at the upper angles and along the sides; lateral surface

of propodeum shining on the upper half, with 18 to 20 strong

oblique ridges, the lower half with numerous oblique rugulae and

a few scattered minute punctures ; sensorium of hind tibia shallow,

broad and pyriform, in outline; hind basitarsus with a longitudinal

groove; forewing with basal angulation of radial vein about one-

third the distance from stigma to first complete transverse cubital

vein.

First tergite of abdomen with anterior declivous portion cov-

ered with minute punctures and a few interspersed larger ones,

base of posterior horizontal portion without a transverse carina,

the horizontal portion posteriorly with a shallow transverse groove

bearing two to three rows of! subcontiguous punctures, the apex of

the first tergite not strangulate; second tergite shining, with scat-

tered fine punctures dorsally and several rows of subcontiguous

punctures just before apex; third to fifth tergites subopaque from

delicate shagreening, each more closely punctured than the second

on the disk and with a denser concentration of subcontiguous punc-

tures near the apex ; pygidium on basal portion coarsely and closely

punctate with a small impunctate area at apex medianly, the

July, 1942]

KROMBEIN— A NEW TIPHIA

141

apical portion moderately shagreened without punctures or rugu-

lae, the apical margin unusually broadly rounded, subtruncate;

first sternite dull, closely and minutely punctured, median length

of the disk about two-thirds the width at apex; second sternite

shining, with scattered punctures; third to sixth sternites sub-

opaque from fine shagreening, finely and more closely punctate

than the second.

Male. Differing from, female as follows: 9.0 mm. long. Man-

dible, flagellum and apex of pygidium black.

Clypeus rather closely punctate on basal half, median produc-

tion impunctate, about one-fourth as wide as basal width of clypeus,

apical margin of the production with a broad obtusely angulate

emargination ; front subcontiguously punctured, with a slight

median carina extending from between the antennal insertions

halfway toward fore ocellus; areas anterior to and laterad of ocelli

impunctate, the ocellar triangle punctured; postocellar distance

about two-thirds the ocellocular distance; vertex and temples with

numerous minute punctures and a few interspersed larger ones;

postmandibular triangle impunctate; fourth to thirteenth antennal

segments' each with a longitudinal carina on outer surface.

Anterior two-thirds of dorsal surface of pronotum closely punc-

tate ; propleuron with numerous minute punctures and a few inter-

spersed larger ones; scutum, and disk of scutellum with scattered

punctures about equal in size to those on pronotum; postscutellum

with a median longitudinal groove; mesopleural disk posteriorly

with the minute punctures more numerous though not so closely

placed; propodeal enclosure two-thirds as wide at apex as at base,

area adjacent to enclosure with a few large punctures near en-

closure and a few irregular carinae at antero-lateral corners;

lateral surface of propodeum shining on upper and posterior por-

tions with 10 to 12 oblique rugae, remainder of surface subopaque

with numerous oblique rugulae; sensorium of hind tibia much

narrower; forewing with second complete transverse cubital vein

curved outwardly, the apex of the second submarginal cell extend-

ing slightly farther distad than apex of marginal cell.

Abdominal segments 3 to 7 subopaque owing to delicate sha-

greening; anterior declivous portion of first tergite closely punc-

tate ; third to sixth tergites more closely punctured than second on

the disk; seventh tergite subopaque, finely and subcontiguously

punctured, with a median longitudinal impunctate line; anterior

portion of disk of first sternite with a few subcontiguous large

punctures, posteriorly with scattered minute punctures, the median

length of disk about three-fourths the apical width ; second sternite

about as sparsely punctate as the corresponding tergite; third to

fifth sternites each without lateral teeth or ridges; third to sixth

sternites minutely punctured, the punctures more concentrated

toward the apices; seventh sternite rather closely punctured on

basal two- thirds, the apical third and a median longitudinal ridge

on apical two-thirds impunctate.

142

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

Type 2 Old Station, Shasta County, California; May

29, 1941 (E. G. Linsley) [U. S. National Museum, Type No.

55680]. Allotype 5 taken in attempted copulation with and

mounted on same pin as type [U. S. N. M.]. Paratypes 3 2,15

topotypical and taken on same date as type (C. D. Michener)

[2 2 in U. S. N. M.; 12,15 in Calif. Acad. Sci.].

The female paratypes vary from 14-15 mm. in length and the

male paratype is 9.5 mm. long.

Tiphia shastensis appears to be most closely related to T.

mgulosa Malloch and T. odontogaster Viereck. The following

triplet gives in some detail the structural characters separating

the three species.

Basal angulation of radial vein of forewing about one-third the

distance from stigma to first complete transverse cubital ner-

vure; wings brownish, somewhat infumated; third to fifth

tergites in female and third to sixth in male more finely and

closely punctate than in rugulosa and odontogaster, the inter-

spaces subopaque from fine shagreening. Female : Apex of

pygidium very broadly rounded, the apical margin subtruncate;

sensorium of hind tibia broad, shallow and pyriform in outline;

length 14-15 mm. Male : Fifth sternite without lateral tooth

or ridge; dorsal surface of propodeum adjacent to enclosure

punctate and dull shastensis Krombein, n. sp.

Basal angulation of radial vein of forewing about one-third the

distance from stigma to first complete transverse cubital vein;

wings hyaline with a slight brownish cast in female, clear

hyaline in male; third to fifth tergites in female and third to

sixth in male more coarsely but less closely punctate than in

shastensis, the interspaces glossy. Female : Apex of pygidium

more narrowly rounded, the apical margin not subtruncate;

sensorium of hind tibia narrower than in shastensis but broader

than in mgulosa and deeper than in either species; length

9-10 mm. Male ; Fifth sternite (occasionally third and fourth

also) with lateral tooth or ridge; dorsal surface of propodeum

adjacent to enclosure rugulose and shining

odontogaster Viereck

Basal angulation, of radial vein of forewing one-fifth toi one-sixth

the distance from stigma to first complete transverse cubital

nervure; wings hyaline with a slight brownish cast; third to

fifth tergites in female and third to sixth in male more coarsely

but less closely punctate than in shastensis, the interspaces

glossy. Female: Apex of pygidium more narrowly rounded,

the apical margin not subtruncate; sensorium of hind tibia

narrower than in shastensis but about as shallow 1 ; length 8-9.5

mm. Male : Fifth sternite without lateral tooth or ridge; dorsal

surface of propodeum adjacent to enclosure shining and more

closely rugulose than in odontogaster rugulosa Malloch

July, 1942]

KNOWLTON— AMPHOROPHORA

143

The male of shastensis actually keys out at occidentata Mal-

loch in Malloch’s key (Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Survey, XIII, p. 5,

1918) but the latter species is immediately separated by the

shape of the first tergite, which is strangulate apically and nodose

when viewed laterally. In my opinion occidentata t belongs to an

entirely different species group than do the three species dis-

cussed above because of the differently shaped first tergite.

AMPHOROPHORA OSBORNI 1

(Homoptera, Aphididae)

BY GEORGE F. KNOWLTON

Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Logan

The following description deals with an apparently unde-

scribed aphid, collected in Utah on a black currant bush heavily

infested by Amphorophora ribiella (Davis), a species which it

somewhat resembles.

Amphorophora osborni Knowlton, n. sp. A, antenna; B, lateral

view of catida; C, cornicle, of apterous vivipara.

Amphorophora osborni Knowlton, new species 2

Apterous vivipara: Codor green; body 2.1 mm. long; antennae

2.41 mm., pale except distal ends of III, IV, V, and all of VI

which are blackish; antennal III, 0.75 to 0.8 long with 36 to 37

sensoria; IV, 0.448, without sensoria; V, 0.496; VI, 0.128 + 0.86

( + ? ends broken off) ; rostrum reaching hind coxae; rostral IV+V

slenderly obtuse, 0.16 mm.; hind tibiae 1.46; hind tarsi 0.13; cor-

nicles pale, 0.87 long, slightly swollen on distal half; cauda pale,

0.34 mm. long, with 3 or 4 hairs on each side of distal one-half.

Collected upon foliage of Ribes longiflorum, at Cedar City,

Utah, June 15, 1935, by G. F. Knowlton. Type in the collection

of the writer.

Amphorophora osborni has more sensoria on antennal III,

and its cornicles are longer than those of A. ribiella (Davis),

A. nabali (Oest.) and A. pergandei Mason.

1 Contribution from the Department of Entomology, Utah Agricultural Ex-

periment Station, Logan.

2 Named in honor of my former professor. Dr. Herbert Osborn.

144

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

[VOL. XVIII, NO. 3

The American Commission on Scientific Nomenclature

in Entomology

The disturbed condition of the world during the last few

years has interfered with the activities of the International Com-

mission on Zoological Nomenclature and there is no prospect

that this Commission will again function successfully for several

years to come. Entomologists in the United States have felt that

this situation should not be allowed entirely to stifle progress in

the development of nomenclature! and the clarification of nomen-

clatorial problems. At the meetings of the Entomological So-

ciety of America and the American Association of Economic

Entomologists in San Francisco, in December, 1941, a plan was

adopted which called for the establishment of an American Com-

mission on Scientific Nomenclature in Entomology.

In accord with the terms of this plan, Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck

and Professor G. F. Ferris were appointed to organize the Com-

mission. That organization has now been completed and the

Commission is ready to function. It includes Prof. J. C. Bradley,

of Cornell University; Mr. W. J. Brown and Mr. G. Stuart

Walley, of the Division of Entomology of the Department of

Agriculture of Canada; Prof. G. F. Ferris, of Stanford Univer-

sity; Prof. T. H. Hubbell, of the University of Florida; Prof.

H. B. Hungerford, of the University of Kansas; Dr. E. G. Lin-

sley, of the University of California at Berkeley; Prof. Clarence

E. Mickel, of the University of Minnesota; Dr. C. F. W. Muese-

beck and Dr. P. W. Oman, of the United States Bureau of Ento-

mology and Plant Quarantine; Prof. A. G. Richards, Jr., of the

University of Pennsylvania; Dr. Herbert H. Ross, of the State

Natural History Survey of Illinois; Prof. C. W. Sabrosky, of the

State Agricultural College of Michigan, and Dr. R. L. Usinger,

of the University of California at Davis. Prof. G. F. Ferris has

been elected as Chairman.

The Commission will receive, consider and advise upon such

nomenclatorial problems as are presented to it. All acts of the

Commission will be in harmony with the International Rules of

Zoological Nomenclature, although recommendations for the

clarification, extension and improvement of these rules may be

made. The Commission will report to the two parent societies

at their next annual meeting. Communications concerning mat-

ters within the province of the Commission may be addressed to

any of its members.

REVISTA DE ENTOMOLOGIA

An International Review of Entomology

An illustrated magazine published four times a year by THOMAZ

BORGMEIER. O.F.M., devoted to entomology, mainly of the neo-

tropical fauna.

The volumes already published since 1931 comprise thousands of

pages and contain articles by leading entomologists such as F. W.

Edwards, W. Horn, E. Lindner, J. W. S. Macfie, E. Martini, A. da Costa

Lima, F. Silvestri, C. Menozzi, A. Reichensperger, F. Santschi, J. D.

Hood, etc., with a bibliography of the current literature (economic

and non-economic) of the neotropical fauna.

Annual subscription $4.00 U. S. ($5.00 U. S. through booksellers).

All payments are in advance. The back volumes are still on sale;

price of each volume 4 U. S. dollars; through booksellers 5 U. S.

dollars.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Editor: Thomaz Borgmeier,

O.F.M., Convento S. Antonio, Largo da Carioca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

ARCTIC LEPIDOPTERA

A large collection of Arctic Lepidoptera, especially Erebio,

Oeneis, and Noctuidae, has been accumulated.

Collectors who desire such material please communicate

with me as follows: R. J. Fitch, Lloydminster, Saskatchewan,

Canada.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

An illustrated magazine, published monthly — except August and

September — devoted to the study of INSECT LIFE. It contains a list

of the titles of the current Literature on American Entomology, articles

by the leading authorities in the United States and Canada. It is a nec-

essary journal of reference for working entomologists, and contains valu-

able information for economic and systematic students.

Annual subscription price $3.00. Foreign (except Canadian $3.15)

subscriptions $3.30. Single copies 35 cents. Address

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS,

1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa.

Vol. XVIII

October, 1942

No. 4

THE

Pan -Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in co-operation with

The California Academy of Sciences

CONTENTS

BOHART, ANALYSIS OF THE ODYNERUS CONGRESSUS GROUP 145

LINSLEY AND MICHENER, HABITS OF TIPHIA SHASTENSIS 154

USINGER, REVISION OF THE TERMITAPHIDIDAE..._ 155

HSIAO, A NEW MIRID FROM OREGON 160

HARRIS, THE DATE OF PUBLICATION OF LAPORTE’S ESSAI 161

JAMES, A NEW EMPIS OF THE SUBGENUS PACHYMERIA 163

WOODBURY, SUGDEN AND GILLETTE, PAINTED LADY MIGRATIONS 165

SCOTT, PACIFIC COAST COLLEMBOLA..._ — 177

SCULLEN, NOTES ON SYNONYMY IN THE GENUS CERCERIS — 1 187

DRAKE, A NEW APTEROUS ARADID FROM AUSTRALIA 190

LINSLEY, A NEW SPECIES OF CALLIDIUM FROM REDWOOD..... 192

TITLE PAGE, TABLE OF CONTENTS AND INDEX FOR VOLUME XVIII.

San Francisco, California

1942

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST

EDITORIAL BOARD

E. S. Ross R. L. Usingeb E. C. Van Dyki

Assistant Editor Editor Associate Editor

G. F. Ferbis E. R. Leach E. G. Linsley

Treasurer

Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society

Proceedings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic

and biological phases of entomology are favored, including articles up

to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and

distribution.

Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should

be addressed to the editor, R. L. Usinger, University of California Col-

lege of Agriculture, Davis, California. All communications regarding

non-receipt of numbers, changes of address, requests for sample copies,

and all financial communications should be addressed to the assistant

editor, E. S. Ross, or the treasurer, E. R. Leach, at the California Acad-

emy of Sciences, San Francisco, California.

At least twenty-five “author’s extras” will be supplied free of charge.

Additional copies will be reprinted at cost of publication, if a request

is received when proof is returned.

Domestic and foreign subscriptions $2.50 per year in advance. Price

for single copies 75 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Ento-

mologist.”

INSECT BOXES

Standard size black insect box

with sides of box and cover

made of •/}" redwood. The

top, bottom and shoulders

are of heavy cardboard.

Inside dimensions:

I2%x8^4x2 Yq inches.

Prices:

60 cents each.

Lots of one dozen, 50 cents

each.

With Masonite bottom, 15

cents extra.

With glass top, 50 cents

extra.

Prices for larger quantities

on request.

Unit boxes also manufactured

Prices on application

RAISIN AND THIEBAUT BROS., LTD.

346 First Street, San Francisco, Calif.

Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the postoffice at

San Francisco, California, under Act of August 24, 1912.

The Pan-Pacific Entomologist

VOL. XVIII, No. 4 October, 1942

AN ANALYSIS OF THE ODYNERUS CONGRESSUS GROUP

OF THE SUBGENUS LEPTOCHILUS

(Hymenoptera, Vespidae)

BY RICHARD M. BOHART

University of California, Los Angeles

Most indications point to the origin of the subgenus Lepto-

chilus 1 somewhere along the Stenodynerus line. If such is the

case, the congressus group probably represents the first offshoot.

This is indicated by the many characters possessed in common

by the group represented by Stenodynerus anormiformis Vier.

and the congressus group, which become lost or altered in the

more specialized types of Leptochilus. These are the rounded

or flattened postscutellum, the median suture of the second stern-

ite, the shape of the second cubital cell, the five-toothed female

mandibles, and the lengthened third antennal segment. In fact

the chief character separating the two subgenera when these two

related groups are involved is the presence in Stenodynerus of

distinct pronotal pits.

The ocular tubercles which occur in most of the species of

this group also are found in certain other Leptochilus as well as

sparingly in other subgenera. They are typically smooth swell-

ings tangent to the upper and inner angle of the compound eyes.

Their greatest development occurs in congressus Vier., in which

they often extend over a large portion of the face.

Specimens used in this study were borrowed from the U. S.

National Museum, the Bureau of Biological Survey of the U. S.

Department of Agriculture, the California Academy of Sciences,

the University of Kansas, and Pomona College. I am also in-

debted for material to J. Bequaert, P. H. Timberlake, E. G. Lins-

ley, C. D. Michener, M. A. Cazier, F. L. Blanc, J. H. Mitchell,

L. D. Phillips, B. E. White, and N. W. Frazier.

Holotypes and allotypes have been deposited in the California

Academy of Sciences.

1 Leptochilus and Stenodynerus are here treated as Bubgenera of Odynerus.

Some authors prefer to treat them as genera.

146

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [V0L.XVIII,N0.4

Synopsis of the Species of the Odynerus congressus Group

Postscutellum not sharply crested; hind face of propodeum

with a dorsolateral tubercle or short ridge; forewing with the

two veinlets of the second cubital cell which border on the first

and third discoidal cells forming almost a straight line; second

sternite with a crease-like basal median suture; interocellar

tubercles when present essentially parallel; female mandible five

toothed.

1. Hind face of propodeum with a pointed tubercle on each side;

front margin of pronotum with a conspicuously projecting

membranous flange which is about an ocellus width; second

tergite sharply re flexed apically; second sternite of male with

a pair of small medio-lateral teeth. 2

— . Hind face of propodeum with a short sharp dorso-lateral

ridge; front margin of pronotum inconspicuous; second tergite

hardly reflexed apically; male second sternite untoothed 3

2. Vertex with bulging* ocellar and ocular tubercles .... deformiceps

Vertex without ocellar or ocular tubercles platycerus

3. Vertex without interocellar tubercles; interocellar area not

furrowed; head prolonged behind the eyes; scutellum but not

postscutellum pale marked; male middle femur not conspicu-

ously deformed russipes

Vertex with prominent interocellar tubercles or at least with

interocellar area furrowed; scutellum and postscutellum, or

the latter only, pale marked; male middle femur usually dis-

tinctly deformed 4

4. Postocular and interocellar tubercles covered with punctures

except at their summits infuscipennis

Tubercles very prominent, smooth and shining. 5

5. First tergite (at least) marked wuth light reddish. 6

- First tergite marked with dark red or without red; last an-

tennal segment of male robust and flattened; male middle

femur much broader basally than trochanter. ..7

6. Last antennal segment of male, slender and nearly cylindrical

but not apically excavated; male middle femur enlarging ab-

ruptly from the base (Texas, New Mexico, and Colorado)

martini

— Last antennal segment of male thick, flattened, and apically

excavated; male middle femur enlarging abruptly from the

base (California and Arizona) rnssatus

7. Black with whitish markings; head swellings often enormous

and extending down the face toward the ocular emarginations.

congressus

— . Black with yellow markings; head swellings moderate

tetralobus

oct., 1942]

BOHART— ODYNERUS

147

Odynerus infuscipennis Bohart, new species

Male. Black with the following whitish yellow: Clypeus, lower

eye margins, first antennal segment in front, Y-shaped interanten-

nal spot, postocular spot, front margin of pronotum, tegula mostly,

spot beneath, two spots on scutellum, stripe across post-scutellum,

lateral spot on propodeum, legs partly, apices of first five tergites

and second sternite, attached lateral spot on first tergite, large free

lateral spot on second tergite, mandible mostly, antennal apex,

legs partly, dark reddish; wing veins dark, membrane almost

evenly smoky. Pubescence pale, short, and sparse. Puncturation

moderately coarse, becoming coarse on second sternite, clypeus well

punctured. Head about as broad as long, clypeus narrowly and

roundly incised apically; third antennal! segment over twice as long

as broad; interocellar area furrowed but only slightly tubercu-

late; ocular tubercles low and punctured except at their summits.

Humeral angles slightly more than 90 degrees; middle femur

nearly normal. Aedeagus constricted somewhat sub-basally; para-

mere hairless except at inner base. Length to apex of second

tergite, 6.5 mm.

Female. Clypeus black except for apical spot, complete stripe

across scutellum, legs largely red and black, fifth tergite dark,

venter black except for lateral spots on second sternite. Clypeus

narrowly incised, apical teeth sharp ; third antennal segment about

twice as long as second; second abdominal segment broader than

long; length of apex of second tergite, 7 mm.

Holotype male and one pairatype male, Bass Lake, Madera

County, California, June 6, 1938 (R. M. Bohart) ; allotype female

and one paratype female, Mariposa, Mariposa County, California,

June 13, 1938 (J. R. Warren and R. M. Bohart). One female

paratype, Yakima, Washington, July 4, 1882. One male paratype,

Ten Cent Lake, Steens Mts., Oregon, July 29, 1937 (Bolinger and

Jewett). Ten other paratypes from the following localities (all

California) : Cayton, Shasta County; Meadow Valley, Plumas

County; Tuolumne County, 3,500 feet; Usona, Mariposa County;

Davis, Yolo County; Antioch, Contra Costa County; Murphys,

Calaveras County; Cascade, Fresno County. Paratypes in collec-

tions of U. S. National Museum, J. Bequaert, and the author.

In this species the pale markings are variable. The type

material is restricted to those specimens which are marked with

whitish yellow, but additional specimens are at hand in which

the markings are distinctly yellow as well as being more exten-

sive. These are mainly from southern California (Monterey and

Los Angeles Counties) but a few are from Davis Creek and Las-

148

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL.XVIII,N0.4

sen Creek, Modoc County. Because of the variation even within

the white-marked specimens, it does not seem worthwhile to desig-

nate these yellow forms by a separate name. Occasional white-

marked females are also red-noded.

Fig. 1 , deformiceps, dorsal view of male genitalia; fig. 2, russa-

tus, dorsal view of male genitalia; fig. 3, russatus male, front view

of head; fig. 4, congressus female, front view of head; fig. 5, con-

gressus male, ventral view of first two abdominal segments ; fig. 6,

congressus, apical wing venation; fig. 7, congressus, posterior view

of propodeum; fig. 8, defomniceps, posterior view of propodeum;

fig. 9, ntssatus male, lateral view of middle femur; fig. 10, con-

gressus male, lateral view of middle femur; fig. 11, deformiceps

male, front view of head; fig. 12, deformiceps male, lateral view of

head; fig. 13, irussipes male, front view of head; fig. 14, russatus

male, terminal antennal segments; fig. 15, i-ussipes male, terminal

antennal segments.

Odynerus tetralobus Bohart, new species

Male. Black marked with yellow as follows: Clypeus, first an-

tennal segment in front, margin of pronotum broadly, tegula and

spot beneath, stripes across scutellum and post-scutellum, lateral

spot on propodeum, legs partly, apical bands on first five tergites

and second sternite, attached lateral spots on first two tergites.

Tarsi, tibiae partly, wing veins, brownish; apical cell of forewing

and costal margin clouded, membrane otherwise mainly clear.

oct., 1942]

BOHART— ODYNERUS

149

Pubescent short, pale, and obscure. Puncturation moderate, punc-

tures mostly separated by at least one puncture diameter, clypeus

well punctured. Head broader than long; clypeus roundly incised

apically, emargination less than distance between apical teeth;

third antennal segment about twice as long as second, last segment

flattened and twice as long as broad; interocellar and ocular

swellings prominent and shiny. Humeral angles approximately 90

degrees; middle femur strongly flattened and much broader basally

than trochanter. Length to apex of second tergite, 7.5 mm.

Female. Clypeus dark-margined laterally, head markings re-

duced in size; scutellum two spotted. Clypeus sharply toothed and

roundly incised apically; length to apex of second tergite, 8 mm.

Holotype male, Coalinga, Fresno County, California, May 14,

1938 (M. A. Cazier) ; allotype female and two paratypel females,

Riverside, Riverside County, California, May, on Eriogonum fas-

ciculatum (P. H. Timberlake) ; male paratype, Gavilan, River-

side County, California, May 31, 1937 (P. H. Timberlake) ;

female paratype, Mint Canyon, Los Angeles County, California,

May 25, 1937 (E. P. Van Duzee). Paratypes in collections of

P. H. Timberlake and the author.

Although resembling congressus closely in markings, tetra-

lobus is a larger species with much more prominent head swell-

ings. Also, the male last antennal segment in the former is

slender and nearly cylindrical, whereas that of tetralobus is stout

and flattened. The male middle femora are similar, but more

flattened and swollen in tetralobus.

Odynerus martini Bohart, new species

Male. Black marked with whitish as follows: Clypeus, mandi-

ble partly, Y-shaped interantennal spot, first antennal segment in

front, lower orbital stripe, postocular spot, front margin of pro-

notum, tegula and spot beneath, stripes across scutellum and post-

scutellum, lateral spot on propodeum, legs partly, apical margins

of first four tergites and second sternite, free lateral spot on sec-

ond tergite. Mandible mostly, antenna beneath and apically and

second sternite partly, reddish; wing veins brown, membrane un-

clouded except slightly in apical cell. Pubescence short, pale, and

obscure. Puncturation moderate, punctures mostly separated by

about a puncture diameter; clypeus well punctured. Head broader

than long; clypeus narrowly and angularly incised apically; inter-

ocellar and ocular swellings prominent and shining; third antennal

segment about twice as long as second; last segment slender,

curved, and nearly three times as long as broad. Humeral angles

obtuse ; middle femur strongly flattened and concave on outer side.

Length to apex of second tergite, 6 mm.

150

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL.XVIII,N0.4

Female. Clypeus black except for a subapical spot, whitish

markings of head reduced, legs black and red, propodeum. largely

red, first three tergites and second stemite apically banded, free

spot of second tergite faint and reddish. Clypeus angularly in-

cised at apex; length to/ apex of second tergite, 7.5 mm.

Holotype male, Davis Mts., Texas, May 13, 1937 (J. 0. Mar-

tin) ; allotype female, Finlay, Texas, July 2, 1930 (J. 0. Martin).

Paratype male, Sierra Blanca, El Paso County, Texas, July 8,

1917. Two female specimens which are probably this species are

from Greeley, Colorado, June 6, 1902, and Las Cruces, New

Mexico, respectively.

This species resembles russatus closely in general structure

and markings. These are the only two species of the group, with

the exception of russipes, having extensive light reddish markings.

Although the females are practically indistinguishable, the males

differ both in antennae and middle femora as indicated in the

key. In addition the clypeus of russatus male is roundly instead

of angularly excavated. This difference is much less obvious in

the females. The head swellings in these two species are promi-

nent but never reach the extreme knob-like condition found in

most congressus. The supposedly martini female from Las Cruces

has the body mostly reddish and undoubtedly the extent of red

coloration is highly variable. As mentioned elsewhere, occasional

specimens of congressus and infuscipennis have dark reddish

showing up in the nodal area, and russipes is normally red-noded

in the female only.

Odynerus russatus Bohart, new species

Male. Red marked with whitish as follows: Clypeus, face

mostly, postocular spot, pronotum in front, tegula and spot be-

neath, stripes across scutellum and postscutellum, lateral spot on

propodeum, legs partly, apical bands on first, second, fourth and

fifth tergites and second sternite, a lateral attached spot on first

tergite, a free lateral spot on second tergite. Scutum, wing veins,

apices of terminal tergites, dark reddish brown; wing membrane

mostly clear, apical cell clouded. Pubescence short, pale, and ob-

scure. Puncturation moderately coarse, punctures mostly separated

by at least a puncture diameter, clypeus sparsely punctured. Head

slightly broader than long; clypeus roundly and deeply incised

apically; third antennal segment about twice as long as second;

last segment flattened, hardly twice as long as broad, and with the

tip excavated (see figure). Aedeagus very broad and stout, hardly

constricted sub-basally (see figure) ; paramere hairless except at

inner base. Length to apex of second tergite, 7 mm.

oct., 1942]

BOHART— ODYNERUS

151

Female. Clypeus irregularly marked with red, facial marks

reduced in size, no interocellar marks, legs almost entirely red.

Clypeus with a somewhat angular, narrowly rounded apical in-

cision; length to apex of second tergite, 8 mjm.

Holoype male, allotype female, and one male paratype, San

Felipe Creek, Imperial County, California, July 8, 1933 (H. S.

Gentry). Other paratypes, one male, Buckeye, Arizona, March

18, 1934, on Lycium torreyi (P. H. Timberlake) ; one male,

Tucson, Arizona, July 25, 1940, on Lycium parviflorum (J.

Bequaert) ; one male and two females, Indio, Riverside County,

California, April 9, 1936, at flowers of Pro so pis (P. H. Timber-

lake) ; one female, Indio, California, March 25, 1937 (G. E. and

R. M. Bohart). Paratypes in collections of P. H. Timberlake,

J. Bequaert, and the author.

Considerable variation exists in the extent of the red colora-

tion which may be supplanted with black except in the nodal area.

Apparently there is a seasonal variation with the redder forms

emerging in midsummer. The peculiar male antennae separate

the species at once from all others. The female may be confused

with martini which is, however, a more easterly species.

Odynerus congressus Viereck

Odynerus congressus Viereck, 1908, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.,

33:405. (Holotype female, Univ. Kansas.)

Black marked with whitish which is distributed about as in

russatus except that propodeum and scutellum are usually un-

marked and second tergite lacks free spots; nodal area rarely

marked with dark reddish. Similar in structure to russatus except

that head swellings are usually greatly enlarged and extending

down the face. Also, last antennal segment of male stout and flat

but not excavated apically, and male middle femur concave on

outer side and strongly flattened.

Records. Arizona: Bill Williams Fork, Phoenix, Higley, Con-

gress Junction (type locality), Palmerlee, and Tucson (June to

August). Texas: Sierra Blanca, El Paso County, July 8. New

Mexico: Florida, July 6, on Actinella (T. D. A. Cockerell). Cali-

fornia: Morongo Valley, San Bernardino County (September) ;

Coachella Valley, Riverside County (May to August) ; Imperial

County (April to November) . P. H. Timberlake records it visit-

ing the flowers of Acacia greggii, Prosopis julijiora, and Croton

calif ornicus in the Coachella Valley of California.

152

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [voL.XVIII,N0.4

Odynerus russipes Bohart, new species

Male. Black; labrum, clypeus, mandible mostly; first antennal

segment in front, triangular interantennal spot, ocular spot, front

margin of pronotum, tegula mostly, spot below, stripe across

scutellum, legs partly, apical bands on abdominal tergites one to

five and sternites two to four, lateral spots on tergites one and

two, whitish; tip of mandible, antennal flagellum, wing veins, tibiae

and tarsi partly, last three abdominal segments mostly, reddish

brown. Pubescence pale, obscure, and sparse; clypeus hardly sil-

vered. Puncturation moderately thick, punctures mostly separated

by one puncture diameter or slightly less. Head enlarged behind

eyes but without smooth swellings; mandible five toothed, second

tooth most protruding; clypeus deeply and roundly incised apic-

ally; third antennal segment less than twice as long as second;

last two segments nearly equal in length, the last about twice as

long as broad. Humeral angles obtuse; middle femur normal. First

abdominal segment broadening abruptly subapically as viewed

from above; aedeagus slender and with a long narrowed subapical

neck; paramere densely hairy, especially on inner side. Length to

apex of second tergite, 6.5 mm.

Female. Clypeus black; interantennal spot long oval; apex of

postscutellum, propodeum, and base of first antennal segment, red;

first three tergites and sternites two and three apically white

banded. Head longer than broad as viewed from the front, clypeus

roundly incised; second abdominal segment longer than broad;

length to apex of second tergite, 8 mm.

Holotype male, Westgard Pass plateau, Inyo County, Cali-

fornia, May 3, 1937; allotype female, same locality, May 27,

1937. Paratype male, Globe, Arizona, July 4, (D. K. Duncan) ;

two male paratypes, Charleston Mt. Park, Nevada, May 24. Other

paratypes (all from Inyo County, California) : two males and one

female, Inyo Mts. ; six males and one female, Mazurka Canyon;

one male, Panamint Mountains; one male, Westgard Pass pla-

teau; one male, Little Lake. Paratypes in collections of U. S.

National Museum, J. Bequaert, and the author.

The species can be readily distinguished by its unfurrowed

and unswollen interocellar area, the whitish scutellum but dark

postscutellum, and the lengthened head. In the last-named char-

acter it approaches platycerus and deformiceps, to both of which

it is probably related. It is apparently a connecting link between

these odd species and the more typical members of the group.

The sexual dimorphism of russipes is striking, the female being

red-noded.

oct., 1942]

BOHART— ODYNERUS

153

Odynerus platycerus Bohart, new species

Male. Black; clypeus, first antennal segment in front, inter-

antennal spot, orbital spot, postocular spot, front margin of pro-

notum narrowly, tegula mostly, stripe across scutellum, legs partly,

apical bands on first six tergites and sternites two to four, yellow;

spots on second to eleventh antennal segments, last two segments

entirely, legs partly, reddish brown; terminal segment of tarsi

dark, others light; wings deeply brown-stained. Pubescence short,

thick, and pale to golden. Puncturation close and moderately

coarse, punctures mostly nearly contiguous, clypeus well punctured.

Head longer than broad, cubical ; clypeus broad and semi-circularly

emarginate apically; third antennal segment about twice as long

as second; last two segments lengthened, last segment large, flat

and spoon-shaped; mandible three toothed, basal tooth very large.

Front margin of pronotum with a projecting membranous edge,

lateral angles slightly obtuse ; hind face of propodeum with a sharp

lateral tooth instead of a ridge; middle femur of irregular shape,

swollen basally and depressed externo-medially. First tergite

slightly flared apically in dorsal view; second tergite longer than

broad and apically reflexed collar-like; second sternite with a

sharp latero-medial tubercle; genitalia about as figured for de-

formiceps but aedeagus slightly stouter. Length to apex of second

tergite, 10 mm.

Holotype male, Guadalajara, Mexico, July, 1909 (D. L. Craw-

ford) .

This peculiar species resembles deformiceps but lacks the

head swellings.

Odynerus deformiceps Bohart, new species

Male. Black; clypeus, first antennal segment in front, inter-

antennal spot, orbital spot, postocular spot, front margin of pro-

notum, tegula mostly and spot beneath, stripes across scutellum

and postscutellum, lateral spot on propodeum, legs partly, apical

bands on first six tergites and second to fourth sternites, lateral

attached spot on first tergite, pale yellow; spots on second to

eleventh antennal segments, last two segments entirely, legs partly

(last segment of tarsi dark), tegula partly, reddish brown; wings

stained with brownish. Pubescence short, fairly sparse, and pale

to fulvous. Puncturation moderately coarse, especially on abdomen

where punctures are nearly contiguous; vertex weakly punctured;

clypeus finely punctured. Head longer than broad and greatly

swollen in ocellar area; third antennal segment about twice as

long as second; last segment very large, flat and spoon-shaped

(see figure) ; mandible three toothed, basal tooth very large, clyp-

eus broad and semi-circularly emarginate apically; ocular and

interocellar tubercles extremely prominent; ocelli reduced; post-

154

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [v0L.XVIII,N0.4

ocellar area long and nearly flat in lateral view. Front margin

of pronotum with a projecting membranous edge, lateral angles

slightly obtuse ; hind face of propodeum with a sharp lateral tooth

instead of a ridge; middle femur of irregular shape, swollen

basally and depressed externo-medially. First tergite flared apic-

ally in dorsal view; second tergite longer than broad and apically

reflexed collar-like; second sternite with a sharp latero-medial

tubercle; genitalia as figured. Length to apex of second tergite,

11 mm.

Female. Clypeus about as long as broad and black except for a

basal crescent, head swellings less prominent than in male, second

sternite without tubercles.

Holotype male, Cochise County, Arizona, August 14, 1916

(Virgil Owen) ; allotype female, Palmerlee, Arizona, October.

Paratypes (all from Arizona) : three males, Ramsey Canyon,

Huachuca Mts. (W. H. Mann) ; one male, Palmerlee, Arizona.

Paratypes in collections of U. S. National Museum, J. Bequaert,

and the author.

This extraordinary insect was placed in this group only after

considerable deliberation and the discovery of the related species,

platycerus, which links it to russipes. It is remarkable for its

oddly shaped head and long slender body as well as for the

numerous distinctive secondary sexual characters of the male.

Habits of Tiphia shastensis

On May 29, 1941, near Old Station, Shasta County, Cali-

fornia, a large number of fresh emergence holes of the scarab

beetle, Phyllophaga errans Lee., were noted along the edge of a

little used dirt road. A closer examination revealed many females

of Tiphia shastensis Krombein digging into and emerging from

the ground as well as a few males following them about and at-

tempting copulation. The female wasps flew rarely hut wandered

over the ground exploring the surface with their antennae. After

a relatively short search they began to burrow into the ground

vertically and within a few moments they would be out of sight.

A small amount of excavation revealed several additional wasps

and a larva of P. errans, suggesting the possibility that the

tiphiids are parasites of the latter. — E. G. Linsley and C. D.

Michener.

oct., 1942]

USINGER — TERMITAPHIDIDAE

155

REVISION OF THE TERMITAPHIDIDAE

(Hemiptera)

BY ROBERT L. USINGER

University of California, Davis

Knowledge of the termitophilous genus Termitaradus has been

at a standstill since the last of Myers’ excellent papers (1932).

Myers (1924) first recognized the genus as distinct from the

monotypic Termitaphis of Colombia and gave a “key to the

females of the seven adequately described species.” In 1932 he

was able to give a redescription of the eighth species, australi-

ensis (Mjoberg), describe a new species from Jamaica, and de-

scribe the eggs of guianae (Morrison). Unfortunately a revised

key was not given at that time, probably because of the uncer-

tain status of the two Trinidad species, trinidadensis and insularis

described by Morrison in 1924.

The two Trinidad species (both based upon single 1 specimens

collected at the same time and place in galleries of the same

species of termite) have long been a source of confusion and

have occupied isolated positions in Myers’ classification; trini-

dadensis because of its small number of abdominal flabella (4

instead of the usual 6 or 8) and! insularis because of its small

number of body lobes (12 instead of 13 or 14 as in all other

Termitaradus females). However, Myers’ work (1924) strongly

suggested that the number of body lobes, varied between 13 and

14 (both forms were present in his series of panamensis ) and he

even had an incipiently 12-lobed female of jamaicensis in' 1932.

Furthermore, he showed that there were only four marginal

flabella to each abdominal lobe in the penultimate nymphal

instar of jamaicensis.

Through the kindness of Dr. A. M. Adamson of the Imperial

College of Tropical Agriculture in Trinidad, I recently received

a collection of sixty-nine specimens of Termitaradus from Trini-

dad and Tobago, B. W. I. Specimens were collected by Dr.

Adamson at the following localities: Manzanilla, Trinidad, May

24, 1936 (34 specimens) ; Caura Valley, Trinidad, January 1,

1936 (12 specimens) ; Mayaro, Trinidad, May 10, 1936 (6 speci-

mens) ; Caledonia District, Tobago, December 27, 1938 (3 adults

and many eggs) ; and Bacolet, Tobago, September 1 13, 1938 (14

specimens) . This fine collection includes eggs, nymphs of vari-

156

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL.XVIH, NO.4

ous instars, and adult males and females. Dr. Adamson tells me

that of the 150 or more species of termites in Trinidad he finds

Termitaradus only in the galleries of the one species, Hetero-

termes tenuis (Hagen), where they are apparently quite common.

A study of this fine series of specimens sheds considerable

light on the limits of variation in Termitaradus and settles the

status of the doubtful Trindad species. It now seems obvious

that the* basic number of lobes on either side of the body is 14

but that 13- and even 12-lobed females occur within the same

species. The number of marginal lobules and flabella is very

variable on the thoracic lobes but is more constant on the mid-

dle lobes of thel abdomen and is very constant on the head lobes

and on the lobes of the eighth abdominal segment. This last

character is so constant and the three-lobule condition occurs so

consistently throughout all of the American species in contrast to

the two lobules and flabella of the Old World species that one is

tempted to reject the record of mexicana (2-lobules) as an error

in observation. Certainly this is an inconsistency that should be

checked when the type or other material is examined.

It seems certain that trinidadensis (Morrison, 1923) is the

nymph (2 mm. long and 4 marginal flabella on either side of

most of the abdominal segments) and insularis (Morrison, 1923)

is the 12-lobed adult female of a single species. I have nymphs

with 4 marginal flabella which are about 1.75 mm. long and, as

mentioned above, 12-lobed females are also present in my series.

The differences in shape of flabella illustrated by Morrison

(1923) fall within the extremes of variation seen in a single

individual, though the typical form lies between these two. The

name trinidadensis is retained with insularis as a synonym be-

cause it has page precedence, is more appropriate, and corre-

sponds to other geographical specific names in the genus.

The specimens from Trinidad and Tobago have been carefully

compared and appear to be identical although the Tobago speci-

mens average slightly smaller. The flabella of the second

cephalic lobes are much smaller than those of the other body

lobes in trinidadensis and one Tobago specimen has these fla-

bella so short that they project beyond the margins of the lobules

only at their rounded apices.

Male Termitaphidids are typically 12-lobed, the meso and

metathoracic lobes being fused. As pointed out by Myers (1924),

they seem to average one more lobule and flabella to each of the

oct., 1942]

USIN GER — TERMITAPHIDIDAE

157

anterior abdominal lobes than in the female of the same species.

Males have not been incorporated into the classification because

they are known only for annandalei, guianae, panamensis, and

trinidadensis, they lack the very useful differentiating character

of 2 or 3 lobules and flabella on the eighth abdominal lobes, and

they differ from the females in average number of flabella on

the other abdominal lobes. On the other hand, the flabella are

similar in form in both sexes so it is a simple matter to associate

the two sexes of a single species. The male genital capsule is very

conspicuous, quite fully exposed, and may eventually provide

characters for specific differentiation. The basal plates of the

aedeagus are completely fused, thus differing from the Aradidae

as described by Singh-Pruthi (1925), and the conjunctiva is

sclerotized on either side into a plate with a recurved hook. The

parameres are long, slender, tapering, and sinuous, being gradu-

ally curved near the middle and slightly recurved near the apex.

The eggs are similar to those described by Myers (1932) for

guianae, being .87 mm. long and .55 mm. across greatest width.

This is in spite of the considerably larger size of trinidadensis

adults. The chorion is very thin, completely transparent, and

finely pitted under magnification of 108 diameters. Beneath the

dhorion is the usual embryonic envelope which is discernible

only upon dissection. As noted by Myers, no cap or micropylar

processes are developed.

The food habits of the Termitaphididae are still a matter for

conjecture but China (1931) called attention to the parallelism

in structure of mouthparts (coiled setae) in the Plataspidae,

Aradidae, and Termitaphididae and showed that this is a spe-

cialization for feeding on the mycelia of fungi. In 1936 I re-

corded a termitophilous Aradid, Mezira reducta Van Duzee,

found commonly in the galleries of Zootermopsis nevadensis

(Hagen). Since Hendee (1933) has shown that fungi are norm-

ally found in abundance in, the galleries of termites and are rare

or absent in sound wood, it seems obvious that the Mezira men-

tioned above and the Termitaphididae in general feed upon fungi

associated with termite galleries.

A revised key to the Termitaphididae has been prepared based

upon Silvestri’s original key (1911) and the subsequent revi-

sions of Morrison (1923) and Myers (1924). One female of

Termitaradus panamensis Myers and two females of guianae

(Morrison) were available for study and comparison thanks to

158

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [v0L.XVIII,N0.4

Mr. H. G. Barber, who also examined the types of trinidadensis

and insularis in the collection of the United States National

Museum and confirmed the critical characters at my request. I

might add that the entire! problem of the taxonomy of the pres-

ent material was first referred to Dr. Morrison who turned the

matter over to Mr. Barber. Thanks are due to the authorities of

the United States National Museum and to both of these men

for their cooperation.

Synoptic Key to the Termitaphididae

ADULT FEMALES

A. Body egg-shaped, surrounded by a strongly incurved and up-

curved, dorso-lateral, segmentally divided lamina, the edges of

which are further divided into distinct, often quite distantly

separated lobules, each with a long, fine almost smooth flagel-

lum. Colombia. ( Amitermes foreli Wasmann; fam. Termitidae)

Termitaphis circumvallata Wasmann (1902)

B. Entire body strongly flattened above and below and surrounded

by a flat, lateral, segmentally divided lamina the margin of

which is crenulate, forming short, non-separated lobules, each

provided with a short, circular, clavate, or lanceolate flabellum

with serrate edges. Tropicopolitan. (In association with ter-

mites of the family Rhinotermitidae.) Termitaradus Myers

(1924) (Type: Termitaradus panamensis Myers, 1924).

1. Flabella short and rounded, at most scarcely more than twice

as long as broad 2.

-. Flabella elongate, much more than twice as long as broad 5

2. Eighth abdominal lobes each with two lobules. Anterior ab-

dominal segments normally with seven or more lobules on each

side 3

Eighth abdominal lobes each with three lobules. Anterior ab-

dominal segments normally with six lobules on each side 4

3. Flabella rounded. Anterior abdominal segments with not more

than seven lobules on each side. Mexico. (H eteroterm.es tenuis

Hagen) mexicana (Silvestri, 1911)

-. Flabella short, clavate. Anterior abdominal segments with

eight or more lobules on each side. India. ( Coptotermes heimi

Wasmann) annandalei (Silvestri, 1921)

4. Flabella of second cephalic lobe half the size of other head and

body flabella, but projecting conspicuously, ovate in form. Brit-

ish Guiana and Colombia. ( Heterotermes crinitus Emerson and

tenuis Hagen) guianae (Morrison, 1923)

-. Flabella. of second cephalic lobe much smaller, minute, scarcely

surpassing margins, perfectly circular in form. Jamaica.

(Heterotermes convexinotatus Snyder) ..jamaicensis Myers, 1932

oct., 1942]

USINGER— TERMITAPHIDIDAE

159

5. Eighth abdominal lobes each with two lobules 6

Eighth abdominal lobes each with three lobules 7

6. Flabella subcylindrical, rounded at apices or at most very ob-

tusely pointed, echinate. Anterior abdominal lobes each with

seven lobules. Africa. ( Rhinotermes putorius Sjost.)

subafra (Silvestri, 1911)

-. Flabella long, narrow, clavate, with straight sides and squarely

truncate tips, not echinate. Anterior abdominal lobes each with

eight or more lobules. Australia. ( Copotermes acinaciformis

Froggatt) australiensis (Mjoberg, 1914)

7. Flabella lanceolate, very acute at apices. Panama. ( Hetero -

termes tennis Hagen and convexinotatus Snyder)

panamensis Myers, 1924

-. Flabella moderately clavate, rounded at apices. Trinidad and

Tobago. ( Heterotermes tenuis, Hagen)

trinidadensis (Morrison, 1923)

( =insularis Morrison, 1923)

Bibliography

China, W. E. 1931. Morphological parallelism in the structure of

the labium in the Hemipterous genera Coptosomoides, gen. nov.,

and Bozius, Dist., in connection with mycetophagous habits.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10) 7:281-286, figs.

Hendee, E. C. 1933. Association of the termites, Kalotermes minor,

Reticulitermes hesperus, and Zootermopsis augusticollis with

fungi. Univ. of Calif. Publ. in Zool. 39:111-134, figs.

Myers, J. G. 19214. On the systematiq position of the family Ter-

mitaphididae with a description of a new genus and species

from Panama. Psyche,, 31:259-278, 1 plate.

1932. Observations on the family Termitaphididae with the

description of a new species from Jamaica. Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (10) 9:366-372, figs.

Mjoberg, E. 1914. Preliminary description of a new representa-

tive of the family Termitocoridae. Ent. Tidskr. 35:98-99, 2i figs.

Morrison, H. 1923. Three apparently new species of Termitaphis.

Zoologica, 3:403-408, pi. 24.

Silvestri, F. 1911. Sulla posizione sistematica del genere Termi-

taphis Wasm. con descrizione di due specie nuove. Portici Boll.

Lab. Zool. 5:231-236.

1921. A new species of Termitaphis from India. Rec. Indian

Mus. 22:71-74, 3 figs.

Singh-Pruthi, H. 1925. The morphology of the male genitalia in

Rhynchota. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1925:127-267, 32 plates.

Usinger, R. L. 1936. Studies in the American Aradidae with de-

scriptions of new species. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 29:490-516,

2 plates.

Wasmann, E. 1902L Species novae insectorum termitophilarum ex

America meridionali. Tijdschr. v. Ent. 45:75-107, figs.

160

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [V0L.XVIII,N0.4

A NEW MIRID FROM OREGON

(Hemiptera)

BY TSAI- YU HSIAO

Oregon State College, Corvallis*

Lopidea oregona Hsiao, new species (fig. 1)

Coloration suggestive of L. picta Kngt., but distinguished

from it and its allied species by the simple male right genital

clasper and the long third antennal segment which in thei male

is nearly as long as the second segment.

Figure 1. Lopidea oregona Hsiao, male genital claspers : a, both

claspers, caudal aspect; b, left clasper, lateral aspect; c, right

clasper, lateral aspect.

Male. Length, 4.9 mm., width, 1.505 mm., clothed with fine pale

pubescence; dorsum fuscous; lateral margins of vertex, middle of

frons anteriorly, genae, juga, lora (except apex), a longitudinal

median line and anterior margin of pronotum, a broader longitu-

dinal median line of scutellum, and embolar margins posteriorly,

pale and slightly tinged with pinkish; base of vertex, frons,

clypeus, and calli of pronotum, blackish; ventral side unevenly

fuscous; gula, xyphus, propleura, first rostral segment dorsally,

and anterior coxae, pale. Antennae black. Legs fuscous and

tinged with reddish at the paler areas.

Head, width, 1.208 mm., length, .385 mm.; vertex, width, .638

mm., distinctly depressed before posterior carina. Rostrum: length,

1.225 mm., reaching upon intermediate coxae. Antennae: segment

I, length, .438 mm; II, 1.59 mm.; Ill, 1.575 mm.; IV, .385 mm.

Pronotum: length, .823 mm., width at base, 1.4 mm., convex poste-

riorly, posterior and lateral margins moderately sinuate, humeral

angles broadly rounded, calli prominent. Scutellum: length, .525

mm., width at base, .70 mm., moderately convex, finely trans-

* Published as Technical Paper No. 399 with the approval of the Director,

Oregon Agricultural Experiment! Station. Contribution from the Department of

Entomology.

oct., 1942]

HARRIS— LAPORTE’S ESSAI

161

versely rugulose at middle. Hemelytra surpassing abdomen with

apex of cuneus; corium.: length, 2.2;7 mm.; cuneus: length, .70 mm.,

width, .35 mm.; membrane concolorous, finely rugulose. Tibial

spinules fine and dark. Dextral genital clasper simple, leaf -like,

length, .525 mm., width at base, .265 : mm., with a rough- surfaced

knob -like elevation at inner surface near apex.

Female. Very similar to the male in coloration, length, 4.725

mm., width, 1.4 mm.; length of antennal segments: I : II : III : IV

= .42! mm. : 1.365 mm. : 1.138 mm. : .35 mm.

Holotype, male, Seneca, Oregon, July 11, 1935 (Joe Schuh),

in collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Allotype,

female, taken with the type, in collection of the California

Academy of Sciences. Paratypes, two males and one female,

taken with the type; three males and one female, Redmond,

Oregon, June 25, 1939 (K. W. Gray and! J. Schuh) ; in collection

of the Entomology Department of Oregon State College and

collections of J. Schuh, H. H. Knight, and the author.

ON THE DATE OF PUBLICATION OF LAPORTE’S ESSAI

BY II. M. HARRIS

Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa

The genera and species described by F. L. de Laporte, Comte

de Castelnau, in his “Essai d’une Classification Systematique de

l’Ordre des Hemipteres” have been dated by most taxonomists

and bibliographers from 1832. Ini an effort to solve some ques-

tions of synonymy and priority I have recently hadj occasion to

investtigjate the date of publication of the Essai, and have con-

cluded that it did not appear until 1833, although the preceding

parts of volume II of Guerin’s Magasin de Zoologie, in which

Laporte’s Essai appeared, actually were printed in 1832.

The title page of the “deuxieme annee” of the Magasin de

Zoologie bears the date, 1832. The introductory paragraphs,

however, are signed “Guerin, Paris, Mars 1833” and the open-

ing sentences are — “Aujourd ’hui nous faisons enfin paraitre les

11 et 12 livraisons du Magasin de Zoologie. Ces deux livraisons,

qui ont ete retardees des circonstances inde(pendantes de notre

volonte, formant le complement de l’annee 1832.” This is fol-

lowed by a “Table Methodique” of the species and g'enera

162

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [V0L.XVIII,N0.4

“decrits ou indiques dans l’annee 1832.” An examination of the

Table discloses that none of the genera or species treated in the

Essai is listed, although a species described on the page imme-

diately preceding the Essai is given. Laporte introduces the

Supplement of the Essai with the statement “Ce travail ayant

paru; successivement, feuille par feuille, ...”

Thus in the Essai itself and in the volume of the journal in

which it is published there is sufficient cause for doubting the

1832 date. Also it is made clear* that the Essai appeared in parts.

In his references to the Heteroptera, Westwood (Introd. Mod.

Classif. Insects, 11:451, 1840) cites Laporte’s Essai as dating

from 1833 as he previously had given it in an 1 , address read be-

fore the Entomological Society of London on January 21, 1835.

An examination of the early volumes of the Annales de la

Societe Entomologiqlie de France and the Entomological Maga-

zine, both of which had their inception in 1832, sheds still more

light on the matter. On page 111 of the Annales, volume I, 1832,

in the report of the “Seance du 29 fevrier, 1832,” is the state-

ment, “M. De Laporte lit un essai d’une nouvelle classification

des Hemipteres.” In volume II of the Annales, p. xxxiii, livrai-

son 11 of Guerin’s Magasin is listed among the works having

been published since January, 1833; and on p. xlii, livraison 12

and 13 are noted as having appeared after April 1, 1833.1 Still

later in this second volume of the Annales there is a list of works

published by members of the Societe Entomologique de France

during 1833, which list includes Laporte’s Essai.

In volume 1 of the Entomological Magazine, p. 305, there is

a review of Guerin’s Magasin de Zoologie in which the reviewer

specifically mentions Laporte’s Essai. This is in the third num-

ber of the volume, issued in April, 1833. In the fifth number of

the same volume, issued in October, 1833, one finds Guerin’s

Magasin de Zoologie again reviewed in the “Notice of Ento-

mological Works” and it is specifically noticed that “De

Laporte’s excellent Essay on the Hemiptera is concluded.”

In the copy of volume II of Guerin’s Magasin before me there

is no indication of the livraisons. One surmises that Laporte’s

Essai wasi issued as livraisons eleven and twelve and perhaps the

Supplement as thirteen (note: Guerin’s introduction does not

mention the thirteenth) . In any case it seems clearly evident that

no parts of the Essai were issued in 1832, and that a portion of

it, but not all, appeared before April, 1833.

oct., 1942]

JAMES— EMPIS

163

A NEW EMPIS OF THE SUBGENUS PACHYMERIA

(Diptera, Empididae)

BY MAURICE T. JAMEIS

Colorado State College, Ft. Collins

In Genera Insectorum, fasc. 185, Melander lists four nearctic

species of Empis referable to the subgenus Pachymeria.

The subgenus may be characterized as follows. Short, robust,

blackish-gray species; eyes of female broadly, those of male

narrowly separated (contiguous in male johnsoni ) and with

small uniform facets; face broad; humeral, propleural, and

metapleural bristles not unusually strong; dorsocentrals and

acrosticals biserial or multiserial; legs short, robust, the hind

femora more or less thickened; legs in both sexes not ciliated

with flattened scales; fourth vein reaching wing margin; anal

angle of wing not obtuse, more or less rectangular; abdomen

short, broad, its segments without strong dorsal bristles.

The known nearctic species may be separated by the follow-

ing key :

Key to the, Species of Pachymeria

1. Hind femora no longer than middle ones; male dichoptic 2

-. Hind femora one-third to one-half longer than middle ones.. ..3

2. Abdomen wholly shining black brevis Loew

-. Abdomen with distinct white pollinose markings, especially

toward apex pudica Loew

3. Abdomen with pile, except on first segment, largely or wholly

pale and with distinct grayish pollinose areas on all segments.

montiradicis James, n. sp.

-. Abdomen wholly black — pilose and shining or with greatly re-

duced pollinose markings 4

4. Antennal style one-third as long as third segment; male dich-

optic otiosa Coq.

-. Antennal style one-half as long as third segment; male hol-

optic johnsoni Mel.

Empis (Pachymeria) montiradicis James, new species

Male. Head black, wholly dusted with grayish pollen except

on oral margin, which is shining. Eyes in front of ocelli sepa-

rated by approximately distance between paired ocelli; front

broadening gradually above, suddenly below; face about three

times width of narrowest part of front. Total length of antennae

two-thirds height of head; length of first two segments combined

a little less than width of face; ratio of three segments and arista

5:4:16:6; third segment lanceolate, two and a half times as long

as its maximum width; antennae dull black, basal segments with

164

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [V0L.XVIII,N0.4

black pile. Bristles of vertex and occiput black; about twenty-

five infraorbitals; numerous occipitals, not arranged in rows; pile

long, yellow, sparse, more abundant below. Head as wide as high,

slightly higher than long; proboscis almost twice height of head,

yellow, base and sheiath blackish, palpi and labella lemon^yellow;

palpi with a few long black hairs in front. 1 Thorax black, almost

wholly covered with dense grayish pollen; mesonotum with four

brown vittae, middle pair (between dorso-centrals and acrosticals)

reaching approximately from suture almost to anterior margin,

outer pair (outside dorso-centrals) greatly abbreviated in front

but sometimes extending beyond suture; propleurals and meta-

pleurals black, pleural sclerites of mesothorax bare; bristles and

hairs of pronotum, mesonotum and scutellum black; four scutel-

lars. Legs short; all femora thickened, one-fifth to one-fourth longer

than their tibiae; front and middle femora of equal length, hind

ones half again as long. Front femora brown to black, except at

base and apex; middle and hind ones yellow to brown, paler above

and behind; tibiae and tarsi yellow, hairs and bristles black.

Wings hyaline; veins yellow; R 2+3 slightly sinuate. Abdomen black,

with grayish pollen; segment one with coarse black pile laterally;

pile of other segments finer, usually yellow, often more or less

black, longest on, segment two; segment one with pilose areas shin-

ing; two to four shining except laterally and more or less at base,

especially on the more posterior segments; five, six and all of

venter pollinose. Venter without protuberances. Hypopygium

short, appearing somewhat angular below; upper lamellae as long

as hypopygium, twice as long as wide, elliptical, finely pubescent;

aedeagus short, thick, flattened on basal half, when exserted, di-

rected dorsally and forward to about apex of 1 segment six, strongly

contracted and recurved at tip; genitalia variably yellow to

brown. Length, 6 mm.

Female. Similar except sexually. Front as wide as ocellar

triangle; occipitals less abundant; pile and bristles of thorax and

abdomen shorter; genitalia shining black.

Holotype, male, Boulder, Colo., May 5, 1934 (James) ;

author’s collection. Allotopotype, female, Boulder, Colo., May

25, 1933 (James). Paratopotypes, 27 males, 14 females,

Boulder, Colo., May 22, 1932 (James), May 28, 1933 (James),

May 5 and 12, 1934 (James), May 25, 1938 (James), May 14,

1939 (Lanham). Paratypes: 2 males, 1 female, Valmont, Colo.,

April 29, 1934 (M. and H. James) ; 10 males, 5 miles north of

Boulder, Colo., May 9, 1939 (Rodeck and Lanham) ; 2 males,

4 miles northwest of Hygiene, Colo., May 15, 1937 (Lanham) ;

1 male, Colo. 2091, Foothills 6 miles west of Ft. Collins, May

4, 1896 (Gillette) ; 5 males, 2 females, Colo., 1853, Horsetooth

Gulch, April 23, 1895 (Gillette).

OCT., 1942] WOODBURY. SUGDEN, GILLETTE— PAINTED LADY ^55

NOTES ON MIGRATIONS OF THE PAINTED LADY

BUTTERFLY IN 1941

BY ANGUS M. WOODBURY, JOHN W. SUGDEN AND CLYDE GILLETTE

Salt Lake City, Utah

Dispersal flights of the Painted Lady or Thistle Butterfly,

Vanessa cardui (L.) passing northward through Utah have been

reported by J. W. Sugden (Pan-Pac. Ent., 13:109-110) for the

years 1924, 1930, 1931, and 1935. C. B. Williams (Ann. Ent.

Soc. Amer., 31:219-223) summarized available knowledge of

their movements up to 1938. Dr. Charles H. Abbot of the Univer-

sity of Redlands, California, reported (Bull. Ecol. Soc. Amer.

22 :13) that a March-April, 1941, Painted Lady Butterfly migration

in California “proved to be of smaller numbers and shorter dura-

tion than the more conspicuous migrations of 1924 and 1926.”

Extensive flights of these butterflies during April and May, 1941,

in several western states, particularly Utah, Arizona, Colorado,

Nevada, Idaho, California and New Mexico have either been ob-

served by the writers or reported to them by other observers.

Professor Victor E. Jones of the University of Idaho at Poca-

tello reported that a student of his had first noted the Painted

Ladies in northward movement on April 19. If so, they may have

passed through Utah without being noted. Woodbury first noted

these butterflies in upper Houserock Valley, Arizona, near the

Utah line on April 26. On the next day, April 27, about ten A.M.,

he found them in northeastward flight about ten miles south of

Escalante, Garfield County, Utah.

The butterflies were flying low, mostly between two and six

feet above the ground, but occasionally higher or lower. They

tended to hold a constant level abovei the surface, but obstacles

or depressions seemed to require some adjustment. Upon ap-

proaching a ledgje or rise in the ground, a butterfly would often

fly almost into it before turning its course to avoid it. Upon

approaching a depression such as a wash, one would tend to

soar off into space a short distance before adjusting its course

downward to find the ground that suddenly dropped away.

The general course of flight was about northeast roughly par-

alleling the foot of the Aquarius Plateau which rises to the north

and west of the valley about three to four thousand feet. But-

terflies were watched as they approached a south-facing ledge

166

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [v0L.XVIII,N0.4

about 20-30 feet high that partly barred the way. Many of the

butterflies, upon reaching the ledge, turned eastward along its

face until they found a way around or over it, when they imme-

diately resumed the northeasterly direction.

They were also watched as they approached a deep wash

draining easterly. It was about 100 feet wide at top, 20 feet

deep and 30 feet wide at bottom. Coming over the edge, they

dropped downward and usually reached bottom about at the foot

of the north bank, where they turned and followed eastward

along the bank some distance before ascending it and resuming

the northeasterly direction.

The butterflies came mostly one or two at a time but occa-

sionally were seen in threes, fours or even fives. There was a

breeze from the northeast and they were heading' directly into it.

They appeared to fly almost constantly at a rate of about 20

miles per hour (measured by automobile speedometer when

paralleling them in flight), but this seems to have been a little

faster than visual estimates yielded in other places. The alti-

tude ranged between five and six thousand feet and air tempera-

tures were about 62° to 64° F.

Two sample counts were taken to get estimates of numbers.

One on a, 30-foot front yielded 192 butterflies in 15 minutes. The

other on a 100-foot front yielded 200 butterflies in six minutes.

When reduced to comparable figures they averaged about 38

butterflies per minute on a 100-foot front, or about 2000 per

minute on a mile front.

Investigation indicated that they were moving forward on an

area at least five miles wide, but how much wider was not de-

termined. It was estimated that, during the five hours of observa-

tion, approximately 3,000,000 butterflies passed by on the five-

mile front. How long the movement continued was not de-

termined.

Even though a vast majority of the butterflies were on the

move in the same direction, a few individuals were observed

loitering along the way. A rain of the previous day had left

puddles here and there which seemed to attract occasional indi-

viduals to stop at the puddle edges as if to drink. The 1 loiterer

behavior was usually distinguishable from that of the migrant.

After leaving Escalante about three P.M., no butterflies were

seen at any place in Escalante Canyon nor at any place going

down the canyon toward Widtsoe on the west side of the plateau.

OCT., 1942] WOODBURY, SUGDEN, GILLETTE— PAINTED LADY J 57

Air temperatures were much lower than at Escalante. Watch was

kept for butterflies fromi Widtsoe to Salt Lake City (250 miles)

but none were seen. It was late in the afternoon and they might

not have been flying if present.

Fig. 1. Map showing observed emigrations of the Painted Lady

Butterfly in the western states during 1941.

Oft the same date, April 27, 1941, Dr. V. M. Tanner (Great

Basin Nat. 2:104) encountered large numbers of the Painted

Lady Butterflies in northward migration between Kanarra, Iron

County, and Anderson’s Ranch, Washington County, Utah. From

168

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XVIII, NO. 4

Hurricane to St. George, many were seen flitting about but were

not noted in emigrational flight.

The next day, April 28, Gillette left Salt Lake City for an ex-

tended trip through Utah, Arizona, California^ and Nevada.

Painted Lady Butterflies were first observed at Nephi, Juab

County, about 90 miles to the south about ten a.m. when air

temperatures were rapidly rising. They were as usual flying one

or two at a time (sometimes more) close to the ground in a

northerly direction turning only to avoid obstacles.

They were noted flying| in the) same general northerly direction

while the observer was traveling southward all the way from

Nephi to Cedar City, nearly 200 miles. They were especially

numerous about 12-15 miles southwest of Kanosh, Millard

County, where a stop was made to collect specimens and estimate

numbers in movement. As a result of counting it was calculated

on the average that 75 butterflies per minute crossed the road

within a distance at which the butterflies would be visible. This

agrees in a general way with the estimates made at Escalante the

previous day.

At Cedar City, butterflies were observed from the evening of

April 28 to the morning of April 30. Thefy were in northward

flight during the warm part of the day, but the flight appeared

to cease in late afternoon and did not resume until mid-morning

the next day. During the resting period, they were observed sit-

ting) on flowers (dandelions, etc.) or sipping water from stream

edges.

On the morning of April 30, no butterflies were seen between

Cedar City and Toquerville but it is almost certain that those

passing through Cedar City on the previous day must have come

that way (the route w^here they were observed by Tanner on

April 27). Going eastward from Toqfierville through Zion

Canyon, none were seen until the canyon was passed, but they

were picked up again on the plateau to the east and were ob-

served all the way through Kanab, Utah and Fredonia, Arizona,

to the Kaibab Forest.

Here the butterflies thinned out a great deal, but nevertheless

a few were passing northward through the open coniferous forest

(Ponderosa Pine) on the Kaibab Plateau, despite the fact that

there was still some snow left among the trees. The butterflies

were passing between the tree trunks near the ground as usual

and not above the tops of the trees.

OCT., 1942] WOODBURY, SUGDEN, GILLETTE— PAINTED LADY ^59

From the east foot of the Kaibab Plateau across Houserock

Valley to Marble Canyon Bridge spanning the Colorado River

and on to Cameron, butterflies were observed all the way, but

they appeared to be most numerous at the river near Marble

Canyon Bridge. Here was a peculiar condition. The butterflies

were flying north, which course took them across the top of the

narrow Marble Canyon Gorge. By looking with field glasses

down into the gorge from; the bridge, it was noted that many but-

terflies were flying up the gorge in a direction somewhat north

of east.

The next day, May 1, a trip was taken from the south rim of

Grand Canyon, down the Bright Angel Trail to the Colorado

River in the bottom of the canyon. Butterflies were not noticed

in the early morning, but by the time the river was reached, they

were noted going northward down the steep slopes! toward the

river, as usual keeping close to the ground.

At the river, many of them were noted turning upi stream as

if following up the gorge. Returning to the south rim in the

afternoon, the observer met many butterflies coming down the

slopes.

On May 2, butterflies were noted nearly all the way from

Grand Canyon southward through Cameron, Williams, Ashfork,

Prescott, and Wickenburg to Phoenix, Arizona. The altitude

dropped steadily from near 7000 feet at Flagstaff' to near 1000

feet at Phoenix, but still the butterflies were moving in regular

fashion. At Phoenix, on May 3, most of the butterflies looked

fresh and bright colored and did not seem to be battered, worn

or frayed on wing tips.

More butterflies were observed the next day, May 4, in travel-

ing from Phoenix, Arizona, to the California border at Blythe

near the Colorado River, but they tended to decrease in numbers

westward toward the river and but few were noted between

Blythe and Los Angeles on the coast.

During several days’ stay in Los Angeles, no butterflies were

observed in transit, and it was not until Baker, California, was

reached on May 9, on the return journey to Salt Lakei City that

they were again encountered in northward flight. From Baker to

Las Vegas, Nevada, they were observed in movement, but from

there to Cedar City, Utah, darkness overtook the travelers and no

butterflies were observed.

170

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [V0L.XVIII,N0.4

At Cedar City, May 10, Gillette found the Painted Lady But-

terflies still numerous and) many of them still following the regu-

lar northward route. In contrast with the Phoenix butterflies

which seemed fresh and active, many of those at Cedar City on

this date were frayed and worn and looked old and shabby.

During late afternoon travel to Salt Lake City, the butterflies

were noted during the first part of the journey, but as •' afternoon

faded into evening, no more were observed.

On April 30, the day Gillette went from Cedar City to Grand

Canyon, Tanner found the butterflies in northward movement

over Mormon Mesa between Bunkerville and Overton, Clarke

County, Nevada. During the next few days (May 1-3) he ob-

served them around Lake Mead but not in dispersal flight.

On May 1, the date Gillette was in Grand Canyon, two of

Woodbury’s students (Harold Higgins and Robert Pendleton)

left Salt Lake City for Price, Utah (120 miles) to spend the

week-end. Northward moving butterflies were observed through

Lehi, Provo and Springville to the mouth of Spanish Fork

Canyon. Going up the canyon eastward through the mountains

30 miles to Soldier Summit, they found the butterflies scarce,

although some were seen in the vicinity of Thistle that might

have come down a tributary canyon from the south.

Beyond Soldier Summit (east of the mountains) in Colorado

River drainage, the butterflies were again encountered, especi-

ally in the open country from there to the head of Price River

Canyon. None were observed in the canyon itself, but at Price,

beyond the mouth of the canyon, they were again numerous and

were observed on successive days until May 4, when the boys

returned to Salt Lake City.

On April 30 and May 1, the days Gillette was along the Colo-

rado River, Sugden 1 observed them for the first time this year in

Salt Lake City. They were not numerous but occasional indi-

viduals were seen. On May 2, Woodbury observed them in con-

siderable numbers crossing the road which runs westward from

Garfield to Grantsville, moving northward from Tooele Valley

toward Great Salt Lake. They were noted at the same place on

later trips over the same road on May ; 8, 9, and 10. By far the

greater numbers were moving on May 8, and the numbers ap-

peared to decrease on May 9 and 10. By May 13, when the next

trip was taken, the flight seemed to have abated and only indi-

viduals indicating resident behavior were observed. An addi-

OCT., 1942] WOODBURY, SUGDEN, GILLETTE— PAINTED LADY ]_71

tional observation was made by Woodbury on May 5 when but-

terflies were observed moving northward along the east side of

Great Salt Lake near the west foot of the Wasatch Mountains in

the vicinity of Farmington.

Sugden also observed Painted Lady Butterflies in Salt Lake

City every day from May 2 to 10. His notes indicate that they

tended to increase slowly in numbers up to May 8 and then

rapidly declined, which agrees closely with Woodbury’s observa-

tions in Tooele Valley. Hei records that they were! not too com-

mon on May 6, fairly common on May 7, more numerus on May

8, and not as numerous but with scattered butterflies about the

city on May 10. When they were so numerous on May 8, he

found them all the way east of the city up to the foot of the

Wasatch Mountains, but did not find them in the narrow part of

Parley’s Canyon in the mountains. The flight here was typical

of its flight elsewhere, most of them between two and ten feet

above ground, flying generally northward, but varying somewhat

northeast or northwest, or even east or west, but not directly

south.

On May 9, Professor Jones personally observed them at Poca-

tello, Idaho, in northward flight. He commented that there were

Several Vanessa car ye, West Coast Lady, mixed with Vanessa

cardui. He also remarked that the weather had been so cold,

blustery and stormy that it was doubtful if they could travel

very far.

On May 11, Sugden made a trip from Salt Lake City west-

ward through Grantsville to Wendover on the Utah-Nevada state

line over U. S. highway 40, thence southward about 75 miles

through Gold Hill to Fish Springs, Juab County, Utah, and

northeastward back home to Salt Lake City. The butterflies were

probably not flying when he passed through Grantsville (early

morning) and he did not note any. Farther west and later in the

morning, they were noted from time to time in northward move-

ment until Wendover was reached, where they were still flying.

An automobile which had presumably come from the west was

observed to have many butterflies caught in the radiator, some

fresh and others in various stages of drying, which led to the

inference that butterfly movements were probably occurring

somewhere in Nevada.

Butterflies were also noted in northward movement during the

172

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [voL.XVIII,NO. 4

trip southward to Fish Springs as well as on the return journey.

It was noted, however, that at no place on the trip were moving

butterflies very numerous when compared with the numbers ob-

served in Salt Lake City on May 8. This region, however, borders

the Great Salt Desert,, an area of extreme drought and almost

devoidj of vegetation.

Additional data about the flight were obtained from Mr.

H. W. Pickett who reported meeting a heavy flight between Santa-

quin, Utah County, and Nephi, Juab County, on May 5. They

were especially numerous in the fields where “clouds” of butter-

flies passing across the road from one field to another so smeared

his windshield that he had to have them scraped off. The next

day, May 6, he encountered them again in San Pete Valley in

the vicinity of Ephraim.

Further evidence of the widespread nature of the flight comes

from a University of Utah field trip under the leadership of

Wm. H. Behle and S. D. Durrant, on which butterflies were en-

countered on the Beaver Dam Wash in extreme southwestern

Utah and northwestern Arizona on May 3, 4, 5, and 6. The

butterflies were estimated to occur at intervals of 20 to 30 feet

apart.

Additional evidence comes from Colorado. Victor F. Lotrich

of the Colorado State Museum reports the following:

“On May 10 and 11, 1941, we noticed a migration of the painted

lady along a front extending from Denver, Colorado, to Colorado

Springs, Colorado. They were passing from the West in an east-

erly direction. The flight was against a stiff wind, and the but-

terflies flew low, seemingly in groups, although many individuals

were noticed. On May 10th, the flight was continuous with the

butterfly visible at all times. On May 11th the flight was scatter-

ing, but still was apparent along the front given above. In Colo-

rado Springs a group of apple trees in bloom was watched. The

painted lady stopped for a brief pause, seemingly to refresh it-

self, and then continued on its eastern journey.”

“June 12, 1941, Nepesta, Colorado. We noticed the thistles and

sunflowers, which due to much moisture were in profusion and

growing rank in uncultivated areas. These plants had from one

to several caterpillars each. It appeared to us that the migration

of May 10 ended here, and that the painted lady flew to the exten-

sive feeding found in the favorable soil provided by the wet cli-

mate of this spring. Further east along the Arkansas River the

caterpillars were apparently absent.”

OCT., 1942] WOODBURY, SUGDEN, GILLETTE— PAINTED LADY ^73

Paul J. Klingenburg of the Soil Conservation Service located

at Phoenix, Arizona, writes:

“My casual observation was that it was not abundant at Tucson

or up the Santa Cruz Valley to the Mexican border. Dr. H. G.

Johnston, Arizona State Extension Entomologist, tells me that the

first occurrence of the migration was at Yuma with the direction

of flight being generally northeast. Distribution was widespread

in the Salt River Valley.”

J. R. Eyer of State College, New Mexico, reported:

“I did observe large numbers of Painted Lady Butterflies, ex-

ceedingly abundant in the vicinity of Las Cruces, quite early in

the spring, probably the latter part of April. These specimens for

the most! part were rather battered and rubbed, indicating either

migration or that they had over-wintered here since last fall.

They were feeding on early blooming members of the thistle

family and on California Poppy. Owing to the fact that these

were observed in the foothills of the Organ Mountains and on the

desert between these mountains and Alamogordo, and due to the

fact that they were feeding, I did not think of the flight as a par-

ticular migration, this species being rather abundant here each

spring. However, the numbers were sufficiently large this spring

to have accounted for such phenomena.”

Prof. Wm. J. Koster of the University of New Mexico at

Albuquerque noted during the last two weeks of May that but-

terflies were exceedingly numerous around the blooming rabbit-

brush ( Chrysothamnus ) on the local “mesa” near the University.

This information appears to establish the Painted Lady But-

terfly in northward dispersal flights in 1941 from March to mid-

May on a front at least 800 miles wide, perhaps 1000, and trav-

eling northward at least from Yuma, Arizona (near the Mexican

border), to Pocatello, Idaho, about 700 miles. This need not

necessarily imply that it was one continuous flight. It probably

consisted of many parallel or tandem groups.

The evidence seems to indicate that the butterflies were more

or less split by mountain chains although there is some indica-

tion that they do under some conditions pass over mountains or

high plateaus. Gillette found them passing through the Kaibab

Forest (8000 feet) in northern Arizona. Higgins and Pendleton

found them on the high areas near Soldier Summit. Victor 1 Lot-

rich found them going over a high mountain pass (Monarch

174

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL.XVIII,N0.4

Pass, 11,386 feet) in Colorado on August 20, 1935, which he

describes as follows:

“They were flying' (westerly) in the general direction of Gun-

nison, Colorado. On the western slope, the! butterfly was in count-

less numbers, and we watched them pass for two hours in a

steady stream. The day was calm and balmy, the flight rapid,

the butterfly visible from; the ground to the tops of the trees. On

the eastern slope the flight was slow going upwards toward the

pass, and the butterfly was not grouped.”

It seems possible that they may have come up from the south

and have been squeezed between the main Rockies of the conti-

nental divide and the Sangre de Cristo Range where the two con-

verge. It also seems possible that to get out of the funnel, they

found an outlet over Monarch Pass into the Colorado Basin near

Gunnison.

In some cases, they seem to have avoided deep canyons, espe-

cially those that cross their path, e.g.. Parley’s Canyon (Sugden),

Spanish Fork Canyon (Higgjins and Pendleton) and Zion Canyon

( Gillette) . In other cases, deep canyons appear to be used as

passageways, especially if the butterflies are not too much de-

flected from their course, e.g.. Marble Canyon (Gillette), washes

and ledges near Escalante (Woodbury). Dry deserts, such as

the flat wastes of the Great Salt Desert, do not block their pas-

sage and extensive water, such as Great Salt Lake, does not pre-

vent their crossing as Sugden has observed them in other years

not only on Antelope Island but also on Hat Island, far out in

the lake.

The butterfly mode of travel seems to have a characteristic

pattern, being more active during the warm parts of the day,

slowing down in late afternoon and stopping altogether at night.

This is probably conducive to inadequate observation since trav-

eler is indistinguishable from loiterer except when in actual

flight. The observations, e.g., in New Mexico, of large numbers

of loitering individuals do not prove dispersal flights ; they

merely indicate potential dispersal.

The origin and destination of the butterflies are not exactly

clear from the evidence available but certain supplemental data

give clues of some significance. On June 14, Woodbury noted

that thistles on the north end of Antelope Island, Great Salt Lake,

bore caterpillars of the Painted Lady Butterfly. On June 22,

OCT., 1942] WOODBURY, SUGDEN, GILLETTE— PAINTED LADY ^75

Sugden found similar caterpillars on thistles at Murray and on

the summit between Emigration and Parley’s canyons, all within

a few miles of Salt Lake City. Similarly Gillette found cater-

pillars on| thistles in Salt Lake City and Woodbury found them

still active on thistles high in Parley’s Canyon on July 18. These

observations are supplemented by those of Lotrich at Nepesta,

Colorado, already reported.

It has been noted in all these observations, that nearly every

thistle plant observed had been infested with the caterpillars. In

contrast with tent caterpillars, which live in social groups (child

families) and feed together on the same leaves (social terri-

tory), the Painted Lady caterpillars are solitary and have indi-

vidual territories, each one usually consisting; of a single spiny

leaf, the edges of which are loosely rolled together and held in

cylindrical form by silken threads. The caterpillar hides in; this

rolled leaf near the base (petiole) during the day and goes

foraging over the leaf at night.

The number of caterpillars per plant varied considerably,

Ranging from one per plant to one per large leaf of the plant.

The observations indicate that nearly every plant was quite

thoroughly utilized, and barring interference by natural controls

should produce a large crop of new butterflies. Presumably the

eg'gs must) have been laid as the adults passed by in their north-

ward dispersal, which would provide a method by which widely

dispersed host plants could be utilized on a grand scale.

Sugden noted near Murray on June 29 that many of the

caterpillars were nearing maturity, some had left their rolled

tubular leaves and one had reached the stage of pupation. On

the same day, he noted that three caterpillars placed in a' breed-

ing cage on June 22 had pupated. Another caterpillar was suc-

cessfully followed through pupation. It had, on the afternoon

of July 1, attached itself by the posterior extremity. By next

morning it had transformed into a pupa, very dark in color with

yellow ventral spines. By July 3, the pupa had so faded that it

was much lighter in color which continued until July 10, when

the butterfly emerged. When liberated, it went directly to some

nearby Delphiniums (Larkspur) where it continued feeding

rapidly for a half hour before flying away.

The time required for larval development was not accurately

determined, but may be estimated. Assuming that the first eggs

176

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [voL.XVIII,N0.4

were laid in late April and the first pupation in late June, it

then follows that under late spring and early summer tempera-

tures, it takes about 60 days for egg| and larval development and

ten days for pupation. This would indicate at least 70 (possibly

90) days for the production of a new* generation.

If these figures are accurate, they would seem to indicate a

new midsummer generation in July or August. This raises two

questions: What became of the parents who laid the eggs, and

what is to become of the new generation? Since no records of

southward return movements seem to have been recorded (as

with the Monarch Butterfly) , it seems reasonable to assume that

the first generation of emigrants moving northward laid their

eggs en route and finished their life cycle, after which they

perished along the way.

If it is true that they do not make southward movements, then

the new generation is destined to remain where they are or move

northward in late summer as indicated, for example, by Lotrich’s

observation of movement over Monarch Pass on August 20, 1935.

Could it be possible that large areas of Arizona, New Mexico

and Mexico act as reservoirs from which secular periodic out-

breaks of large numbers of butterflies produce such population

pressure that the northward movement takes place? If so, the

Peason for always taking the same direction (northward) is not

clear. At any rate, it offers an outlet for some of the surplus

population, where they find 1 new host plants and raise new gen-

erations. Why the new generations do not persist in the new ter-

ritory is also not clear, and appears to need further investigation.

The extent of the movements) is so vast and the problems so

great that the study of butterfly migration majy need more in-

tensive study than cursory and accidental observations/ can pro-

vide. Some responsible agency with adequate facilities should

undertake more detailed investigations designed to establish the

fundamental principles of such dispersal movements. This

agency should be of national or international scope, such as the

U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Research, or the

U. S. Bureau of Entomology. The person or persons assigned to

the problem should have airplane and automobile facilities and

permission to enter Mexico and Canada and should be free to

follow the movements from origin to destination much as the

duck fly ways are now followed.

oct., 1942]

SCOTT— COLLEMBOLA

177

SOME COLLEMBOLA RECORDS FOR THE PACIFIC COAST

AND A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES

DAVID B. SCOTT, JR.

Portland, Oregon

This paper covers collection records of Collembola by the

author during the past six years. The records for Oregon are

incomplete but should be enlarged upon later when it is hoped

that a more complete survey of Pacific Coast Collembola may

be presented.

The springtail fauna of California, Oregon, and Washington

is remarkably varied, extending from more or less subtropical

forms to subarctic species. Literature on the Pacific Slope

species is limited principally to papers by Schott, Bacon, Mills,

Folsom, and a previous one by this author. An attempt has been

made to include a fairly complete bibliography pertinent to the

Collembola of this region.

The taxonomic system adopted here generally follows that

employed by Borner (1905) and Mills (1934).

Suborder ARTHROPLEONA

Family PODURIDAE

Subfamily ACHORUTINAE

Achorutes armatus (Nicolet) 1841. Taken under boards, in

moss, on stagnant water, on decaying oranges, and in green-

houses. California: Altadena, Jan.-Mar. ; Montebello, Mar.;

Santa Ana Canyon, Nov. ; Oxnard, November.

Achorutes pseudarmatus Folsom 1916. Taken in gills of mush-

rooms and in moss and leaves. California: Altadena, Feb.;

Washington: Snoqualmie Pass, May; Mt. Rainier, July;

Wenatchee, May.

Achorutes brevis pinus Harvey 1893. Under weed piles. Cali-

fornia: Artesia, April.

Xenylla welchi Folsom 1916. On rain pools. Oregon: Portland,

March.

178

the pan-pacific entomologist [VOL. xviii, no.4

Subfamily neanurinae

T ribe Pseiudaohorutini

Odontella ewingi Folsom 1916 (= Xenylla helena Scott 1987).

Taken in fungus growth under bark of dead alder. This

species, erroneously ascribed by the author in a previous

paper to the genus Xenylla, was later discovered to be syn-

onymous with the above. California: AngJeles Crest, Los

Angeles County, March.

Tribe Neianurini

Morulina gigantea (Tullberg) 1876. In damp leaves under

ferns. The definite record of this species at this time verifies

several predictions that this very large Collembolan occurs in

the Pacific Northwest. The only genuine record thus farl for

the Pacific Coast had been made by Folsom in Alaska. Ore-

gon: Portland, May 15.

Neanura muscorum (Templeton) 1835. In damp leaves. Calir

fornia: Arroyo Seco, March and November.

Subfamily on Y CH iURiNAE

Onychiurus fimetarius (Linnaeus) 1767. In damp leaves and in

greenhouses. California: Altadena, Jan.-Mar. ; Montebello,

March.

Onychiurus armatus (Tullberg) 1869. In moss and damp leaves.

Washington: Tacoma, April.

Onychiurus cocklei (Folsom) 1908. In deep moss and under

stones. Washington: Mt. Rainier, July.

Tullbergia iowensis Mills 1932. Under damp boards. Oregon:

Linnton, March.

Tullbergia collis Bacon 1914. Taken in deeply buried debris

under rocks. California: Arroyo Seco (Los Angeles County),

March.

Family Entomobryidae

Subfamily ISOTOMINAE

Folsomia guthrei (Linnaniemi) 1912. In damp leaves. Califor-

nia: Altadena, February.

oct., 1942]

SCOTT— COLLEMBOLA

179

Folsomia fimetaria (Linnaeus) 1758. On underground drain

water. California: Altadena, January.

Agrenia bidenticulata (Tullberg) 1876. Taken in only one lo-

cality in damp moss at 6000 feet altitude. Washington:

Stemilt Creek (Chelan County), June.

Proisotoma immersa (Folsom) 1924. Under damp bark. Cali-

fornia: Arroyo Seco (Los Angeles County), April.

Proisotoma aquae (Bacon) 1914. On rain pools, in damp moss,

and in leaves. California: Altadena, Jan.-Feb.; San Pedro,

Feb.; Ontario, Oct.; San Antonio Canyon, Nov.; Santa Ana

Canyon, Nov. Oregon: Portland, Feb. -March.

Proisotoma rainieri Folsom 1937. On surface of snow. Wash-

ington: Mt. Rainier, August.

Isotomurus palustris (Muller) 1776. On stagnant water. Cali-

fornia: Altadena, Feb. -March.

Isotoma ( Vertagopus ) drier ea (Nicolet) 1841. In pine needles.

Washington: Blewett Pass, May.

Isotoma ( Vertagopus ) arborea (Linnaeus) 1758. Taken under

the loose bark of dead pine trees. California: Summit of Mt.

Diablo (Contra Costa County), March.

Isotoma ( Pseudisotoma ) sensibilis Tullberg 1876. Under damp

bark and in moss. California: Mt. Hamilton, Feb. Oregon:

Portland, Feb. -March. Washington: Stehekin Valley, Sept.;

Tacoma, April.

Isotoma viridis Bourlet 1839. Taken under the bark of trees,

under boards and rocks, in leaves and moss, and in green-

houses. California: Altadena, Jan.; Idyllwild, Mar.; Santa

Ana Canyon, Nov.; Mt. Wilson, Oct.-Nov. ; Montebello, Mar.

Washington: Wenatchee, May; Rock Island, November.

Isotoma viridis Bourlet var. delta Macgillivray 1896. Under bark

of dead pine. California: San Antonio Canyon, November.

Isotoma viridis Bourlet var. catena Guthrie 1903. In damp

leaves. Washington: Blewett Pass, May.

Isotoma gelida Folsom 1937. Under rocks along river banks

and in moss. Oregon: Portland, February. Washington:

Wenatchee, October.

Isotoma olivacea Tullberg 1871. In moss. Washington: Mt.

Rainier, August.

180

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [V0L.XVIII,N0.4

Subfamily entomobryinae

Tribe Entom,Obryini

Sinella curviseta Brook 1882. Under damp bark. California:

Stanford University, February.

Sinella hofti Schaffer 1890. On surface of underground drain

water. California: Altadena, January.

Sinella binoculata (Schott) 1896. Under logs and rotten wood.

California: Madrone Hot Springs, April; Stanford Univer-

sity, Oct.; Altadena, Mar.; Mt. Wilson, November.

Sinella sexoculata (Schott) 1896. Under damp bark. Califor-

nia: San Antonio Canyon, Feb.-Nov. ; Arroyo Seco, Jan.-

Mar. Washington: Tacoma, April.

Entomobrya cyanica Scott, new species

(Figs. 1-3)

Color: Entirely a cyanic blue except for lemon-yellow tibio-

tarsi, a striking yellow dorso-lateral saddle on mesonotum, and

unpigmented dentes. The anterior and posterior margins, of head

also tend to be tinged with yellow. Antennae (fig. 3) robust,

about 3 times the length of head. Segments in relative lengths as

4:14:16:18. Body thickly clothed with clavate hairs. Eyes — 16.

Unguis (fig. 1) typically entomobryan with a pair of basal lateral

teeth and] two or sometimes three pairs of inner teeth. Unguilicus

unarmed. Tenent hair slightly longer than unguis. Dentes about

one-fifth longer than manubrium. The coarse dorsal crenulations

on dentes end at a distance from apex of about 3 times the length

of mucrones. Mucrones (fig. 2) with two teeth and a basal spine.

Length, 1.5 mm.

This species is so distinct in coloration that no comparison is

possible with any forms known to the author. Taken under the

bark of dead alder in March. Only five specimens were found

over a five-year period. Type specimens are in the author’s col-

lection until such a time as they can be placed in the Califor-

nia Academy of Sciences. Type locality: Arroyo Seco, Los

Angeles County, California.

Entomobrya multifasciata (Tullberg) 1871. In damp leaves, in

moss, and under bark. California: Mt. Diablo, Jan.-Mar. ;

Stanford University, Jan.; Altadena, Jan.-June; San Antonio

Canyon, Feb.; Artesia, Mar. Oregon: Portland, Mar.; Trout-

dale, February.

oct., 1942]

SCOTT— COLLEMBOLA

181

Figures 1-3, Entomobrya, cyanica Scott, n. sp.: 1, left forefoot;

2, right mucro; 3, antenna. Figures 4-6, Sminthurides ( Denisi -

ella ) sexpinnatus Denis: 4, antenna; 5, left forefoot; 6, right

mucro. Figures 7-9, Orchesella cincta (Linnaeus) : 7, antenna;

8, right mucro; 9, right midfoot.

182

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [V0L.XVIII,N0.4

Entomobrya marginata (Tullberg) 1871. In moss and under

logs. Washington: Tacoma, April; Blewett Pass, May; We-

natchee, May- June.

Entomobrya griseo-olivata (Packard) 1873. Under logs. Wash-

ington: Blewett Pass, May.

Entomobrya clitellaria Guthrie 1903. On stagnant water, under

bark, and in damp leaves. California: Altadena, Feb.; Stan-

ford University, Jan.; San Pedro, March.

Entomobrya purpurascens (Packard) 1872. Inside chili peppers

attacked by pepper weevils and under strawberry vines, moss,

and leaves. California: Artesia, Oct.; Downey, July; San

Pedro, April. Oregon: Portland, Feb. Washington: We-

natchee, April.

Entomobrya suzannae Scott 1937. Taken under bark of damp,

rotten logs. California: Alpine Creek, Nov.; Stevens Creek

(Santa Cruz Mts. ), Dec.; Calaveras Reservoir, February.

Entomobrya atrocincta Schott 1896. In damp leaves. Washing-

ton: Pullman, April.

Entomobrya washingtonia Mills 1935. Taken under damp bark,

in dead leaves, in moss, and under rocks. California: San

Antonio Canyon, Feb.; Arroyo Seco, Feb.; Calaveras Res.

(Santa Clara County), Feb. Oregon: Portland, Feb. Wash-

ington: Tacoma, April; Wenatchee, May; Stehekin Valley,

July.

Drepanura calif ornica Schott 1891. Under damp bark. Califor-

nia: Altadena, Jan.; Arroyo Seco, Jan.; Madrone Hot

Springs, April.

Sira domeslica (Nicolet) 1841. Taken in dry surroundings un-

der bark of trees and in leaves. California: Stanford Univ.,

Nov.-April; Altadena, June.

Sira buski Lubbock 1869. Under damp leaves. Washington:

Wenatchee, May-September.

Lepidocyrtus curvicollis Bourlet 1839. In moss. Oregon: Port-

land, February.

Lepidocyrtus purpureus Lubbock 1873. In damp leaves. Cali-

fornia: Altadena, Jan. -Mar. Washington: Stehekin Valley,

July.

Lepidocyrtus cyaneus Tullberg var. cinereus Folsom 1924. In

moss. Oregon: Portland, January.

Pseudosinella octopunctata Borner 1901. In damp leaves. Cali-

fornia: Santa Ana Canyon, November.

oct., 1942]

SCOTT— COLLEMBOLA

183

Pseudosinella sexoculata Schott 1902. Under damp bark and

manure. California: Altadena, Jan.-Mar. Washington: We-

natchee, September.

Pseudosinella decemoculata (Guthrie) 1903. Under leaves and

in damp wood frass. California: Altadena, Jan.-Mar.; Ar-

royo Seco, Jan.-March.

Pseudosinella violenta (Folsom) 1924. In damp leaves and soil.

California: Altadena, Oct.-March.

Tribe Orcheseillini

Orchesella cincta (Linnaeus) 1758. (Figs. 7-9) . In moss. Ore-

gon: Portland, January.

Subfamily TOMOCERINAE

Tomocerus vulgaris (Tullberg) 1871. In leaves, under damp

boards, and under bark. California: Alpine Creek (Santa

Cruz Mts.) , April and October. Washington: Wenatchee,

June and October.

Tomocerus flavescens (Tullberg) 1871. Under damp bark. Cali-

fornia: Alpine Creek (Santa Cruz Mts.), April. Oregon:

Portland, January.

Tomocerus flavescens (Tullberg) var. americanus Schott 1896.

In moss, under bark, and under rocks. California: Arroyo

Seco, Mar. Washington: Stemilt Creek, July; Mt. Rainier,

Aug.; Rock Island, Oct.; Stehekin Valley, July-October;

Blewett Pass, May.

Tomocerus flavescens (Tullberg) var. arcticus Schott 1894. In

moss and under bark. California: Madrone Hot Springs,

April. Oregon: Portland, Feb. Washington: Wenatchee, May;

Rock Island, Oct.; Mt. Rainier, Aug.; Tacoma, April.

Tomocerus bidentatus Folsom 1913. Under bark of redwood

stumps. California: Big Basin (Santa Cruz Mts.), February.

Suborder SYMPHYPLEONA

Family Sminthuridae

Subfamily SMITHURIDINAE

Sminthurides ( Denisiella ) sexpinnatus Denis 1931. (Figs. 4-6) .

This unusual species has never been previously recorded in

184

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [v0L.XVIII,N0.4

North America. The colors of the specimens at hand vary

somewhat from Denis’ description. Taken on the surface of

still, clear water of fish ponds. California: Altadena, March.

Arrhopalites caecus (Tullberg) 1871. Taken under damp bark

of dead trees. Not common. California: Stanford Univ.,

Feb.; Altadena, February.

Sminthurinus aureus (Lubbock) 1862. In moss and on stagnant

water. California: Arroyo Seco, Feb.; Altadena, February.

Sminthurinus elegans (Fitch) 1863. This species, so well de-

scribed by Folsom (1934), is probably the same referred to

by Gervais and Lubbock asi S. hourletii. It was taken on the

surface of stagnant water and in damp leaves. California:

Altadena, Dec.-Mar. ; Santa Ana Canyon, November.

Sminthurinus niger (Lubbock) 1867. In damp leaves and under

damp bark. California: Big Basin, Feb.; Altadena, March.

Sminthurinus quadrimaculatus (Ryder) 1879. Under damp

boards. California: Altadena, February.

Sminthurinus remotus (Folsom) 1896. On stagnant water. Cali-

fornia: Altadena, Feb. -March.

Subfamily SMINTHURINAE

Bourletiella hortensis (Fitch) 1863. On stagnant water. Cali-

fornia: Altadena, March.

Sminthurus fuscus (Linnaeus) 1746. Under damp boards, under

bark, and in damp leaves. California: Altadena, Jan.; Santa

Ana Canyon, Nov.; San Antonio Canyon, December.

Subfamily DICYRTOMINAE

Ptenothrix maculosa (Schott) 1891. A very common species in

damp situations such as under boards, damp leaves, moss,

in gills of mushrooms, and on the surface of stagnant water.

California: Altadena, Dec.-Mar.; Alpine Creek, Dec.; Stan-

ford Univ., Dec.; Mt. Wilson, Nov.; San Antonio Canyon,

Nov. Oregon: Portland, Feb. -March.

Ptenothrix olympia (MacGillivray) 1894. Taken in damp moss

and pine needles. California: Stanford Univ., Dec. Oregon:

Portland, Feb. -April. Washington: Tacoma, April; Blewett

Pass, May.

Ptenothrix vittata (Folsom) 1896. On flower pots in green-

houses. California: Montebello, March.

oct., 1942]

SCOTT— COLLEMBOLA

185

References

Bacon, Gertrude A. 1914. Distribution of Collembola in the Clare-

mont-Laguna Region of California. Pomona Coll. Jour. Ent.

Zool. 6:137-184.

Borner, Carl. 1901. liber einige Theilweise neue Collembolen aus

de Hohlen der Gegend von Letmathe in Westfalen. Zool. Anz.

24:33-345.

1905. Das System der Collembolen. Mitt. Nat. Hist. Mus. Ham-

burg. 23:147-188.

Bourlet, Abbe. 1839. Memoire sur les Podures. Mem. Soc. Sci.

Agr. Lille. Pt. 1. 377-417.

Brook, Geo. 1882. Revision of the Genus Entomobr'ya. Jour. Linn.

Soc. Zool. 17:270-288.

Denis, J. R. 1931. Collemboles de Costa Rica avec une contribu-

tion aux especes de Tordre. Bol. Lab. Zool. Gen. e. Agri. R.

Inst. Super. Agri. Portici. 25:69-171.

Fitch, A. 1863. Eighth report on the Noxious and other Insects of

the State of New York. 668-675.

Folsom, J. W. 1896. Two New Species of Papirius. Can. Ent.

28:119-121.

1908. The Golden Snow Flea, Aphorura cocklei, n. sp. Can.

Ent. 40:199-201.

1913. North American Springtails of the Subfamily Tomoceri-

nae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 46:451-472.

1916. North American Collembolous Insects of the Subfamilies

Achorutinae, Neanurinae, and Podurinae. Proc. U. S. Nat.

Mus. 50:477-525.

1917. North American Collembolous Insects of the Subfamily

Onychiurinae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 53:637-659.

1924. New Species of Collembola from New York State. Amer.

Mus. Nov. No. 108. 1-12.

1934. Redescriptions of North American Sminthuridae. Iowa St.

Coll. Jour. Sci. 8:461-511.

1937. Nearctic Collembola or Springtails of the Family Isoto-

midae. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bui. 168.

Folsom, J. W. and Mills, H. B. 1938. Contribution to the knowl-

edge of the Genus Sminthurides Borner. Bui. Mus. Comp.

Zool. Harvard Coll. 82:231-274.

Guthrie, J. E. 1903. The Collembola of Minnesota. Rept. Geol.

Nat. Hist. Sur. Minn. Zool. Ser. 4:1-110.

Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae. Ed. 10. Vol. 1, Holmiae.

1767. Systema Naturae. Ed. 12. Vol. 1:2, Holmiae.

Linnaniemi, W. M. 1912. Die Apterygotenfauna Finlands. II Spe-

zieller Teil. Acta. Soc. Sci. Fenn. 40(5) :1-361.

186

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL.XVIII,N0.4

Lubbock, J. 1862. Notes on the Thysanura. Pt. II. Trans. Linn.

Soc. London. 23:589-601.

1867. Notes on the Thysanura. Pt. III. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lon-

don. 26:295-304.

1869. Notes on the Thysanura. Pt. IV. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lon-

don. 27:277-297.

1873. Monograph of the Collembola and Thysanura. Ray Soci-

ety. London.

MacGillivray, A. D. 1894. North American Thysanura. Pt. V.

Can. Ent. 26:105-110.

1896. The American Species of Isotoma. Can. Ent. 28:47-58.

Mills, H. B. 1932. New and Rare North American Collembola.

Iowa St. Coll. Jour. Sci. 6:263-276.

1933. Collembola from the State of Washington. Pan-Pacific

Ent. 9:77-83.

1934. Collembola of Iowa. Collegiate Press, Ames, Iowa.

1935. New Collembola from Western North America. Bui.

Brook. Ent. Soc. 30:133-141.

Muller, Otto F. 1776. Zooligiae Danicae prodromus. 183-184.

Havniae.

Nicolet, H. 1841. Recherches pour servir a PHistoire des Podu-

relles. Nouv. Mem. Soc. Helvet. Sci. Nat. 6:1-88.

Packard, A. S. Jr. 1873. Synopsis of the Thysanura of Essex Co.,

Mass. 5th Ann. Rept. Peabody Acad. Sci. for 1872. 23-51.

Rydetr, J. A. 1879. Description of a New Species of Smynthurus.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 30:335.

Schott, H. 1891. Beitrage zur Kenntnis Kalifornischer Collembola.

Bih. K. Sven. Vet-Akad. Handl. Afd. 4. 17(8) :l-25.

1894. Zur Systematik und Verbreitung palearctischer Collem-

bola. Bih. K. Sven. Vet-Akad. Handl. 25 (11) :l-400.

1896. North American Apterygogenea. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.

(2)6:169-196.

1902. Collemboles du Nord. Bih. K. Sven. Akad. Handl. 28(2) :

1-48.

Schaffer, C. 1896. Die Collembola der Umgebung von Hamburg.

Mitt. Nat. Mus. Hamburg. 13:149-216.

Scott, D. B. Jr. 1937. Collembola found under the Bark of Dead

Trees in California. Pan-Pac. Ent. 13: 131-135.

Shoebotham, J. W. 1917. Notes on Collembola. Pt. 4. Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (8)19:114.

Templeton, R. 1835. Thysanurae Hibernicae. Trans. Ent. Soc.

London. 1:89-98.

Tullberg, T. 1871. Forteckning ofver Svenska Podurider. Ofv. K.

Vet-Akad. Forh. 28:143-155.

1872. Sveriges Podurider. Bih. K. Sven. Vet-Akad. Handl.

10(10) :l-70.

1876. Collembola Borealia. Ofv. K. Vet-Akad. Forh. 33:23-42.

oct., 1942]

SCULLEN— CERCERIS

187

NOTES ON SYNONYMY IN THE GENUS CERCERIS— I

(Hymenoptera, Sphecidae)

BY HERMAN A. SCULLEN

Oregon State College, Corvallis 1

During the summer of 1940 the writer spent some time study-

ing the types of the g'enus Cerceris i at the Museum of Compara-

tive Zoology, the American Museum of Natural History, the

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the United States

National Museum and the University of Nebraska. As it will be

some time before the writer will be in a position to publish a

review of the genus 2 , on which he is working, it was thought

best to call attention to certain synonyms which became evident

as a result of the above type studies.

Cerceris macrosticta Viereck and Cockerell

Cerceris macrosticta Viereck and Cockerell, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,

XII: 133 (1904), $. New Mexico. A. N. S. Philadelphia type

10381.

Cerceris ampla Banks, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., V:16 (1912), 2, $.

Fedor, Lee County, Texas (Birkman). M. C. Z. type 13769.

C. hebes Cameron (1890) appears to be very close to C. ma-

crostica V. and C., but the illustration of the hypopygium of the

former does not agree with the hypopygium of the latter.

Cerceris desert a Say

Cerceris deserta Say, Long’s Exped., II, App., p. 344 (1924), $.

North West Territory, Mo., Pa. Type lost.

Cerceris fulvipes Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., V:126 (1865), 2.

Dela. (Dr. Wilson); 111. (Dr. Lewis). A. N. S. P. type 1941.1.

Cerceris fulvipedicidata Schletterer, Zool. Jahrb. 11:492 (1887).

(Name preoccupied by C. fidvipes Eversmann, 1849, Russia).

In the absence of a type the author is accepting the species

recognized as C. deserta by E. T. Cresson, Sr., as the correct

form. For some! time we have been inclined to believe C. fulvi-

pediculata was the female of C. deserta because they are almost

always taken at the salme time and place. The color pattern is

very similar. A mated pair taken] by J. R. Malloch at Medicine

1 These investigations are financed largely by grants from the General Re-

search Council, Oregon State System of Higher Education. Published with the

approval of the Monographs Publication Committee, Oregon State College. Re-

search paper No’. 63, School of Science, Department of Entomology.

2 Additional material belonging to the genera Cerceris and Eucerceris, es-

pecially from the southwest and Mexico, will be most welcome for study.

188

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST £vOL XVIII NO 4?

Hat, Alberta, was recently received with material from the Na-

tional Museum. The male was a typical C. deserta and the

female a typical C. fidvipediculata.

Cerceris morata Cresson

Cerceris morata Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., IV :230 (1872), 2.

Texas (Belfrage). A. N. S. P. type 1944.

Cerceris nasica Viereck and Cockerell, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,

XII: 132 (1904), 2. New Mexico (F. H. Snow). A. N. S. P.

type 10382.

Cerceris platyrhina Viereck' and Cockerell, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,

XII:133 (1904), 2- Fillmore Canon, Organ Mountains, N. M.,

August 29 (Cockerell). A. N. S. P. type 10384.

There are some slight differences in size, form and shade of

color but these are all well within the range of variation com-

mon to species of this g|enus.

Cerceris prominens Banks

Cerceris jmominens Banks, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., V:19 (1912), 2,

8. Falls Church, Va., Sept, and October. M. C. Z. type 13790.

Cerceris alaope Banks, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., V:22 (1912), 8, 2-

Falls Church, Va., 5 June, on Ceanothus. M. C. Z. type 13784.

The male assigned to this species by Banks appears to be very

close to those usually considered clypeata Dahlbom. If this male

is the true male of prominens Banks it cannot be satisfactorily

separated from males of the former species by the author with-

out more careful study.

Cerceris convergens Viereck and Cockerell

Cerceris convergens Viereck and Cockerell, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,

XII :136 (1904), 2- Alamogordo, N. M., May 13, 1902 (Vie-

reck). A. N. S. P. type 10376.

Cerceris rinconis Viereck and Cockerell, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,

XII: 137 (1904), 2. Rincon, N. M., July 5, at flowers of

Chilopsis saligna. A. N. S. P. type 10386.

Cerceris pudorosa Mickel, Univ. Neb. Studies, XVII :338 (1917),

2, 8. Auburn, California, September 20, 1916 (L. Bhuner).

Types at Univ. Neb.

After having studied a large series of this species from many

parts of the west the author is convinced these are all the same.

Cerceris serripes (Fabricius)

Vespa serripes Fabricius, Species Insectorum, 1:464 (1781), 8.

America borealis. Type in British Museum,

oct., 1942]

SCULLEN— CERCERIS

189

Cerceris bicornuta Guerin, Iconogr. regn. anim., VII: 443 (1845),

No. 3, $ . New Orleans. Type in British Museum.

Cerceris dufouHi Guerin, Iconogr. regn. anim., VII:443 (1845),

No. 4, $ . New Orleans, Louisiana. Type probably in British

Museum.

Cerceris Venator Cresson, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., V:116 (1865), $.

New York (Angus) ; New Jersey, Pennsylvania (Cresson) ;

Illinois (Dr. Lewis) ; Kansas (Dr. Wilson) ; Louisiana (Ken-

nicott) . A. N. S. P. type 1937.1.

Cerceris bicornuta Cresson, Rept. geogr. and geol. Explor. and

Survey, w. 100th meridian, V:717 (1875).

Cerceris serripes Bequaert, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., XXIII: 62

(1928), No. 43.

Credit for calling attention to the above synonymy should go

to Cresson (1875) and Bequaert (1928). It was thought best,

however, to bring this all together in one place at this time.

Cerceris clypeata Dahlbom

Cerceris clypeata Dahlbom, Hymen. Eur., 1:221 and 500 (1845),

$ , $ . America. Types in Zoological Institutionen, Lund,

Sweden.

During the year 1931 the author had some correspondence

with Dr. N. A. Kemner, Entomologist with the above Zoological

Institutionen, for the purpose of verifying his determinations of

C. clypeata Dahlbom. From Dr. Kemner’s letters it would ap-

pear that this well-known species may be incorrectly named.

Under date of February 12, 1931, Dr. Kemner wrote:

“ * * * we have the types of Cerceris clypeata^ Dahlbom here

in the Museum. We have two good specimens from South

Carolina and if you send us specimens of your collection we

will compare them with the types.”

A series of specimens representing C. clypeata Dahlbom as

recognized by American workers was sent to Sweden for com-

parison. Under date of June 8, 1931, Dr. Kemner replied:

“I have now compared your specimens of Cerceris clypeata

Dahlbom with the types in the Dahlbom collection here, and

have found that they are different species. The clypeal margin

and the hair lobes in the male are quite different and' also the

clypeal process of the female.”

Recognizing the) confusion that would result if it became nec-

essary to change the name of such a well-known species, the

author felt it would first be desirable to secure more specific

information. An additional shipment of specimens was sent for

190

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL.XVIII,N0.4

comparison. From that date on, the author has been unable to

get a reply from Dr. Kemner or to have the loaned specimens

returned. It is the hope of the author that circumstances some-

time will make it possible for some worker to clear up the ques-

tion relative to Cerceris clypeata Dahlbom. However, until more

positive information on the identification of the true species is

at hand, the writer will continue to accept the name C. clypeata

Dahlbom for the species commonly so recognized.

A NEW APTEROUS ARADID FROM AUSTRALIA

(Hemiptera)

BY CARL J. DRAKE

Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa

In a recent number of this Journal (Vol. XVII, p. 179, 1941),

Dr. R. L. Usinger erected the genus Chelonoderus for stylatus,

new species, from Australia. The present paper contains the

description of a second member of this genus from Australia.

Chelonoderus hackeri Drake, new species

Apterous, large, elongate-obovate, broadly truncate behind (fe-

male), tumescent areas rather densely covered with thick, short,

brownish, tomentose hairs, bottoms of depressions or pits largely

smooth and without vestiture, also parts of seme of the tumid

areas. Head long, very broad through eyes, there the width and

length subequak strongly narrowed behind eyes, the median longi-

tudinal portion rather broad, raised, tumid and convex; eyes ex-

serted, ovate in outline, thei stalk obliquely raised, produced behind

hind margin of eyes for about one-half the longitudinal diameter

of an eye, there tubercular-like and the hind margin! sharply nar-

rowed inwardly to main stalk; juga broad, strongly produced an-

teriorly, their tips turned inwardly and contiguous, thus forming

a small notch at apex and enclosing a small; open space in front

of tylus; antenniferous tubercles very thick, long, divergent,

bluntly rounded at apices, not quite reaching middle of first anten-

nal segment. Antennae subequal to head in length, brownish

black, sparsely clothed with short, thick, inconspicuous, appressed

hairs; segment I slightly curved outwardly, strongly thickened on

distal half; IV pyriform, the tip brown and rather densely clothed

with long, fine, straight, golden hairs; proportions: I, 216; II, 14;

III, 19; IV, 16. Rostrum brownish, nearly reaching) apex of sulcus

(base of head). Bucculae thick, blackish, swollen apically.

Pronotum broadly depressed in the middle anteriorly, with a

oct., 1942]

DRAKE— APTEROUS ARADIDAE

191

rather wide, median, longitudinal ridge on hind lobe; a small

somewhat circular, tumid area on each side of this ridge; outer

margins considerably swollen, the antero-lateral protuberances

prominent, turned a little forward and obliquely upward, broadly

rounded, extending laterally a little farther than eyes; collar dis-

tinct, narrow, ridge-like in form. Mesonotum distinctly wider and

about two-thirds as long as pronotum, the outer angles slightly

bent upward, protruding, bluntly rounded, and distinctly shorter

than median longitudinal line of mesonotum; median, longitudinal

area broad, convex, distinctly raised and widened posteriorly; a

large, prominent, somewhat semi-globose tubercle on each side of

central area. Metanotum subequal to pronotum in length, enclosed

along! outer margins by connexivum, the median portion becoming

broader and very strongly raised posteriorly; very strongly de-

pressed on each side of median area; a very large, high, promi-

nent, somewhat knobbed-like protuberances arising from the cen-

tral part of each lateral disc and projecting upward; a very deep,

large, transverse pit in front and behind each protuberance, the

anterior pit larger, deeper and includes part of hind portion of

pronotum; hind margin of metanotum abruptly widened and not

depressed within. Abdomen with median, longitudinal area raised,

broad, convex; each tergite in general with four depressed areas

or pits on each side: — namely, an elongate pit on side of median,

raised area, a very large, circular pit near middle of lateral lobe

and two much! smaller pits near outer border. Connexivum broad,

rugose, the outer margin sinuate; last segment without large de-

pressions but with four rather large tubercular-like protuberances.

Venter rugose and tomentose. Legs brownish black, sparsely

clothed with thickened, yellowish brown, tomentose hairs.

Length: 10.20-11.50 mm.; width, 4.50-5.20 mm.

Type, female, Montville, Australia, January, 1913, H.

Hacker; and paratype, female, Buderim Mountains, Australia,

June 4, 1912, H. Hacker, in Drake Collection.

This species is named in honorl of the collector who has spent

a great deal of time studying and collecting Australian Hemip-

tera. C. hackeri differs from stylatus Usinger by not having the

sixth and seventh segments of the abdomen distinctly lobulate

laterally, shorter antenniferous tubercles, tuberculate lateral mar-

gins of pronotum, and the small, post-ocular tubercle. Some of

the thick, tomentose hairs apparently have been rubbed off in

both the type and paratype of C. hackeri.

The entire “Hacker Collection” of Hemiptera, which contains

many rare and undescribed species from Australia, has been

purchased by the author and is now incorporated as a part of

his private collection.

192

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [yoL.XVHI,N0.4

A NEW SPECIES OF CALLIDIUM FROM THE COAST

REDWOOD, SEQUOIA SEMPERVIRENS

(Coleoptera, Cerambycidae)

BY E. GORTON LINSLEY

University of California

Callidium sempervirens Linsley, new species

Male: Form oblong; color dark green, sometimes with a bluish

caste; pubescence erect, black. Head coarsely, densely punctate,

clothed with erect black hairs; antennae nearly three-fourths as

long as body, scape very robust, at least twice as long a& broad,

distinctly excavated in front, second segment about half as long

as scape, less than half as long as third segment, segments two to

four incrassate at apex. Pronotum nearly twice as wide as long,

narrower than elytra at base, sides broadly rounded ; disk coarsely,

closely, deeply punctate, without an amphora-like impression, lat-

eral areas more deeply, rugoso-punctate; prosternum coarsely,

deeply punctate, with an obtusely angulate smooth area before

coxae and a similarly sculptured band along anterior margin.

Elytra about twice as long as broad, about three times as long as

pronotum, sides subparallel; surface coarsely, deeply punctate,

pubescence short, suberect, black; apices obtusely rounded. Legs

with femora very strongly clavate; tibiae slightly arcuate; poste-

rior tarsi with first segment longer than following two together.

Abdomen black; sternites finely punctate and pubescent, shining;

fifth sternite shorter than fourth; apex broadly emarginate.

Length, 10-12 mm.

Female. Antennae barely more than half as long as body, scape

more slender; prosternum shining, finely, transversely rugulose;

femora less strongly clavate; abdomen with fifth sternite longer

thaii fourth, broadly rounded at apex. Length, 11-12 mm.

Holotype, male, No. 5218, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent., allotype,

female, No. 5219, and three male and one female paratypes, from

Santa Cruz, California, March 22, 1936, reared from the coast

redwood, Sequoia sempervirens, by Mr. J. W. Tilden. An addi-

tional paratype, male, was collected by the writer on a redwood

stump near Chabot Observatory, Oakland, California, on April

7, 1926. Two paratypes are in the collection of Mr. Tilden, the

remainder in the collection of the writer (deposited iff the Cali-

fornia Academy of Sciences).

This species is related to Callidium sequarium Fisher and C.

calif ornicum Casey but differs from both in the green coloration,

heavy antennae and legs, and the transverse pronotum which is

nearly twice as wide as long. Superficially it is suggestive of

C. antennatum Newman but may be distinguished at once by the

absence of the amphora-like pronotal impression, the sculptur-

ing of the prosternum of the male, the color, etc.

oct., 1942]

INDEX TO VOLUME XVIII*

193

Acanthasargus flavipes, 51.

gracilis, 51.

palustris, 51.

varipes, 51.

Achorutes armatus, 177.

brevispinus, 177.

pseudarmatus, 177.

Acmaeodera barri, 114.

ephedrae, 113.

Acroneuria delta, 72.

obscura, 72.

pacifica, 72.

pumila, 72.

Adamson, A. M., Trinidad, 42.

Aedes cinereus, 80.

hirsuteron, 79.

idahoensis, 80.

increpitus, 79.

intrudens, 78.

pullatus, 78.

spenceri, 79.

Agapostemon c. vandykei, 137.

Agrenia bidenticulata, 179.

Amphibicorisae, 95.

Amphorophora nabali, 143.

osborni, 143.

Anabrus simplex, 5.

Ancyloscelis, key, 109.

maculifera, 111.

Andrena, note, Bohart, 39.

Yosemite species, 137.

Anisembia rubra, 40.

Anopheles pseudopunctipen-

nis, 82.

Anthophora ignava, 28.

p. infernalis, 28.

p. pacifica, 28.

Anthophoridae, 28, 108.

Aonidiella aurantii, 82.

Aphididae, 143.

Apoidea, 28, 29, 39, 74, 108, 115,

119, 127, 136.

Aradidae, 83, 190.

Aradus ampliatus, 83.

apicalis, 84.

behrensi, 84.

blaisdelli, 85.

cinnamomeus, 86.

compressus, 85.

debilis, 85.

falleni, 86.

funestus, 85.

fuscomaculatus, 84.

heidemanni, 86.

linsleyi, 84.

lugubris, 85.

medioxinfus, 85.

orbiculus, 86.

patibulus, 84.

proboscideus, 84.

Armitage, H. M., Pyrausta, 39.

Arrhopalites caecus, 184.

Arthropleona, 177.

Atyphloceras, key, 89.

echis, male, 87.

Barr, W. F., Acmaeodera, 113.

Beamer, R. H., Dorycephalus,

135.

Bembicidae, 4.

Berisargus, 53.

Blackwelder, R. E., Fenyes, 17.

Blaisdell, F. E., Hopping, 1.

Bohart, G. E., Polistes, 30.

Mexico, 38.

Andrena, 39.

Lower California, 47.

Micralictoides, 119.

Bohart, R. M., Odynerus, 145.

Bombomelecta pacifica, 138.

Bombus edwardsii, 29.

vosnesenskii, 29, 139.

Bourletiella hortensis, 184.

Buprestidae, 113.

Callidium antennatum, 192.

sempervirens, 192.

Capnia decepta, 64.

elevata, 64.

jewetti, 63.

melia, 61.

nana, 66.

oregona, 63.

tumida, 65.

umpqua, 65.

Centipeds, 125.

Cerambycidae, 192.

Ceratina a. submaritima, 139.

n. rigdenae, 139.

punctigena, 139.

Cerceris alaope, 188.

ampla, 187.

bicornuta, 188.

clypeata, 188, 189.

convergens, 188.

deserta, 187.

dufourii, 189.

fulvipediculata, 187.

fulvipes, 187.

hebes, 187.

macrosticta, 187.

morata, 188.

* New names in bold face type, synonyms in italics.

194

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vol.XVIII,N0.4

( Cerceris — continued)

nasica, 188.

platyrhina, 188.

prominens, 188.

pudorosa, 188.

rinconis, 188.

serripes, 188.

Venator, 189.

Chamberlin, R. V., Centipeds,

125.

Chelonoderus hackeri, 190.

Chelostoma phaceliae, 29.

Chelostomopsis rubifloris, 138.

Chlorion laeviventris, 4.

Cicadellidae, 135.

Cicindela f . gibsoni, 132.

Cleridae, 97.

Cockerell, T. D. A., Bees, 136.

Coleoptera, 113, 132, 192.

Collembola, 177.

Cope, 0. B., Psocoptera, 39.

Cosmobaris scoparia, 40.

Ctenophthalmus formosanus,

133.

Culex erythrothorax, 81.

pipiens, 80.

salinarius, 81.

territans, 80.

Dahl, R. G., Cicindela, 132.

Dasymutilla Ursula, 89.

Dendroctonus monticolae, 97.

Dicyrtominae, 184.

Dipedia, 109.

Diptera, 23, 49, 77, 163.

Dorycephalus sinuatus, 135.

Drake, C. J., Aradidae, 190.

Drepanura californica, 182.

Dufoureidae, 28.

Duncan, C. D., Termites, 43.

Embioptera, Biology, 38, 40.

Empis montiradicis, 163.

Enoclerus sphegeus, 97.

Entomobrya atrocincta, 182.

clitellaria, 182.

cyanica, 180.

griseo-olivata, 182.

marginata, 182.

multifasciata, 180.

purpurascens, 182.

suzannae, 182.

washingtonia, 182.

Eremopasites californica, 131.

Erynnis lacustra, 8.

Essig, E. O., Economic ent., 48.

Red scale, 82.

Euaraba tergata, 6.

Eumacronychia elita, 6.

Eumenidae, 27.

Euryophthalmus c. californi-

cus, 43.

Euxesta anna, 25.

brookmani, 24.

Felt, E. P., Gall insects, 22.

Fenyes, A., Entomological work,

17 .

Ferris, G. F., Ectoparasites, 40.

Folsomia fimetaria, 179.

guthrei, 178.

Frison, T. H., Stoneflies, 9, 61.

Gerhardt, P., Euryophthalmus,

42.

Gerridae, 95.

Gillette, Clyde, Vanessa, 165.

Gnathopasites, 130.

Good, N. E., Atyphloceras, 87.

Gynembia tarsalis, 40.

Halictus, Yosemite species, 137.

Harriot, S. G., Otitidae, 23.

Harris, H. M., Hebrus, 124.

Laporte’s Essai, 161.

Hebridae, 95, 124.

Hebroveliidae, 95.

Helophilus latifrons, 6.

Hemiptera, 83, 90, 124, 155, 160,

190.

Hesperiidae, 26, 29.

Homoptera, 135, 143.

Hoplitis a. maura, 29.

Hopping, G. W., Hopping, R., 2.

Hopping, R., Obituary, 1.

Hsiao, T. Y., Miridae, 160.

Husbands, Lygus studies, 43.

Hydrometridae, 95.

Hylaeus verticalis, 136.

Hymenoptera, 4, 27, 30, 74, 108,

115, 119, 127, 136, 139, 187.

Inocellia, biology, 40.

Isocapnia abbreviata, 71.

crinita, 69.

fumigata, 70.

fumosa, 70.

grandis, 69.

Isotoma arborea, 179.

cinerea, 179.

gelida, 179.

olivacea, 179.

sensibilis, 179.

viridis, 179.

v. catena, 179.

v. delta, 179.

Isotomurus palustris, 179.

James, M. T., Empis, 163.

Myxosargini, 49.

Knowlton, G. F., Aphididae, 143.

Krombein, K. V., Tipbia, 139.

Lamiman, J., Tarsonemid mite,

45.

oct., 1942]

INDEX

195

Laporte, F. L., Essai date, 161.

La Rivers, Ira, Stictiella, 4.

Leech, H. B., Mutillidae, 89.

Lepidocyrtus curvicollis, 182.

c. cinereus, 182.

purpureus, 182.

Lepidoptera, 8, 26, 29, 165.

Lejotergatis, 109.

Leptochilus, 145.

Lerodea euf ala, 26.

Linsley, E. G., Aradidae, 83.

Callidium, 192.

Lassen Hymenoptera, 27.

Parasitic bees, 127.

Tiphia, 154.

Lcpidea oregona, 160.

Macrovelia hornii, 90.

Macroveliidae, 91.

Mansfield, G. S., Lerodea, 26.

Martin, J. 0., Hydrometridae, 46.

Masaridae, 27.

McCracken, I., Book notice, 22.

McKinstry, A. P., Amphibicori-

sae, 46.

Megacbile blaisdelli, 117.

boharti, 74.

cochisiana, 116.

dentitarsus, 116.

felipiana, 118.

frigida, 116.

hilata, 117.

inimica, 118.

instita, 76.

inyoensis, 117.

legalis, 74.

morio, 118.

nigropinguis, 118.

nivalis, 115.

pruina, 118.

redlandica, 117.

relativa, 115.

s. angelica, 117.

vidua, 116.

Megaleuctra complicata, 14.

kincaidi, 15.

spectabilis, 14.

stigmata, 14.

Melanochroa dubia, 52.

Membracidae, Bohart, 38.

Mesoveliidae, 95.

Mezira pacifica, reducta, 86.

Michelbacher, A. E., Tomato

mite, 45.

Michener, C. D., Ancyloscelis,

108.

Entomology 49, 43.

Lassen Hymenoptera, 27.

Pogonomyrmex californica, 38.

Tiphia, 154.

Micralictoides, key, 120.

altadenae, 123.

mojavensis, 120.

ruficaudus, 121.

Micropasites cressoni, 130.

Mimulapis v. rufiventris, 28.

Miridae, 160.

Mitchell, T. B., Megachilidae,

74, 115.

Morulina gigantea, 178.

Mosquito records, Utah, 77.

Mutillidae, 89.

Myxosargus, keys, 57 ; pilosus, 59.

p. guatemalae, 60.

Neanura muscorum, 178.

Nemoura decepta, 113.

producta, 11.

pseudoproducta, 11.

tuberculata, 11.

Neopasites, 127.

Nomada erythraea, 138,

Nomadopsis a.nthidius, 28.

Nomenclature, 42, 144.

Nothomyia, key, 53, nigra, 55.

Nympbalidae, 8.

Ochloaes yuma, 29.

Odontella ewingi, 178.

Odontopasites arizonicus, 128.

Odynerus, key, 146.

det'ormiceps, 153.

mfuscipennis, 147.

Lassen species, 27.

martini, 149.

platyeerus, 153.

russatus, 150.

russipes, 152.

tetralobus, 148.

Oligotoma nigra, 40.

Onychiurus armatus, 178.

cocklei, 178.

fimetarius, 178.

Orchesella cincta, 183.

Oreopasites v. diabloensis, 28.

v. melantha, 28.

Osmia, Yosemite records, 138.

Ostomatidae, 97.

Otitidae, 23.

Otostigmus cooperi, 126.

Pachymeria, key, 163.

Pacific Coast Ent. Society, 31.

Painted Lady migrations, 165.

Panurginus, 138.

Pearce, spiders with Neotoma,

42.

Pediculoides ventricosus, 102.

Phycoptes destructor, 45.

Phyllophaga errans, 154.

Pleocoptera, 9, 61.

Pleocoma, Tilden, 39.

196

THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL.XVIII,N0.4

Poduridae, 177.

Pogonomyrmex californica, 38.

Polistes, Biology, 30.

Polyctenidae, 41.

Potts, R. H. L., Mexico, 46.

Proisotoma aquae, 179.

immersa, 179.

rainieri, 179.

Prosopochrysa vitripennis, 50.

Pselliodes cavincola, 126.

harveyi, 125.

nigrovittata, 125.

Pseudachorutini, 178.

Pseudomasaris, Lassen species,

27.

Pseudosinella decemoculata, 183.

octopunctata, 182.

sexoculata, 183.

violenta, 183.

Psithyrus crawfordi, 29, 139.

Psocoptera, morphology, 39.

Psyllidae, Galls, 38.

Ptenothrix maculosa, 184.

olympia, 184.

vittata, 184.

Pyrausta nubilialis from China,

39.

Pyrrhocoridae, 42.

Red Scale, 82.

Rees, D. M., Mosquito records,

77.

Reeves, Wm., Encephalitis sur-

vey, 42.

Rhaphididae, 40.

Rhaphiocerina hakiensis, 51.

Ross, E. S., Embioptera, 40.

Sapyga, Lassen species, 28.

Sarcophaga tuberosa, 6.

Scolytidae, 97.

Scott, D. B., Collembola, 177.

Scullen, H. A., Cerceris, 187.

Sinella binoculata, 180.

curviseta, 180.

hofti, 180.

sexoculata, 180.

Siphonaptera, 41, 87, 133.

Sirabuski, 182.

domestica, 182.

Sminthurides sexpinnatus, 183.

Sminthurinus aureus, 184.

elegans, 184.

niger, 184.

quadrimaculatus, 184.

remotus, 184.

Sminthurus fuscus, 184.

Smith, Ray, alfalfa butterfly, 46.

Sphecidae, 187.

Sphecodes, 136.

Stelis rubi, 28.

Stenodynerus, 145.

Stewart, M. A., Flea phylogeny,

41.

Stictiella pulla, 4.

Stoneflies, 9, 61.

Stratiomyidae, 49.

Strepsiptera, 30.

Struble, G. R., Beetle predators,

97.

Sugden, J. W., Vanessa, 165.

Svihla, R. D., Ctenophthalmus,

133.

Symphypleona, 183.

Taeniopteryx contorta, 10.

kincaidi, 9.

ray norm, 9.

Tanner, V. M., 42.

Temnochila virescens, biology,

97.

Termitaphididae, synopsis, 158.

Termitaradus, key, 158.

insular is, 159.

Thanasinus lecontei, 98.

Thrips and Ceratinidbees, 38.

Tilden, J. W., Erynnis, 8; Lero-

dea, 26; Ochlodes, 29; Ple-

ocoma, 39.

Ting, Peter, Cosmobaris, 40.

Tiphia shastensis, 139, 154.

Tomocerus bidentatus, 183.

flavescens, 183.

f. americanus, 183.

f. arcticus, 183.

vulgaris, 183.

Townsendiella, 130.

Trichopasites insoletus, 127.

Trichopoda pennipes, 43.

Tritoxa, key, ra, 23.

Tullbergia collis, 178.

iowensis, 178.

Udamocercia, 15.

Usinger, R. L., Aradidae, 83.

Ectoparasitic Hemiptera, 41.

Inocellia, 40; Psocids, 45.

Termitaphididae, 155.

Van Dyke, E. C., Collecting, 43.

Distribution, 47.

Obituary, R. Hopping, 1.

Vanessa cardui, 26, 165; caryae,

26.

Veliidae, 95.

Vespidae, 30.

Wind, R. G., Collecting, 42.

Woodbury, A. M., Vanessa, 165.

Xenos peckii, 30.

Xenylla helena, 178; welchi, 177.

Xeromegachile, 74.

Xeropasites rufiventris, 130.

Xylocopa orpifex, 139.

Zootermopsis, 43.

THE

Pan-Pacific Entomologist

Published by the

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

in co-operation with

The California Academy of Sciences

VOLUME EIGHTEEN

1942

R. L. USINGER, Editor

E. C. VAN DYKE, Associate Editor

E. S. ROSS, Assistant Editor

E. R. LEACH, Treasurer

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

1942 1943 1944

E. G. Linsley C. D. Duncan G. F. Ferris

F. E. Blaisdeli H. H. Keifer E. O. Essig, Chairman

San Francisco, California

1942

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XVIII

American Commission on Scientific Nomenclature in Ento-

mology 144

Barr, W. F.

A new species of Acmaeodera from Southern California.... 113

Beamer, R. H.

A new species of Dorycephalus 135

Blackwelder, R. E.

The entomological work of Adalbert Fenyes 17

Blaisdell, F. E. and E, C. Van Dyke

Ralph Hopping 1

Bohart, G. E.

Notes on some feeding and hibernation habits of Califor-

nia Polistes 30

A synopsis of the genus Micralictoides 119

Bohart, R. M.

An analysis of the Odynerus congressus group of the sub-

genus Leptochilus 145

Chamberlin, R. V.

Two new centipeds from the Chilibrillo Caves, Panama.... 125

Cockerell, T. D. A.

Collecting wild bees in the Yosemite 136

Dahl, R. G.

The taxonomic status of Cicindela formosa subspecies gib-

soni W. J. Brown 132

Drake, C. J.

A new apterous Aradid from Australia 190

Essig, E. O'.

Red scale out-of-doors in Berkeley, California 82

Frison, T. H.

Descriptions, records and systematic notes concerning

western North American Stoneflies 9 and 61

Good, N. E.

Key to the males of the genus Atyphloceras with a descrip-

tion of the male of Atyphloceras echis 87

Harriot, S. C.

A new species of Otitidae from California 23

Harris, H. M.

Hebrus Curtis antedates Naeogeus Laporte 124

On the date of publication of Laporte’s Essai 161

Ill

Hsiao, Tsai-yu

A new Mirid from Oregon 160

James, M. T.

A review of the Myxosargini 49

A new Empis of the subgenus Pachymeria 163

Knowlton, G. F.

Amphorophora osborni 143

Krombein, K. V.

A new species of Tiphia from California 139

La Rivers, Ira

Notes on the Bembicid, Stictiella pulla (Handlirsch) 4

Leech, H. B.

Female Mutillids eating butter 89

Linsley, E. G.

Notes and descriptions of some North American parasitic

bees .... 127

A new species of Callidium from the coast redwood,

Sequoia sempervirens 192

Linsley, E. G. and C. D. Michener

Notes on some Hymenoptera from the vicinity of Mt.

Lassen, California 27

Biology of Tiphia shastensis 154

Linsley, E. G. and R. L. Usinger

Notes on some flat bugs from the vicinity) of Mt. Lassen,

California 83

McCracken, I.

Book notice — Gall Insects by E. P. Felt 22

McKinstry, A. P.

A new family of Hemiptera-Heteroptera proposed for

Macrovelia homii Uhler 90

Michener, C. D.

North American bees of the genus Ancyloscelis 108

Mitchell, T. B.

Two Mexican species of Xeromegachile 74

Notes and descriptions of nearctio Megachile 115

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

Articles of Incorporation 31

By-laws 32

Proceedings for 1941 38

Rees, D. M.

Supplementary list of mosquito records from Utah 77

Scott, D. B.

Some Collembola records for the Pacific Coast and a

description of a new species 177

Scullen, H. A.

Notes on synonymy in the genus Cerceris — 1 187

Struble, G. R.

Biology of two native coleopterous predators of the moun-

tain pine beetle in sugar pine 97

Svihla, R. D.

A new Ctenophthalmus from Formosa 133

Tilden, J. W.

Erynnis lacustra (Wright) from near the type locality ... 8

An unusual record of Ochlodes yuma (Edwards) 29

Tilden, J. W. and G. S. Mansfield

A capture of Lerodea eufala Edwards at light 26

Usinger, R. L.

Revision of the Termitaphididae 155

Woodbury, A. M., J. W. Sugden and C. Gillette

Notes on migrations of the painted lady butterfly in 1941 165

MAILING DATES FOR 1942 NUMBERS

No. 1, February 19, 1942; No. 2, April 29, 1942; No. 3,

July 30, 1942; No. 4, October 31, 1942.

REVISTA DE ENTOMOLOGIA

An International Review of Entomology

An illustrated magazine published four times a year by THOMAZ

BORGMEIER, O.F.M., devoted to entomology, mainly of the neo-

tropical fauna.

The volumes already published since 1931 comprise thousands of

pages and contain articles by leading entomologists such as F. W.

Edwards, W. Horn, E. Lindner, J. W. S. Macfie, E. Martini, A. da Costa

Lima, F. Silvestri, C. Menozzi, A. Reichensperger, F. Santschi, J. D.

Hood, etc., with a bibliography of the current literature (economic

and non-economic) of the neotropical fauna.

Annual subscription $4.00 U. S. ($5.00 U. S. through booksellers).

All payments are in advance. The back volumes are still on sale;

price of each volume 4 U. S. dollars; through booksellers 5 U. S.

dollars.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Editor; Thomaz Borgmeier,

O.F.M., Convento 3. Antonio, Largo da Carioca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

ARCTIC LEPIDOPTERA

A large collection of Arctic Lepidoptera, especially Erebia,

Oeneis, and Noctuidae, has been accumulated.

Collectors who desire such material please communicate

with me as follows: R. J. Fitch, Lloydminster, Saskatchewan,

Canada.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

An illustrated magazine, published monthly — except August and

September — devoted to the study of INSECT LIFE. It contains a list

of the titles of the current Literature on American Entomology, articles

by the leading authorities in the United States and Canada. It is a nec-

essary journal of reference for working entomologists, and contains valu-

able information for economic and systematic students.

Annual subscription price $3.00. Foreign (except Canadian $3.15)

subscriptions $3.30. Single copies 35 cents. Address

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS,

1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa.